Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file number 1-4801

 


 

BARNES GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   06-0247840
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut   06011-0489
(Address of Principal Executive Office)   (Zip Code)

 

(860) 583-7070

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange on which registered


Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x

  Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   ¨

  Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock (Common Stock) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2008 was approximately $1,134,913,192 based on the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date. The registrant does not have any non-voting common equity.

 

The registrant had outstanding 52,311,809 shares of common stock as of February 19, 2009.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 7, 2009 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 



Table of Contents

Barnes Group Inc.

Index to Form 10-K

Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

          Page

Part I

         

Item 1.

  

Business

   1

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

   4

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

   12

Item 2.

  

Properties

   12

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   12

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   12

Part II

         

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    13

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   15

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   16

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   32

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   33

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   66

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   67

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

   67

Part III

         

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   68

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   70

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    70

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   70

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   70

Part IV

         

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   71


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

BARNES GROUP INC. (1)

 

Barnes Group Inc. is an international aerospace and industrial components manufacturer and logistical services company serving a wide range of end markets and customers. The products and services provided by Barnes Group are critical components for far-reaching applications that provide transportation, communication, manufacturing and technology to the world. These vital needs are met by our skilled workforce, a critical resource of Barnes Group. Founded in 1857 and headquartered in Bristol, Connecticut, Barnes Group was organized as a Delaware corporation in 1925. We have paid cash dividends to stockholders on a continuous basis since 1934. As of December 31, 2008, we had over 5,600 employees at over 70 locations worldwide. We operate under two global business segments: Logistics and Manufacturing Services, and Precision Components.

 

LOGISTICS AND MANUFACTURING SERVICES

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services provides value-added logistical support and repair services. Value-added logistical support services include inventory management, technical sales, and supply chain solutions for maintenance, repair, operating, and production supplies and services. Repair services provided include the manufacturing of spare parts for the refurbishment and repair of highly engineered components and assemblies for commercial and military aviation.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services has sales, distribution, and manufacturing operations in the United States, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Singapore, Spain and the United Kingdom. Products and services are available in more than 40 countries.

 

The global operations are engaged in supplying, servicing, and manufacturing of maintenance, repair, and operating components. Activities include logistical support through vendor-managed inventory and technical sales for stocked replacement parts and other products, worldwide catalog supplies and custom solutions, and the manufacture and delivery of aerospace aftermarket spare parts, including the Revenue Sharing Programs (“RSPs”), and component repairs. Key business drivers include a value proposition centered on customer service, delivery, multiple sales channels, procurement systems, and strong customer relationships. In addition, the manufacturing and supplying of aerospace aftermarket spare parts, including the RSPs, are dependent upon the reliable and timely delivery of high-quality components.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services faces active competition throughout the world. The products and services offered are not unique, and its competitors provide substantially similar products and services. Competition comes from local, regional, and national, maintenance and repair supply distributors and specialty manufacturers of springs, gas struts and engineered hardware. The aerospace aftermarket business competes with aerospace original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), service centers of major commercial airlines and other independent service companies for the repair and overhaul of turbine engine components. Service alternatives, timeliness and reliability of supply, price, technical capability, product breadth, quality and overall customer service are important competitive factors. In 2008 sales by Logistics and Manufacturing Services to its largest customer, General Electric Company (“General Electric”), accounted for approximately 15% of its total sales and sales to its next two largest customers accounted for approximately 8% of its total sales.

 

PRECISION COMPONENTS

 

Precision Components is a global supplier of engineered components for critical applications focused on providing solutions for a diverse industrial, transportation and aerospace customer base. It is equipped to produce

 

(1) As used in this annual report, “Company,” “Barnes Group,” “we” and “ours” refer to the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries except where the context requires otherwise, and “Logistics and Manufacturing Services” and “Precision Components” refer to the registrant’s segments, not to separate corporate entities.

 

1


Table of Contents

virtually every type of precision spring, from fine hairsprings for electronics and instruments to large heavy-duty springs for machinery as well as precision-machined and fabricated components and assemblies for OEM turbine engine, airframe and industrial gas turbine builders throughout the world, and the military. It is also the largest manufacturer and supplier of precision mechanical springs, compressor reed valves and nitrogen gas products based in North America and among the world’s largest manufacturers of precision mechanical products and nitrogen gas products. Precision Components also manufactures high-precision punched and fine-blanked components used in transportation and industrial applications, nitrogen gas springs and manifold systems used to precisely control stamping presses, and retention rings that position parts on a shaft or other axis.

 

Precision Components has a diverse customer base with products purchased by durable goods manufacturers located around the world in industries including transportation, consumer products, farm equipment, telecommunications, medical devices, home appliances and electronics and airframe and gas turbine engine manufacturers for commercial and military jets, business jets, and land-based industrial gas turbines. Long-standing customer relationships enable Precision Components to participate in the design phase of components and assemblies through which customers receive the benefits of manufacturing research, testing and evaluation. Products are sold primarily through Precision Components’ direct sales force and a global distribution channel.

 

Precision Components competes with a broad base of large and small companies engaged in the manufacture and sale of custom metal components and assemblies while the aerospace manufacturing business competes with both the leading jet engine OEMs and a large number of machining and fabrication companies. Precision Components competes on the basis of quality, service, reliability of supply, engineering and technical capability, product breadth, innovation, design, and price.

 

Precision Components has manufacturing, sales and distribution operations in the United States, Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, Korea, Mexico, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand and the United Kingdom. Sales by Precision Components to its largest customer, General Electric, accounted for approximately 22% of its sales in 2008. Sales to its next three largest customers in 2008 accounted for approximately 14% of its total sales.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The backlog of the Company’s orders believed to be firm at the end of 2008 was $454 million as compared with $580 million at the end of 2007. Of the 2008 year-end backlog, $444 million was attributable to the Precision Components segment and the balance was attributable to the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment. Precision Components’ backlog included $147 million which is scheduled to be shipped after 2009. Substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s backlog is scheduled to be shipped during 2009. General Electric and its affiliates accounted for 18% of the Company’s total sales in 2008.

 

We continue to have a global manufacturing footprint to service our worldwide customer base. The global economies have a significant impact on the financial results of the business as we have significant operations outside of the United States. Logistics and Manufacturing Services has significant manufacturing locations in Singapore and has distribution centers and sales offices as well as a significant amount of business in Europe, Canada and Asia. Precision Components has manufacturing operations in Europe, Canada, Asia, Mexico and South America. For an analysis of our revenue from sales to external customers, and operating profit and assets by business segment as well as revenues from sales to external customers and long-lived assets by geographic area, see Note 20 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”). During 2008, the Company realigned its reportable business segments as described in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report.

 

RAW MATERIALS

 

The principal raw materials used to manufacture our products are high-grade steel spring wire and flat rolled steel, titanium and inconel as well as special materials such as cobalt and other complex aerospace alloys. Many of the products distributed by our business are made of steel, copper or brass. Prices for steel, titanium and

 

2


Table of Contents

inconel, as well as other specialty materials, have periodically increased due to higher demand and, in some cases, reduction of the availability of materials. If this combination of events occurs, the availability of certain raw materials used by us or products sold by us may be negatively impacted.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

Although most of the products manufactured by us are custom parts made to customers’ specifications, we are engaged in continuing efforts aimed at discovering and implementing new knowledge that is useful in developing new products or services and significantly improving existing products or services. We spent approximately $6 million in each of 2008, 2007 and 2006 on research and development activities.

 

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

 

Patents, trademarks, licenses, franchises and concessions are not significant to any of our businesses.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

 

For information regarding the Executive Officers of the Company, see Part III, Item 10 of this Annual Report.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

Compliance with federal, state, and local laws, as well as those of other countries, which have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment has not had a material effect, and is not expected to have a material effect, upon our capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position.

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

Our Internet address for our website is www.BGInc.com. Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available without charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, we have posted on our website, and will make available in print to any stockholder who makes a request, our corporate governance guidelines, our code of business ethics and conduct and the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Management Development Committee and Corporate Governance Committee (the responsibilities of which include serving as the nominating committee) of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain of the statements in this Annual Report may contain forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are made based upon management’s good faith expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon the Company and can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipated,” “believe,” “expect,” “plans,” “strategy,” “estimate,” “project,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties, which are described in this Annual Report, include, among others, uncertainties arising from the behavior of financial markets; future financial performance of the industries or customers that we serve; changes in market demand for our products and services; integration of acquired businesses; changes in raw material prices and availability; our dependence upon revenues and earnings from a small number of significant customers; uninsured claims; and numerous other matters of global, regional or national scale, including those of a political, economic, business, competitive, regulatory and public health nature. The Company assumes no obligation to update our forward-looking statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. Please note that additional risks not presently known to us may also materially impact our business and operations.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We depend on revenues and earnings from a small number of significant customers. Any bankruptcy of or loss, cancellation, reduction or delay in purchases by these customers could harm our business. In 2008, our net sales to General Electric and its subsidiaries accounted for 18% of our total sales and approximately 15% and 22% of sales at Logistics and Manufacturing Services and Precision Components, respectively. Additionally, approximately 14% of Precision Components’ sales in 2008 were to its next three largest customers. Some of our success will depend on the economic viability of those customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our largest customers. There has been tightening in the credit markets which may affect our customers’ ability to raise debt or equity capital. This may reduce the amount of liquidity available to our customers which may limit their ability to purchase products. Some of our customers may in the future reduce their purchases due to economic conditions or shift their purchases from us to our competitors, in-house or to other sources. Our long-term sales agreements provide that until a firm order is placed by a customer for a particular product, the customer may unilaterally reduce or discontinue its projected purchases without penalty. The loss of one or more of our largest customers, any reduction or delay in sales to these customers, our inability to successfully develop relationships with new customers, or future price concessions we make to retain customers could significantly reduce our sales and profitability. The potential bankruptcy of our largest customers in the automotive industry could result in our inability to recover our investments in certain accounts receivable and inventory.

 

We have significant indebtedness that could affect our operations and financial condition. At December 31, 2008, we had consolidated debt and capitalized lease obligations of $493.4 million, representing approximately 46% of our total capital (indebtedness plus stockholders’ equity) as of that date. Our level of indebtedness and the significant debt servicing costs associated with that indebtedness could have important effects on our operations and financial condition and may adversely affect the value or trading price of our outstanding equity securities and debt securities. For example, our indebtedness could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the amount of our cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, investments in technology and research and development, acquisitions, dividends and other general corporate purposes; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which we compete; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors, some of whom have lower debt service obligations and greater financial resources than we do; limit our ability to borrow additional funds; or increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions. In addition, current conditions in the worldwide credit markets place significant limitations on our ability to expand our credit lines beyond current bank commitments. Also, the fragile nature of the worldwide banking industry raises concerns that even current bank commitments may be at risk.

 

Our failure to meet certain financial covenants required by our debt agreements may materially and adversely affect our assets, financial position and cash flows. Some of our debt arrangements require us to maintain certain interest coverage and leverage ratios and a minimum net worth and limit our ability to incur debt, make investments or undertake certain other business activities. These requirements could limit our ability to obtain future financing and may prevent us from taking advantage of attractive business opportunities. Our ability to meet the financial covenants or requirements in our debt arrangements may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will satisfy such covenants and requirements. A breach of these covenants or our inability to comply with the restrictions could result in an event of default under our debt arrangements which, in turn, could result in an event of default under the terms of our other indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our debt arrangements, after the expiration of any grace periods, our

 

4


Table of Contents

lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our debt arrangements, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If this were to happen, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full the payments due under those arrangements or our other indebtedness.

 

Our operations depend on our manufacturing, distribution, sales and service facilities in various parts of the world which are subject to physical, financial, regulatory and other risks that could disrupt our operations. During 2008, approximately 42% of our sales were from facilities outside of the United States. Also, we have a number of manufacturing facilities and distribution/sales centers outside the United States. The international scope of our business subjects us to risks such as threats of war, terrorism and instability of governments, and economic and legal systems in countries in which we or our customers conduct business. In addition, because we depend upon our information systems to help process orders, to manage inventory and accounts receivable collections, to purchase, sell and ship products efficiently and on a timely basis, to maintain cost-effective operations, and to help provide superior service to our customers, any disruption in the operation of our information systems, including widespread power outages, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Some of our facilities are located in areas that may be affected by natural disasters, including earthquakes or tsunamis, which could cause significant damage and disruption to the operations of those facilities and, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, some of our manufacturing equipment and tooling is custom-made and is not readily replaceable. Loss of such equipment or tooling could have a negative impact on our manufacturing business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Although we have obtained property damage and business interruption insurance, a major catastrophe such as an earthquake, hurricane, flood, tsunami or other natural disaster at any of our sites, or significant labor strikes, work stoppages, political unrest, or any of the events described above, some of which may not be covered by our insurance, in any of the areas where we conduct operations could result in a prolonged interruption of our business. Any disruption resulting from these events could cause significant delays in the manufacture or shipment of products or the provision of repair and other services that may result in our loss of sales and customers. Our insurance will not cover all potential risks, and we cannot assure you that we will have adequate insurance to compensate us for all losses that result from any insured risks. Any material loss not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We cannot assure you that insurance will be available in the future at a cost acceptable to us or at a cost that will not have a material adverse effect on our profitability, net income and cash flows.

 

The global nature of our business exposes us to foreign currency fluctuations that may affect our future revenues and profitability. We have manufacturing, sales and distribution facilities around the world, and the majority of our foreign operations use the local currency as their functional currency. These include, among others, the Brazilian real, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan, Euro, Korean won, Mexican peso, Singapore dollar, Swedish krona, Swiss franc and Thai baht. Since our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies expose us to translation risk when the local currency financial statements are translated to U.S. dollars. Changes in currency exchange rates may also expose us to transaction risk. We may buy protecting or offsetting positions or hedges in certain currencies to reduce our exposure to currency exchange fluctuations; however, these transactions may not be adequate or effective to protect us from the exposure for which they are purchased. We have not engaged in any speculative hedging activities. Currency fluctuations may impact our revenues and profitability in the future.

 

Our operations and assets subject us to additional financial and regulatory risks. We have operations and assets in various parts of the world. In addition, we sell our products and services to the U.S. government and in foreign countries. Accordingly, we are subject to various risks, including: U.S.-imposed embargoes of sales to specific countries; foreign import controls (which may be arbitrarily imposed or enforced); import regulations and duties; export regulations (which require us to comply with stringent licensing regimes); anti-dumping regulations; price and currency controls; exchange rate fluctuations; dividend remittance restrictions;

 

5


Table of Contents

expropriation of assets; war, civil uprisings and riots; government instability; requirements to provide certifications to the government with respect to compliance with government requirements; the necessity of obtaining governmental approval for new and continuing products and operations; legal systems or decrees, laws, taxes, regulations, interpretations and court decisions that are not always fully developed and that may be retroactively or arbitrarily applied; and difficulties in managing a global enterprise. We have experienced inadvertent violations of some of these regulations, including export regulations and regulations prohibiting air transport of aerosol products, in the past, none of which has had or, we believe, will have a material adverse effect on our business. However, any significant violations of these regulations in the future could result in civil or criminal sanctions, and the loss of export or other licenses which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also be subject to unanticipated income taxes, excise duties, import taxes, export taxes or other governmental assessments. In addition, our organizational structure may limit our ability to transfer funds between countries, particularly into and out of the United States, without incurring adverse tax consequences. Any of these events could result in a loss of business or other unexpected costs that could reduce sales or profits and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our ability to recover our significant deferred tax assets related to tax operating loss carryforwards depends on future income. We have significant deferred tax assets related to operating loss carryforwards. The realization of these assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income during the operating loss carryforward period. Failure to realize this tax benefit could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes in the availability or price of materials, products and energy resources could adversely affect our costs and profitability. We may be adversely affected by the availability or price of raw materials, products and energy resources, particularly related to certain manufacturing operations that utilize high-grade steel spring wire and titanium. The availability and price of raw materials and energy resources may be subject to curtailment or change due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, global economic or political events including strikes, terrorist attacks and war, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, changes in exchange rates and prevailing price levels. In some instances there are limited sources for raw materials and a limited number of primary suppliers for some of our products for resale. Although we are not dependent upon any single source for any of our principal raw materials or products for resale, and such materials and products have, historically, been readily available, we cannot assure you that such raw materials and products will continue to be readily available. Disruption in the supply of raw materials, products or energy resources or our inability to come to favorable agreements with our suppliers could impair our ability to manufacture, sell and deliver our products and require us to pay higher prices. Any increase in prices for such raw materials, products or energy resources could materially adversely affect our costs and our profitability.

 

We maintain pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the U.S. and certain international locations. Declines in the stock market, prevailing interest rates and rising medical costs may cause an increase in our pension and other postretirement benefit expenses in the future and result in reductions in our pension fund asset values and increases in our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. These changes have caused and may continue to cause a significant reduction in our net worth and may require us to make higher cash contributions to our pension and postretirement plans in the future.

 

We have significant goodwill and an impairment of our goodwill could cause a decline in our net worth. Our total assets include substantial goodwill. At December 31, 2008, our goodwill totaled $361.9 million. The goodwill results from our acquisitions, representing the excess of the purchase price we paid over the net assets of the companies acquired. We assess whether there has been an impairment in the value of our goodwill during each calendar year or sooner if triggering events warrant. If future operating performance at one or more of our businesses does not meet expectations or fair values fall due to significant stock market declines, we may be required to reflect a non-cash charge to operating results for goodwill impairment. The recognition of an impairment of a significant portion of goodwill would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, the effect of which could be material.

 

6


Table of Contents

We could be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Our profitability may be adversely affected as a result of increases in interest rates. At December 31, 2008, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $493.4 million aggregate principal amount of consolidated debt and capitalized lease obligations outstanding, of which approximately 53% had interest rates that float with the market. A 100 basis point increase in the interest rate on the floating rate debt in effect at December 31, 2008 would have resulted in an approximate $2.6 million annualized increase in interest expense.

 

We may not realize all of the sales expected from our existing backlog or anticipated orders. At December 31, 2008, we had $454 million of order backlog. There can be no assurances that the revenues projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. We consider backlog to be firm customer orders for future delivery. From time to time, OEM customers of Precision Components provide projections of components and assemblies that they anticipate purchasing in the future under new and existing programs. Such projections are not included in our backlog unless we have received a firm release from our customers. Our customers may have the right under certain circumstances and with certain penalties or consequences to terminate, reduce or defer firm orders that we have in backlog. If our customers terminate, reduce or defer firm orders, we may be protected from certain costs and losses, but our sales will nevertheless be adversely affected. Although we strive to maintain ongoing relationships with our customers, there is an ongoing risk that orders may be cancelled or rescheduled due to fluctuations in our customers’ business needs or purchasing budgets.

 

Also, our realization of sales from new and existing programs is inherently subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties, including whether our customers will execute the launch of product programs on time, or at all, the number of units that our customers will actually produce and the timing of production. In addition, until firm orders are placed, our customers generally have the right to discontinue a program or replace us with another supplier at any time without penalty. Our failure to realize sales from new and existing programs could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may not recover all of our up-front costs related to new or existing programs. New programs require significant up-front investments and capital expenditures for engineering, design and tooling. As OEMs in the transportation and aerospace industries have looked to suppliers to bear increasing responsibility for the design, engineering and manufacture of systems and components, they have increasingly shifted the financial risk associated with those responsibilities to the suppliers as well. This trend is likely to continue and is most evident in the area of engineering cost reimbursement. Historically, these investments have been fully reimbursed by OEMs, but in the future there may be other mechanisms established by OEMs that could result in less than full reimbursement or no reimbursement. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate funds to make such up-front investments and capital expenditures. In the event that we are unable to make such investments and expenditures, or to recover them through sales or direct reimbursement of our engineering expenses from our customers, our profitability, liquidity and cash flows may be adversely affected. In addition, we incur costs and make capital expenditures for new program awards based upon certain estimates of production volumes. While we attempt to recover such costs and capital expenditures by appropriately pricing our products, the prices of our products are based in part upon planned production volumes. If the actual production is significantly less than planned, we may be unable to recover such costs. In addition, because a significant portion of our overall costs is fixed, declines in our customers’ production levels can adversely affect the level of our reported results even if our up-front investments and capital expenditures are recovered.

 

We may not recover all of our up-front costs related to RSPs. Our total commitments in RSP participation fees as of December 31, 2008 equaled $293.7 million, all of which had been paid at such time. We participate in aftermarket RSPs under which we receive an exclusive right to supply designated aftermarket parts to a large aerospace manufacturer over the life of an aircraft engine program. As consideration, we pay participation fees, which are recorded as long-lived intangible assets and are recognized as a reduction to sales over the life of the program. The recoverability of the asset is dependent upon future revenues related to the program’s aftermarket parts. The potential exists that actual revenues will not meet expectations. A shortfall in

 

7


Table of Contents

future revenues may result in the failure to recover the total amount of the investments, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.

 

We face risks of cost overruns and losses on fixed-price contracts. We sell certain of our products under firm, fixed-price contracts providing for a fixed price for the products regardless of the production or purchase costs incurred by us. The cost of producing products may be adversely affected by increases in the cost of labor, materials, fuel, outside processing, overhead and other factors, including manufacturing inefficiencies. Increased production costs may result in cost overruns and losses on contracts.

 

The departure of existing management and key personnel, a shortage of skilled employees or a lack of qualified sales professionals could materially affect our business, operations and prospects. Our executive officers are important to the management and direction of our business. Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain these officers and other capable management personnel. Although we believe we will be able to attract and retain talented personnel and replace key personnel should the need arise, our inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Because of the complex nature of many of our products and services, we are generally dependent on an educated and highly skilled workforce. In addition, there are significant costs associated with the hiring and training of sales professionals. We could be adversely affected by a shortage of available skilled employees or the loss of a significant number of our sales professionals.

 

Any product liability claims in excess of insurance may adversely affect our financial condition. Our operations expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and sale of our products and the products we buy from third parties and sell to our customers. For example, we may be exposed to potential liability for personal injury or death as a result of the failure of a spring or other part in a vehicle or an aircraft component designed, manufactured or sold by us, or the failure of an aircraft component that has been serviced by us or of the components, including potentially hazardous substances, in a product purchased by us and sold by us to one of our customers. While we believe that our liability insurance is adequate to protect us from these liabilities, our insurance may not cover all liabilities. Additionally, insurance coverage may not be available in the future at a cost acceptable to us. Any material liability not covered by insurance or for which third-party indemnification is not available could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted by strikes or work stoppages. Approximately 13% of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and 45% of our non-U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or statutory trade union agreements. In 2009 we will be negotiating collective bargaining agreements with unionized employees at our Burlington, Canada; Bristol, Connecticut; Corry, Pennsylvania; and Saline, Michigan facilities, representing approximately 300 employees for the National Healthcare and Pension Agreement. Although we believe that our relations with our employees are good, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements, or that such negotiations will not result in significant increases in the cost of labor, including healthcare, pensions or other benefits. Any potential strikes or work stoppages, and the resulting adverse impact on our relationships with customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Similarly, a protracted strike or work stoppage at any of our major customers, suppliers or other vendors could materially adversely affect our business.

 

RISKS RELATED TO THE INDUSTRIES IN WHICH WE OPERATE

 

A general economic downturn could adversely affect our business and financial results. All of our businesses are impacted by the health of the economies in which they operate. A decline in economies in which we operate could reduce demand for our products and services or increase pricing pressures, thereby having an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We derive a large portion of our sales from the transportation industry. Recently, that industry and, in particular, U.S. automakers have suffered from financial pressures which have had negative consequences for companies in, and companies with customers in, the transportation industry. The transportation industry has generally suffered from

 

8


Table of Contents

unfavorable pricing pressures in North America and other regions. The operation of our business within that industry subjects us to the pressures applicable to all companies operating in it. While the precise effects of such instability on the transportation industry are difficult to determine, they may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We operate in very competitive markets. We may not be able to compete effectively with our competitors, and competitive pressures could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our two global business segments compete with a number of larger and smaller companies in the markets we serve. Some of our competitors have greater financial, production, research and development, or other resources than we do. Within the aerospace aftermarket business unit, certain of our OEM customers compete with our repair and overhaul business. Some of our OEM customers in the aerospace industry also compete with us where they have the ability to manufacture the components and assemblies that we supply to them but have chosen, for capacity limitations, cost considerations or other reasons, to outsource the manufacturing to us. Our two business segments compete on the basis of price, service, quality, reliability of supply, technology, innovation and design. The products sold by Logistics and Manufacturing Services are not unique, and its competitors carry substantially similar products. We must continue to make investments to maintain and improve our competitive position. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make such investments or that we will be successful in maintaining our competitive position. Our competitors may develop products or services, or methods of delivering those products or services, that are superior to our products, services or methods. Our competitors may also adapt more quickly than we to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Pricing pressures could cause us to adjust the prices of certain of our products to stay competitive. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with our existing or future competitors. Also, if consolidation of our existing competitors occurs, we expect the competitive pressures we face to increase. Our failure to compete successfully could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our customers’ businesses are generally cyclical. Weaknesses in the industries in which our customers operate could impact our revenues and profitability. The industries to which we sell tend to decline in response to overall declines in industrial production. The OEM aerospace unit of Precision Components and the aftermarket aerospace unit of Logistics and Manufacturing Services are heavily dependent on the commercial aerospace industry, which is cyclical. In addition, parts of Precision Components are dependent on the transportation industry, general industrial and tooling markets, all of which are also cyclical. Many of our customers have historically experienced periodic downturns, which often have had a negative effect on demand for our products.

 

Original equipment manufacturers in the transportation and aerospace industries have significant pricing leverage over suppliers and may be able to achieve price reductions over time. There is substantial and continuing pressure from OEMs in the transportation, including automotive and aerospace, industries to reduce the prices they pay to suppliers. We attempt to manage such downward pricing pressure, while trying to preserve our business relationships with our customers, by seeking to reduce our production costs through various measures, including purchasing raw materials and components at lower prices and implementing cost-effective process improvements. Our suppliers have periodically resisted, and in the future may resist, pressure to lower their prices and may seek to impose price increases. In the past, our efforts to convince our key transportation OEM customers to share in raw material price increases were met with limited success. If we are unable to offset OEM price reductions through these measures, our profitability and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, OEMs have substantial leverage in setting purchasing and payment terms, including the terms of accelerated payment programs under which payments are made prior to the account due date in return for an early payment discount. OEMs can unexpectedly change their purchasing policies or payment practices, which could have a negative impact on our short-term working capital.

 

Demand for our defense-related products depends on government spending. A portion of the Precision Components aerospace units’ sales are derived from the military market. The military market is largely dependent upon government budgets and is subject to governmental appropriations. Although multi-year

 

9


Table of Contents

contracts may be authorized in connection with major procurements, funds are generally appropriated on a fiscal year basis even though a program may be expected to continue for several years. Consequently, programs are often only partially funded and additional funds are committed only as further appropriations are made. We cannot assure you that an increase in defense spending will be allocated to programs that would benefit our business. Moreover, we cannot assure you that new military aircraft programs in which we participate will enter full-scale production as expected. A decrease in levels of defense spending or the government’s termination of, or failure to fully fund, one or more of the contracts for the programs in which we participate could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

The consolidation occurring in the industries in which we operate could adversely affect our business and financial results. The industries in which we operate have been experiencing consolidation. There has been consolidation of both suppliers and the customers we serve. Supplier consolidation is in part attributable to OEMs more frequently awarding long-term sole source or preferred supplier contracts to the most capable suppliers in an effort to reduce the total number of suppliers from whom components and systems are purchased. We cannot assure you that our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will not be adversely impacted as a result of consolidation by our competitors or customers.

 

The aerospace industry is highly regulated. Complications related to aerospace regulations may adversely affect the Company. A substantial portion of our income is derived from our aerospace businesses. The aerospace industry is highly regulated in the United States by the Federal Aviation Administration, or FAA, and in other countries by similar regulatory agencies. We must be certified by these agencies and, in some cases, by individual OEMs in order to engineer and service systems and components used in specific aircraft models. If material authorizations or approvals were delayed, revoked or suspended, our business could be adversely affected. New or more stringent governmental regulations may be adopted, or industry oversight heightened, in the future, and we may incur significant expenses to comply with any new regulations or any heightened industry oversight.

 

Environmental regulations impose costs and regulatory requirements on our operations. Environmental compliance may be more costly than we expect, and we may be subject to material environmental-based claims in the future. Our past and present business operations and past and present ownership and operations of real property and the use, sale, storage and handling of chemicals and hazardous products subject us to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as those of other countries, pertaining to the discharge of materials into the environment, enforcement, disposition of wastes (including hazardous wastes), the use, shipping, labeling, and storage of chemicals and hazardous materials, or otherwise relating to protection of the environment. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations. In addition, new laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new clean-up requirements could require us to incur costs or become subject to new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We use and generate hazardous substances and wastes in our operations. In addition, many of our current and former properties are or have been used for industrial purposes. Accordingly, we monitor hazardous waste management and applicable environmental permitting and reporting for compliance with applicable laws at our locations in the ordinary course of our business. We may be subject to potential material liabilities relating to any investigation and clean-up of our locations or properties where we delivered hazardous waste for handling or disposal that may be contaminated, and to claims alleging personal injury.

 

High fuel prices may impact our operating results. Fuel costs constitute a significant portion of operating expenses for companies in the aerospace industry. Widespread disruption to oil production, refinery operations and pipeline capacity in certain areas of the United States can increase the price of jet fuel significantly. Conflicts in the Middle East, an important source of oil for the U.S. and other countries where we do business, cause prices

 

10


Table of Contents

for fuel to be volatile and often significantly higher than historic levels. Because many of our customers and we are in the aerospace industry, increased fuel costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. The price of fuel generally impacts the cost of operating our manufacturing and distribution operations. Additionally, higher fuel costs may increase our freight expenses.

 

Products and services of the mature industries in which we operate may be rendered obsolete by new products, technologies and processes. Our manufacturing operations focus on highly engineered components which require extensive engineering and research and development time. Our competitive advantage may be adversely impacted if we cannot continue to introduce new products ahead of our competition, or if our products are rendered obsolete by other products or by new, different technologies and processes.

 

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITIONS

 

We may not be able to effectively integrate acquired companies into our operations. We have completed 15 acquisitions since 1999. We seek acquisition opportunities that complement and expand our operations and that will help create stockholder value over the long term. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively integrate our acquisitions into our operations. We may not be able to do so successfully without substantial costs, delays or other difficulties. We could face significant challenges in consolidating functions and integrating procedures, information technology systems, personnel, product lines and operations in a timely and efficient manner. We may encounter difficulties in training our sales forces to work with new products and customers.

 

The integration process is complex and time-consuming, may be disruptive to our businesses, and may cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, our businesses as a result of a number of obstacles, such as: the loss of significant customers; the need to retrain skilled engineering, sales and other personnel resulting from the loss of key employees; the failure to maintain the quality of customer service that each business has historically provided; the need to coordinate geographically diverse organizations; retooling and reprogramming of equipment and information technology systems; and the resulting diversion of management’s attention from our day-to-day business and the need to hire additional management personnel to address integration obstacles.

 

If we are not successful in integrating our acquisitions into our operations, if the integration takes longer than anticipated, if the companies or assets we acquire do not perform as we anticipate, or if the integrated product and service offerings fail to achieve market acceptance, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to realize the anticipated cost savings, synergies or revenue enhancements from acquisitions, and we may incur significant costs to achieve these savings. Even if we are able to integrate successfully our operations and the operations of our acquisitions, we may not be able to realize the cost savings, synergies or revenue enhancements that we anticipate from these acquisitions, either as to amount or in the time frame that we expect. Our ability to realize anticipated cost savings, synergies and revenue enhancements may be affected by a number of factors, including the following: our ability to effectively eliminate duplicative back office overhead and overlapping sales personnel, rationalize manufacturing capacity, synchronize information technology systems, consolidate warehousing and distribution facilities and shift production to more economical facilities; significant cash and non-cash integration and implementation costs or charges in order to achieve those cost savings, which could offset any such savings and other synergies resulting from our acquisitions; and our ability to avoid labor disruption in connection with integration efforts. In addition, our growth to date has placed, and future acquisitions could continue to place, significant demand on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

 

11


Table of Contents

Future acquisitions and strategic alliances are a key component of our anticipated growth. We may not be able to identify or complete future acquisitions or strategic alliances. Turmoil in the equity and credit markets may limit our ability to undertake acquisitions. A significant portion of the industries that we serve are mature industries. As a result, our growth has resulted in large part from, and our future growth may depend in part on, the successful acquisition and integration of businesses into our existing operations. While we are focused on adding strategic pieces to our operations by acquiring companies, manufacturing and service assets and technologies that complement our existing businesses, we may not be able to identify and successfully negotiate suitable acquisitions, obtain financing for future acquisitions on satisfactory terms, obtain regulatory approval or otherwise complete acquisitions in the future. In addition, opportunities to enter into additional aftermarket RSPs or alliances may be limited. Aftermarket RSPs will have an impact on the rate of future growth and profitability as a result of the business mix, the number of new RSPs entered into, the level of aftermarket volume, increasing management fees, the amortization of the participation fees, and the expiration of the Singapore Pioneer tax incentives on these programs.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

We operate 28 manufacturing facilities throughout the world, 23 of which are part of the Precision Components segment, the balance are part of Logistics and Manufacturing Services. Sixteen of the facilities are in the United States, the balance are located in Europe, Asia, Mexico, Brazil and Canada. Nineteen of the facilities are owned; the balance are leased.

 

In addition to its manufacturing facilities, Precision Components has 10 facilities engaged in activities related to its manufacturing, including sales, assembly, development and distribution.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services operates 17 distribution centers; nine in the United States; and the balance in Europe and Canada. Five of the distribution centers are owned; the balance are leased. Logistics and Manufacturing Services also has 18 sales and support facilities, 16 of which are leased. Three of the facilities are in the United States; the balance are located in Europe, Canada, Mexico, Brazil and China. Logistics and Manufacturing Services also has two global sourcing offices in Asia.

 

The Company’s corporate office in Bristol, Connecticut is owned.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

We are subject to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. There are no material pending legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, or of which any of our or their property is the subject.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

12


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

(a) Market Information

 

The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “B”. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the low and high sales price per share, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

 

     2008
     Low    High    Dividends

Quarter ended March 31

   $ 20.39    $ 34.15    $ 0.140

Quarter ended June 30

     22.77      32.33      0.160

Quarter ended September 30

     18.56      25.35      0.160

Quarter ended December 31

     8.51      20.25      0.160

 

     2007
     Low    High    Dividends

Quarter ended March 31

   $ 19.76    $ 23.71    $ 0.125

Quarter ended June 30

     22.62      34.61      0.140

Quarter ended September 30

     26.00      34.22      0.140

Quarter ended December 31

     28.53      36.86      0.140

 

Stockholders

 

As of February 10, 2009, there were 6,444 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. A significant number of the outstanding shares of common stock which are beneficially owned by individuals or entities are registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, a securities depository for banks and brokerage firms. The Company believes that there are 15,476 beneficial owners of its common stock as of February 10, 2009.

 

Dividends

 

Payment of future dividends will depend upon the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and other factors deemed relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors, as well as any limitations resulting from financial covenants on net worth under the Company’s credit facilities. See the table above for dividend information for 2008 and 2007.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

For information regarding Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans, see Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report.

 

13


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

 

A stock performance graph based on cumulative total returns (price change plus reinvested dividends) for $100 invested on December 31, 2003 is set forth below.

 

LOGO

 

      

2003

   2004    2005    2006    2007    2008

BGI

   $ 100.0    $ 82.0    $ 102.1    $ 134.6    $ 206.7    $ 89.8

S&P 600

   $ 100.0    $ 122.6    $ 132.1    $ 152.0    $ 151.6    $ 104.5

Russell 2000

   $ 100.0    $ 118.3    $ 123.7    $ 146.4    $ 144.1    $ 95.4

 

The performance graph does not include a published industry or line-of-business index or peer group of similar issuers because the Company is in multiple lines of business and does not believe a meaningful published index or peer group can be reasonably identified. Accordingly, as permitted by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, the graph includes the S&P 600 Small Cap Index and the Russell 2000 Index, which are comprised of issuers with generally similar market capitalizations to that of the Company.

 

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

   (a) Total Number
of Shares (or Units)
Purchased
    (b) Average Price
Paid Per Share
(or Unit)
   (c) Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
   (d) Maximum Number
(or Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or
Units) that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (2)

October 1-31, 2008

   1,100,320     $ 13.03    1,100,000    3,837,974

November 1-30, 2008

   1,325,240     $ 13.66    1,324,500    2,513,474

December 1-31, 2008

   —         —      —      2,513,474
                

Total

   2,425,560  (1)   $ 13.37    2,424,500   
                

 

(1) Other than 2,424,500 shares purchased in the fourth quarter of 2008 which were purchased as part of the Company’s publicly announced plans, all acquisitions of equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2008 were the result of the operation of the terms of the Company’s stockholder-approved equity compensation plans and the terms of the equity rights granted pursuant to those plans to pay for the related income tax upon issuance of shares. The purchase price of a share of stock used for tax withholding is the market price on the date of issuance.
(2) The program was publicly announced on May 8, 2008 authorizing repurchase of up to 5.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock. This program replaced a previous authorization for the repurchase of up to 1.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock that was approved on April 12, 2001.

 

14


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

     2008     2007 (5)     2006 (4)(5)     2005 (3)(4)(5)     2004 (4)(5)  

Per common share (1)

          

Income from continuing operations

          

Basic

   $ 1.80     $ 1.94     $ 1.48     $ 1.17     $ 0.67  

Diluted

     1.74       1.80       1.41       1.13       0.65  

Net income

          

Basic

     1.61       1.90       1.46       1.15       0.65  

Diluted

     1.56       1.76       1.39       1.10       0.63  

Dividends declared and paid

     0.62       0.545       0.485       0.42       0.40  

Stockholders’ equity (at year-end)

     11.17       12.09       9.92       8.36       7.67  

Stock price (at year-end)

     14.50       33.39       21.75       16.50       13.26  

For the year (in thousands)

          

Net sales

   $ 1,362,091     $ 1,418,151     $ 1,239,395     $ 1,081,455     $ 975,444  

Operating income

     147,940       155,163       118,121       77,028       51,674  

As a percent of net sales

     10.9 %     10.9 %     9.5 %     7.1 %     5.3 %

Income from continuing operations

     97,082       103,642       74,844       55,161       31,034  

As a percent of net sales

     7.1 %     7.3 %     6.0 %     5.1 %     3.2 %

Net income

   $ 86,979     $ 101,337     $ 73,845     $ 54,151     $ 30,026  

As a percent of net sales

     6.4 %     7.1 %     6.0 %     5.0 %     3.1 %

As a percent of average stockholders’ equity

     12.5 %     17.5 %     15.7 %     14.3 %     8.7 %

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 52,403     $ 50,607     $ 42,226     $ 34,858     $ 34,177  

Capital expenditures

     51,869       50,197       41,712       26,097       28,509  

Average common shares outstanding – basic

     53,989       53,295       50,703       47,198       46,212  

Average common shares outstanding – diluted

     55,813       57,526       52,943       49,018       47,935  

Year-end financial position (in thousands)

          

Working capital

   $ 288,351     $ 177,047     $ 166,154     $ 120,808     $ 126,663  

Goodwill

     361,930       380,486       358,600       235,299       221,856  

Other intangible assets, net

     316,817       330,458       236,561       163,849       125,447  

Property, plant and equipment

     235,035       230,545       209,645       157,056       166,284  

Total assets

     1,447,634       1,539,335       1,336,451       1,005,860       942,814  

Long-term debt and notes payable

     493,404       434,464       427,082       286,025       268,045  

Stockholders’ equity

     583,411       653,947       519,795       401,157       356,376  

Debt as a percent of total capitalization (2)

     45.8 %     39.9 %     45.1 %     41.6 %     42.9 %

Statistics

          

Employees at year-end

     5,643       6,375       6,522       6,057       5,830  

Sales per average number of employees

   $ 223,982     $ 221,908     $ 200,212     $ 184,844     $ 172,052  

 

(1) Net income per common share is based on the weighted average common shares outstanding during each year. Stockholders’ equity per common share is calculated based on actual common shares outstanding at the end of each year.
(2) Debt includes all interest-bearing debt and total capitalization includes interest-bearing debt and stockholders’ equity.
(3) The 2005 results include $391, or $0.01 per share, of charges related to the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of taxes. These charges resulted from the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.”
(4) Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” which required the Company to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur.
(5) During 2008, the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. These actions included selling certain assets of the operation and exiting the businesses. The results of these businesses have been segregated and treated as discontinued operations. All previously reported financial information has been adjusted on a retrospective basis to reflect the discontinued operations.

 

15


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

OVERVIEW

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company changed its organizational structure by aligning its strategic business units with a focus on core functional and delivery capabilities. This realignment resulted in two new reportable business segments: Logistics and Manufacturing Services, and Precision Components.

 

Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. These actions included selling certain assets of the operation and exiting the businesses. The results of these businesses have been segregated and treated as discontinued operations.

 

All previously reported financial information has been adjusted on a retrospective basis to reflect the segment realignment and the discontinued operations for all years presented.

 

2008 Highlights

 

In 2008, deteriorating worldwide economic conditions caused significant volatility in many markets which adversely impacted our business. The distribution business of the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment was negatively affected by weakening demand across many of its end-markets while the aerospace aftermarket business continued to be negatively impacted by deferred airline maintenance and lower capacity usage. The domestic industrial manufacturing businesses of the Precision Components segment were impacted most significantly by the severe declines in the transportation end-market and its aerospace OEM business was impacted by the Boeing labor strike and the production slide in a major engine program. As a result of this volatility, sales decreased in both business segments and were down 4.0% to $1,362.1 million Company-wide.

 

The Company took a number of actions within each of the businesses primarily in the fourth quarter of 2008 to reduce overhead costs as the Company aggressively addressed current and expected future economic conditions, the state of end-markets served and structural complexities within certain geographies. The cost of these discrete fourth quarter actions totaled $19.6 million after-tax. These actions, which include workforce reductions, transfer of work, exiting certain non-core activities and the valuation and write-off of certain deferred tax assets, are expected to improve the Company’s cost structure and its manufacturing footprint, and strengthen its global competitive position.

 

Management Objectives

 

Management is focused on three areas of development: employees, processes and strategy which, in combination, are expected to generate long-term value for its stockholders. The Company’s strategies for growth include both organic growth from new products, services, markets and customers, and growth from acquisitions. The Company’s strategies for profitability include productivity and process initiatives, such as production realignment, and efficiency and cost-saving measures.

 

Our Business

 

Barnes Group consists of two operating segments: Logistics and Manufacturing Services, and Precision Components. In both of these businesses, Barnes Group is among the leaders in the market niches served, and has highly recognized brands for many of the products it sells or manufactures.

 

The Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment provides value-added logistical support and repair services. Value-added logistical support services include inventory management, technical sales, and supply chain solutions for maintenance, repair, operating, and production supplies and services. Repair services provided include the manufacturing of spare parts for the refurbishment and repair of highly engineered components and assemblies for commercial and military aviation.

 

16


Table of Contents

Precision Components is a global supplier of engineered components for critical applications focused on providing solutions for a diverse industrial, transportation and aerospace customer base. It is equipped to produce virtually every type of precision spring, from fine hairsprings for electronics and instruments to large heavy-duty springs for machinery as well as precision-machined and fabricated components and assemblies for OEM turbine engine, airframe and industrial gas turbine builders throughout the world, and the military. It is also the largest manufacturer and supplier of precision mechanical springs, compressor reed valves and nitrogen gas products based in North America and among the world’s largest manufacturers of precision mechanical products and nitrogen gas products. Precision Components also manufactures high-precision punched and fine-blanked components used in transportation and industrial applications, nitrogen gas springs and manifold systems used to precisely control stamping presses, and retention rings that position parts on a shaft or other axis.

 

Key Performance Indicators

 

Management evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on the operating profit of the respective businesses, which includes net sales, cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and certain components of other income and other expenses, as well as the allocation of corporate overhead expenses. Management also uses an internal measurement tool called PPAT, or Performance Profit After Tax. PPAT is an economic value added (“EVA ® ”) -like metric that calculates operating profit after tax, less a charge for the capital employed by the business. Management utilizes PPAT in economic decision making, such as capital expenditures, investments in growth initiatives, customer pricing decisions, and evaluation of acquisitions. The goal of utilizing PPAT is to create a mindset among all employees to use capital in the most efficient way possible and to link decisions to stockholder value creation.

 

In addition to PPAT, which is a measurement tool common in each operating unit, both segments have their own key performance indicators (“KPIs”), a number of which are focused on customer satisfaction.

 

Within the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment, KPIs are primarily focused on customer service and quality. The distribution business focuses on fill rate, which is the percentage of order lines filled on the first pass from the distribution center assigned to the customer; daily sales average; and average order size. The aerospace aftermarket operations measure quality and turnaround time of overhauled or repaired parts to the customers.

 

At Precision Components, the industrial manufacturing operations focus on sales and orders per day, which together provide visibility on sales in the next 60 days. Management tracks inventory turns and sales per employee to gauge efficiency, and measures on-time delivery and the number of defective parts per million as means of evaluating quality and customer fulfillment. The important KPIs at the aerospace OEM operations are customer orders and backlog, which are utilized to forecast how sales will develop over the next 12 months and beyond. Precision Components’ management closely tracks quality measurements and on-time delivery to its customers.

 

Key Industry Data

 

In each segment, management also tracks a variety of economic and industry data as indicators of the health of a particular sector.

 

At Logistics and Manufacturing Services, the distribution business reviews data supplied by the Institute for Supply Management’s PMI Composite Index (the “PMI”) and the Federal Reserve’s Industrial Production Index (the “IPI”), which are monthly indicators of the health of U.S. manufacturing activity. Management tracks similar indices in Canada and for the European-based businesses. Management of the aftermarket aerospace operations monitors the number of aircraft in the active fleet, the number of planes temporarily or permanently taken out of service, aircraft utilization rates for the major airlines, shop visits, and traffic growth.

 

17


Table of Contents

At Precision Components, key data for the industrial manufacturing operations include the IPI; durable goods orders; tooling build schedules; compressor build forecasts; the production of light vehicles, both in the U.S. and globally; and capital investments in the telecommunications and electronics industries. The aerospace OEM business regularly tracks orders and deliveries for each of the major aircraft manufacturers, as well as engine purchases made for new aircraft. Management also monitors annual appropriations for the U.S. military related to new aircraft purchases and maintenance.

 

Acquisitions and Strategic Relationships

 

Acquisitions and strategic relationships have been a key growth driver for the Company in both of its business segments. The Company has acquired a number of businesses in the past, the most recent of which are described more fully below. The Company continues to evaluate potential acquisitions that will broaden product line offerings and expand geographic reach, and that provide synergistic opportunities. The recent turmoil in the credit markets placed a temporary hold on a number of potential acquisitions. Management expects to continue pursuing acquisitions when credit markets improve. The Company also continues to seek business alliances which foster long-term business relationships, such as the aftermarket RSP agreements and strategic supply agreements.

 

In November 2006, the Company acquired the assets of the Nitropush product line of nitrogen gas springs from Orflam Industries of France for 1.4 million euros ($1.8 million). The Nitropush product line was integrated into the Precision Components business segment.

 

The Company acquired the KENT Division of Premier Farnell (“KENT”), a distributor of adhesives, sealants, specialty cleaning chemicals, abrasives, tools and other consumables to the European transportation aftermarket and industrial maintenance market, in July 2006. KENT was integrated into the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment. The purchase price of 24.0 million pounds sterling ($44.9 million) was paid in cash.

 

In May 2006, the Company acquired Heinz Hänggi GmbH, Stanztechnik (“Hänggi”), a developer and manufacturer of high-precision punched and fine-blanked components, and a producer of orifice plates used in fuel injectors throughout the world. Its range of manufacturing solutions allows Hänggi to serve diversified industries, including high-precision components for transportation suppliers, the power tools sector, the watch industry, consumer electronics, telecommunications, medical devices, and textile machinery sectors. A majority of Hänggi’s sales are in Europe. Hänggi was integrated into the Precision Components segment. The purchase price to the seller of 162.0 million Swiss francs ($132.0 million) was paid through a combination of 122.0 million Swiss francs ($101.3 million) in cash and 1,628,676 shares of Barnes Group common stock ($30.7 million based upon a market value determined at the time of the purchase agreement).

 

For a further description of these acquisitions, refer to Notes 3 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Sales

 

($ in millions)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Logistics and Manufacturing Services

   $ 691.8     $ 703.0     $ (11.2 )   (1.6 )%   $ 602.3  

Precision Components

     683.0       728.5       (45.5 )   (6.2 )%     650.2  

Intersegment sales

     (12.7 )     (13.3 )     0.6     5.0 %     (13.1 )
                                  

Total

   $ 1,362.1     $ 1,418.2     $ (56.1 )   (4.0 )%   $ 1,239.4  
                                  

 

18


Table of Contents

Barnes Group reported net sales of $1,362.1 million in 2008, a decrease of $56.1 million, or 4.0%, from 2007. The sales decrease reflected $67.8 million of organic sales declines, $18.9 million at Logistics and Manufacturing Services and $49.5 million at Precision Components. Additionally, the sale of Spectrum Plastics Molding Resources, Inc. (“Spectrum Plastics”) resulted in a reduction in sales of $11.7 million as compared to 2007. These declines were offset by the favorable impact on sales of foreign currency translation of $23.4 million in 2008 as foreign currencies strengthened against the U.S. dollar, primarily in Europe. Geographically, the Company’s international sales increased 2.7% year-over-year, but domestic sales decreased 7.6%. Excluding the positive impact of foreign currency translation on sales, the Company’s international sales decreased 1.5% in 2008 from 2007.

 

In 2007, the Company reported net sales of $1,418.2 million, an increase of $178.8 million, or 14.4%, over 2006 net sales of $1,239.4 million. The sales increase reflected $90.6 million of organic sales growth, primarily within the aerospace aftermarket RSP business of Logistics and Manufacturing Services and the aerospace OEM business of Precision Components, and $64.6 million from acquisitions: $51.7 million at Logistics and Manufacturing Services as a result of the KENT acquisition and $12.9 million at Precision Components as a result of the Hänggi acquisition. The strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar, primarily in Europe, increased net sales approximately $23.6 million during 2007. Geographically, the Company’s international sales increased 31.8% year-over-year and domestic sales increased 5.4%. Excluding the positive impact of foreign currency translation on sales, the Company’s international sales increased 26.2% in 2007 over 2006.

 

Expenses and Operating Income

 

($ in millions)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Cost of sales

   $ 847.6     $ 881.0     $ (33.4 )   (3.8 )%   $ 786.7  

% sales

     62.2 %     62.1 %         63.5 %

Gross profit (1)

   $ 514.5     $ 537.2     $ (22.7 )   (4.2 )%   $ 452.7  

% sales

     37.8 %     37.9 %         36.5 %

Selling and administrative expenses

   $ 366.5     $ 382.0     $ (15.5 )   (4.1 )%   $ 334.5  

% sales

     26.9 %     26.9 %         27.0 %

Operating income

   $ 147.9     $ 155.2     $ (7.3 )   (4.7 )%   $ 118.1  

% sales

     10.9 %     10.9 %         9.5 %

 

(1) Sales less cost of sales

 

The Company took a number of actions within each of the businesses primarily in the fourth quarter of 2008 to reduce overhead costs as the Company aggressively addressed current and expected future economic conditions, the state of end markets served and structural complexities within certain geographies. The cost of these discrete actions totaled $19.6 million after-tax in 2008 including $5.4 million included in loss from discontinued operations. The Company expects to incur additional costs of $2.0 million to $3.0 million in 2009 related to these actions. These actions, which include workforce reductions, transfer of work, exiting certain non-core activities and the valuation and write-off of certain deferred tax assets, are expected to improve the Company’s cost structure and its manufacturing footprint, and strengthen its global competitive position.

 

The pre-tax charges in 2008 totaled $15.5 million and included a charge of $7.5 million at Precision Components and $8.0 million at Logistics and Manufacturing Services, of which $5.3 million related to continuing operations and $2.7 million related to discontinued operations. The charges include $10.9 million of severance and related employee termination costs, a $1.4 million loss on sale of assets related to discontinued businesses and $3.2 million of other costs including contract terminations, asset impairment charges and other associated costs. Of the charges, $0.4 million were recorded in cost of sales, $12.4 million were recorded in selling and administrative expenses and $2.7 million were recorded in discontinued operations. The $4.1 million tax expense includes the valuation and write-off of certain deferred tax assets.

 

19


Table of Contents

These actions will result in workforce reductions and the exiting of several facilities, and are expected to generate substantial costs savings in 2009. Approximately $12.3 million of the charges will require cash payments and are expected to be funded from cash from operations.

 

Operating income in 2008 decreased 4.7% from 2007 to $147.9 million and operating margin remained at 10.9%. The decrease in operating income was due primarily to lower profitability at Precision Components and the impact on both segments of the costs associated with the discrete fourth quarter 2008 charges. Cost of sales decreased 3.8% in 2008 primarily as a result of lower sales. The decrease in cost of sales was in line with the decrease in sales, resulting in a gross profit margin at 37.8% which approximated the 2007 margin. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales remained flat at 26.9% in 2008 and 2007. The discrete costs of the fourth quarter 2008 actions included in selling and administrative expenses were partially offset by lower incentive compensation and the positive impacts of expense reduction and lean initiatives.

 

Operating income in 2007 increased 31.4% from 2006 to $155.2 million and operating margin improved to 10.9% in 2007 compared to 9.5% in 2006. Precision Components was the primary contributor to the increase in operating income and improvement in operating margin. Cost of sales increased 12.0% in 2007 as a result of higher sales. The increase in cost of sales was lower than the increase in sales, resulting in a 1.4 percentage point improvement in gross profit margin. Gross profit margins improved at Precision Components and were driven primarily by the increased sales in the aerospace manufacturing business and in the higher margin European manufacturing business as well as operational efficiencies. To a lesser extent, gross profit margins also improved at Logistics and Manufacturing Services as a result of increased sales in both the higher margin aerospace aftermarket RSPs offset by the costs associated with a number of profitability and integration initiatives at the distribution businesses. The increase in selling and administrative expenses was driven by the higher sales volume and the costs associated with the initiatives to address the under-performance of the distribution business of $8.7 million as well as $2.6 million of severance charges recorded in the fourth quarter at Precision Components.

 

Other Income/Expense

 

Other expenses, net of other income, in 2008 were $2.3 million and included the $1.2 million loss on the sale of Spectrum Plastics. Interest expense decreased $5.6 million in 2008 as a result of lower interest rates.

 

Interest expense increased in 2007 as compared to 2006 as a result of higher average borrowings during 2007 offset by a shift from higher variable-rate debt to lower fixed-rate debt in 2007 primarily as a result of the 3.375% Convertible Notes issued in the first quarter of 2007.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 23.0% in 2008, compared with 20.3% in 2007 and 20.8% in 2006. The 2008 effective tax rate includes additional deferred tax expense of $4.1 million for the provision for the valuation of certain deferred tax assets in France and the United Kingdom. These discrete items in 2008 increased the 2008 effective tax rate 3.3 percentage points.

 

The 2007 effective tax rate includes certain discrete items including approximately $2.5 million of additional deferred tax expense as a result of tax law changes primarily in Mexico and Germany. These discrete items in 2007 effectively increased the 2007 effective tax rate 2.0 percentage points. The decrease in the 2007 effective tax rate from 2006 was primarily driven by additional earnings from RSPs in Singapore, a lower-taxing jurisdiction.

 

See Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate. Among other items which could impact the future tax rate is the mix of income between taxing jurisdictions where the Company operates.

 

20


Table of Contents

In connection with an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit for the tax years 2000 through 2002, the IRS proposed adjustments to these tax years of approximately $16.5 million, plus a potential penalty of 20% of the tax assessment plus interest. The adjustment relates to the federal taxation of foreign income of certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company filed an administrative protest of these adjustments and is currently engaged with the Appeals Office of the IRS. The Company believes its tax position on the issues raised by the IRS is correct and, therefore, the Company will continue to vigorously defend its position. The Company believes it will prevail on this issue. Any additional impact on the Company’s liability for income taxes cannot presently be determined, but the Company believes it is adequately provided for and the outcome will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. These exit activities included the sale of certain assets and transfer of related employees, liquidation of assets, termination of related contracts, and severing of employees. The results of these businesses have been segregated and treated as discontinued operations for all years reported. In 2008, the $10.1 million loss includes a $2.7 million loss related to the exit activities. Of this amount approximately $1.4 million reflects the loss on the sales of assets, approximately $0.6 million are employee-related costs, including severance and other termination benefits and approximately $0.7 million relates to other costs including contract termination charges. In addition, a tax expense of approximately $2.7 million included in discontinued operations related to the write-off of certain deferred tax assets. The results for 2007 and 2006 represent the current year operating loss on the discontinued operations. The losses for all years are reported net of tax. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Income and Income Per Share

 

(in millions, except per share)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 97.1     $ 103.6     $ (6.5 )   (6.3 )%   $ 74.8  

Net income

     87.0       101.3       (14.3 )   (14.2 )%     73.8  

Per common share:

          

Basic:

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.80     $ 1.94     $ (0.14 )   (7.2 )%   $ 1.48  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.19 )     (0.04 )     (0.15 )   NM       (0.02 )
                                  

Net income

   $ 1.61     $ 1.90     $ (0.29 )   (15.3 )%   $ 1.46  
                                  

Diluted:

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.74     $ 1.80     $ (0.06 )   (3.3 )%   $ 1.41  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.18 )     (0.04 )     (0.14 )   NM       (0.02 )
                                  

Net income

   $ 1.56     $ 1.76     $ (0.20 )   (11.4 )%   $ 1.39  
                                  

Average common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     54.0       53.3       1.3 %     50.7  

Diluted

     55.8       57.5       (3.0 )%     52.9  

 

Basic and diluted income from continuing operations per share decreased 7.2% and 3.3%, respectively, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in basic average shares outstanding increased the percentage decrease in income from continuing operations per basic share as compared to the percentage decrease in income from continuing operations. Basic average shares outstanding increased primarily as a result of shares issued for employee stock plans offset in part by the impact of stock repurchases. The decrease in diluted average shares outstanding reduced the percentage decrease in income from continuing operations per diluted share as compared to the percentage decrease in income from continuing operations. Diluted average shares outstanding decreased

 

21


Table of Contents

primarily as a result of the decrease in the dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares under the employee stock plans and the convertible notes which were driven by the decline in the Company’s stock price offset in part by the increase in basic average shares outstanding.

 

Net income in 2008 includes $19.6 million ($0.35 per diluted share) related to the costs associated with the discrete fourth quarter 2008 charges.

 

Financial Performance by Business Segment

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services

 

($ in millions)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Sales

   $ 691.8     $ 703.0     $ (11.2 )   (1.6 )%   $ 602.3  

Operating profit

     79.1       70.5       8.6     12.3 %     56.8  

Operating margin

     11.4 %     10.0 %         9.4 %

 

The Logistics and Manufacturing Services business segment reported sales of $691.8 million in 2008, a 1.6% decrease from 2007. The decrease was primarily the result of a reduction in organic sales of $18.9 million. Lower organic sales were recorded by the distribution businesses in North America and in Europe due to softness in the transportation-related and certain manufacturing markets combined with the impact of initiatives which created sales force disruption primarily in North America. Partially offsetting these declines was an increase in aerospace aftermarket sales resulting from growth in aftermarket RSP sales. Additionally, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of $7.7 million as foreign currencies strengthened against the U.S. dollar, primarily in Europe.

 

Operating profit at Logistics and Manufacturing Services in 2008 increased 12.3% from 2007 to $79.1 million. Operating profit in 2008 was positively impacted by operational and productivity improvements in the North American distribution business realized from the 2007 initiatives focused on improving the profitability of the business. Discrete costs incurred in 2007 related to these initiatives in North America and Europe were $8.7 million. Additionally, operating profit in 2008 included the positive impact of the profit contribution from the highly profitable aerospace aftermarket RSPs. Partially offsetting these improvements was the profit impact of the lower sales volumes in the North American distribution business, primarily a result of sales force attrition and the impact of the current economic conditions on the end-markets served by this business. Additionally, in 2008 the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment recorded discrete fourth quarter charges including employee terminations, to address deteriorating market conditions and complexities within certain geographies. Costs associated with these actions were $5.3 million.

 

Outlook: Organic sales levels in the distribution businesses of the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment are largely dependent upon the retention of its customers and of its sales force worldwide, and are expected to continue to be negatively impacted by the challenging global economic conditions. Sales growth should result from future improvements in economic and end-market conditions, further market penetration through its targeted market segmentation and sales force productivity initiatives, or adding new customers. Management believes it is favorably positioned in the aerospace aftermarket business based on strong customer relationships including long-term maintenance and repair contracts, and expected demand in the spare parts manufacturing business. Sales growth in the aerospace aftermarket business has been and is expected to continue to be impacted by the industry dynamics related to fuel costs and airline mergers, which have resulted in deferred maintenance activities and lower capacity usage. Operating profit is expected to be negatively impacted by volume declines and positively impacted by the benefits of the recent discrete profitability actions taken and structural changes made in the distribution businesses. As part of the aftermarket RSP programs, the management fees payable to its customer generally increase in the fourth or later years of each program. These and other similar fees are deducted from sales and temper aftermarket RSP sales growth and operating margin.

 

22


Table of Contents

Sales in the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment were $703.0 million in 2007, a 16.7% increase over 2006 primarily as a result of $51.7 million of incremental sales from the 2006 acquisition of KENT. Organic sales grew $39.4 million mainly as a result of aerospace aftermarket sales growth driven primarily by growth in RSP sales, due to additional RSP agreements and increased volume on existing RSPs, and an increase in overhaul and repair sales. The translation of foreign currency sales favorably impacted 2007 reported sales by approximately $9.7 million as the Euro and Canadian dollar strengthened against the U.S. dollar.

 

Operating profit at Logistics and Manufacturing Services increased 24.1% over 2006. The increase was primarily driven by the profit contribution from the highly profitable aftermarket RSPs as well as the higher sales volume increases in the overhaul and repair business which were offset, in part, by increased expenditures in the overhaul and repair business to increase production capacity in order to capitalize on the strength of current and expected future demand. In the distribution business, operating profit in 2007 included costs of approximately $8.7 million related to initiatives to address the under-performance of the distribution business, particularly in the U.S. and Canada, and the integration of the KENT business into the European distribution business. Additionally, in late 2007, certain right-sizing actions, including employee terminations, were implemented as a result of a comprehensive review of the operations of the distribution businesses. Operating profit was negatively impacted by higher product costs and selling expenses as a result of an investment in a larger fixed cost sales force as compared to 2006. Operating profit in 2006 included the cost of a reduction in force in France of $1.7 million and a $1.5 million gain on the sale of a facility in Canada.

 

Precision Components

 

($ in millions)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Sales

   $ 683.0     $ 728.5     $ (45.5 )   (6.2 )%   $ 650.2  

Operating profit

     68.5       84.9       (16.4 )   (19.4 )%     61.4  

Operating margin

     10.0 %     11.7 %         9.4 %

 

Sales at Precision Components in 2008 were $683.0 million, a 6.2% decrease from 2007. Organic sales were down $49.5 million and were significantly impacted by weaker global economic conditions. The most significant organic sales declines were in the North American industrial manufacturing businesses, primarily related to the transportation and consumer product end-markets. These declines were offset in part by year-over-year growth in the aerospace OEM business on the strength of its sales order backlog which was $460.6 million at January 1, 2008. Impacting the year-over-year growth rate in Precision Components’ aerospace OEM business was the impact of the Boeing labor strike and order pushouts on the Boeing 787 program. The sale of Spectrum Plastics in 2008 resulted in a reduction in sales of $11.7 million. The favorable impact on sales of foreign currency translation increased sales by approximately $15.7 million as foreign currencies strengthened against the U.S. dollar, primarily in Europe.

 

Operating profit in 2008 at Precision Components was $68.5 million, a decrease of 19.4% from 2007. Operating profit in 2008 was negatively impacted by lower sales levels and higher material costs. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2008 certain businesses within the Precision Components segment took cost reduction actions, including employee terminations and plant consolidations, to address deteriorating market conditions. Costs associated with these actions were $7.5 million. Partially offsetting these decreases was the favorable impact of the 2007 right-sizing actions primarily in the domestic industrial manufacturing businesses, lower incentive compensation and other cost saving initiatives.

 

Outlook: To drive organic sales growth at Precision Components, management is focused on leveraging the benefits of the diversified products and industrial end markets in which its industrial manufacturing businesses have a global presence and a competitive advantage. However, near-term economic conditions are negatively impacting sales growth across the global markets served by these businesses. Sales in the aerospace OEM business are driven by the commercial engine order backlog through its participation in certain strategic engine programs and may be impacted by the production schedule delay of specific engine programs as well as the

 

23


Table of Contents

general softness in the aerospace market driven by the current worldwide economic recession. Backlog in this business was $377.3 million at December 31, 2008, of which approximately 61% is expected to be shipped in 2009. Long-term, management believes that strong aerospace industry fundamentals remain and, together with new programs, will drive sales growth in this business. In the industrial manufacturing businesses, management continues to focus on improving profitability through organic sales growth, pricing initiatives and productivity and process improvements. In the aerospace manufacturing business, management is concentrating on meeting long-term demand through manufacturing and operational improvements. Future operating profit is expected to be positively impacted by the benefits of the recent discrete cost actions taken in these businesses.

 

Sales at Precision Components in 2007 were $728.5 million, a 12.0% increase over 2006. The sales increase was driven by organic growth of $51.5 million, primarily a result of increased sales in the aerospace OEM business on the strength of its backlog and growth in the European industrial manufacturing business. Backlog in the aerospace OEM business was $393.1 million at January 1, 2007. These increases were offset in part by sales declines in the industrial manufacturing business due to softness in the transportation and compressor markets. The increase in 2007 also resulted from a $13.9 million favorable impact of the translation of foreign currency sales as foreign currencies strengthened against the U.S. dollar, primarily in Europe. Additionally, 2007 sales included incremental sales of $12.9 million from the Hänggi acquisition.

 

Operating profit at Precision Components in 2007 was $84.9 million, a 38.3% increase from 2006. Operating profit was positively impacted by the higher sales volume, primarily in the aerospace manufacturing and European manufacturing businesses, and productivity improvements, most significantly at the North American industrial manufacturing business. Additionally, the 2007 operating profit includes the profit contribution from the Hänggi acquisition. These profit improvements were partially offset by higher incentive compensation and higher reorganization costs, including approximately $2.6 million associated with a reduction-in-force at certain North American locations. The operating profit in 2006 included $1.4 million of costs for the reorganization related to a plant closure and for the transfer of certain production to lower-cost facilities.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Management assesses the Company’s liquidity in terms of its overall ability to generate cash to fund its operating and investing activities. Of particular importance in the management of liquidity are cash flows generated from operating activities, capital expenditure levels, dividends, capital stock transactions, effective utilization of surplus cash positions overseas and adequate lines of credit.

 

The Company’s ability to generate cash from operations in excess of its internal operating needs is one of its financial strengths. Management continues to focus on cash flow and working capital management, and anticipates that operating activities in 2009 will generate adequate cash. In light of current economic events, the Company is closely monitoring its cash generation and usage with particular emphasis placed on reducing working capital to generate cash.

 

Management expects lower levels of cash usage in 2009 particularly with respect to capital expenditures, RSP payments and debt payments. Management has been very selective when approving capital expenditures and expects discretionary capital spending to be in the range of $30 - $40 million in 2009, down from $51.9 million in 2008. Participation fee payments related to the RSPs were $57.5 million in 2008; however, no further payments are required as of December 31, 2008. Additionally, of the Company’s long-term debt portfolio, only $15.2 million is due and payable in each of the next two years.

 

Recent distress in the financial markets has had an adverse impact on, among other things, security prices, investment valuations, liquidity and credit availability. The Company has assessed the implications of these factors on its business and has determined that there has not been a significant impact to its current financial position or liquidity. The Company’s pension plans have been impacted by the recent distress in the financial

 

24


Table of Contents

markets. As a result of recent losses in the global equity markets, the Company’s pension plans experienced a negative return in 2008, which will increase 2009 funding requirements by approximately $7.3 million and pension expense by approximately $0.9 million in 2009. In addition, the Company’s 2008 year-end balance sheet was impacted due to the recognition of the underfunded status of the plans.

 

Operating cash flow may be supplemented with external borrowings to meet near-term organic business expansion and the Company’s current financial commitments. Available credit is closely monitored to ensure debt covenant compliance. The credit markets are presenting companies with significant challenges in maintaining or expanding credit facilities. The Company has assessed its credit facilities and currently expects that its bank syndicate, comprised of 15 banks, will continue to support these facilities. At December 31, 2008 the Company has $148.6 million in borrowing availability under its committed credit facilities which mature in September 2012. The Company believes its credit facilities, coupled with cash generated from operations, are adequate for its anticipated future requirements.

 

Any future acquisitions are expected to be financed through internal cash, borrowings and equity, or a combination thereof. Additionally, we may from time to time seek to retire or repurchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and / or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.

 

Cash Flow

 

($ in millions)    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     2006  

Operating activities

   $ 111.8     $ 120.3     $ (8.5 )   (7.1 )%   $ 114.3  

Investing activities

     (106.7 )     (128.1 )     21.4     16.7 %     (247.3 )

Financing activities

     (1.8 )     (5.6 )     3.8     68.5 %     140.9  

Exchange rate effect

     (3.0 )     (1.4 )     (1.6 )   NM       (0.7 )
                                  

Increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 0.4     $ (14.8 )   $ 15.1     102.4     $ 7.2  
                                  

 

NM – Not meaningful

 

Operating activities are the principal source of cash flow for the Company, generating $111.8 million in cash during 2008 compared to $120.3 million in 2007. The decrease in operating cash flow in 2008 was impacted primarily by lower operating performance partially offset by working capital changes. Working capital included higher investments in inventory in 2007 at the aerospace aftermarket business of Logistics and Manufacturing Services which were paid for primarily in 2008. Accounts receivable balances in 2008 decreased as a result of lower revenues at businesses throughout each segment. Additionally, there were no non-cash contributions to the retirement savings plan in 2008 as compared to $7.5 million in 2007.

 

Cash used by investing activities includes participation fee payments related to the aftermarket RSPs of $57.5 million, $73.2 million and $56.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the aftermarket RSPs. Capital expenditures in 2008 were $51.9 million compared to $50.2 million in 2007 and $41.7 million in 2006. Investing activities in 2008 include the net proceeds of $5.1 million from the sale of Spectrum Plastics and in 2006 include the use of $96.3 million and $45.9 million, respectively, for the Hänggi and KENT acquisitions, net of cash acquired.

 

Cash from financing activities in 2008 included a net increase in borrowings of $59.5 million compared to $6.0 million in 2007. Proceeds in both years were used to partially finance working capital requirements, capital expenditures, RSP payments and dividends. The proceeds from the sale of the convertible subordinated debt issuance in 2007 were used to repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. In 2006, the proceeds from borrowings along with cash generated from operating activities were used primarily to fund acquisitions, repay

 

25


Table of Contents

borrowings, and to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures and dividends. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock decreased $10.0 million to $5.2 million as a result of lower stock option exercises in the 2008 period. Total cash used to pay dividends increased in 2008 by $4.2 million to $33.3 million due to an increase in the number of shares outstanding and an increase in cash dividends from $0.545 per share in 2007 to $0.62 per share in 2008. During 2008, the Company repurchased 2.5 million shares at an average cost of $13.76 per share under the terms of its publicly announced repurchase program. Consideration of further repurchases has been deferred until economic conditions improve.

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company held $21.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, the majority of which are held outside the U.S. In general, the repatriation of this cash to the U.S. would have adverse tax consequences and the balances remain outside the U.S. to fund future international investments.

 

The Company maintains borrowing facilities with banks to supplement internal cash generation. At December 31, 2008, $251.4 million was borrowed at an average interest rate of 1.61% under the Company’s $400.0 million borrowing facility which matures in September 2012. Additionally, the Company had $8.0 million in borrowings under short-term bank credit lines at an interest rate of 2.18% at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company’s total borrowings are comprised of approximately 47% fixed rate debt and approximately 53% variable rate debt. The interest payments on approximately 38% of the variable rate interest debt have been converted into payment of fixed interest plus the borrowing spread under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement described in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Borrowing capacity is limited by various debt covenants in the Company’s debt agreements. The most restrictive borrowing capacity covenant in any agreement requires the Company to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Adjusted Earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), as defined in the amended and restated revolving credit agreement, of not more that 4.00 times at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The ratio requirement will decrease to 3.75 times for fiscal quarters ending after September 30, 2009. Following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined, to the Company’s net income (in millions):

 

     2008

Net income

   $ 87.0

Add back:

  

Interest expense

     19.5

Income taxes

     29.0

Depreciation and amortization

     52.4

Other adjustments

     10.8
      

Adjusted EBITDA, as defined

   $ 198.7
      

Consolidated Total Debt

   $ 493.4

Ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Adjusted EBITDA

     2.48

 

Other adjustments in 2008 primarily relate to the loss from discontinued operations. The Company’s level of compliance with such ratio determines the level of additional borrowings available. Additional borrowings of $301.4 million would have been allowed under the covenants at December 31, 2008, well in excess of the Company’s unused credit facilities.

 

The funded status of the Company’s pension plans is dependent upon many factors, including returns on invested assets, the level of market interest rates and benefit obligations. The funded status of the pension plans declined in 2008 primarily as a result of the decline in the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets due mainly to the losses in the global equity markets. This decline was partially offset by a decline in the projected benefit obligations of the plans. The Company’s other postretirement benefit plans also recorded a decline in the projected benefit obligation in 2008 due primarily to a plan amendment. As a result, the Company recorded a $62.3 million non-cash after-tax decrease in stockholders’ equity (through other non-owner changes to equity) to

 

26


Table of Contents

record the current year adjustment for changes in the funded status of its pension and postretirement benefit plans as required under SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” From a cash perspective, approximately $8.7 million in cash contributions were made by the Company to its various pension plans in 2008 including the required minimum contributions to its qualified U.S. pension plans. The Company expects to contribute approximately $16.0 million to its various plans in 2009.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company had the following contractual obligations and commitments:

 

($ in millions)    Total    Less Than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    3-5 Years    More than
5 Years

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 490.6    $ 24.0    $ 115.2    $ 251.4    $ 100.0

Estimated interest payments under long-term obligations (1)

     45.0      13.7      20.6      9.9      0.8

Capital lease obligations

     2.8      0.2      0.7      0.5      1.4

Operating lease obligations

     51.5      13.4      17.8      9.9      10.4

Purchase obligations (2)

     116.4      107.4      8.6      0.1      0.3

Expected pension contributions (3)

     16.0      16.0      —        —        —  

Expected benefit payments –
other postretirement benefit plans
(4)

     52.1      5.3      11.5      11.0      24.3
                                  

Total

   $ 774.4    $ 180.0    $ 174.4    $ 282.8    $ 137.2
                                  

 

(1) Interest payments under long-term debt obligations have been estimated based on the borrowings outstanding and market interest rates as of December 31, 2008.
(2) The amounts do not include purchase obligations already reflected as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The purchase obligation amount includes all outstanding purchase orders as of the balance sheet date as well as the minimum contractual obligation or termination penalty under other contracts.
(3) The amount included in “Less Than 1 Year” reflects anticipated contributions to the Company’s various pension plans. Anticipated contributions beyond one year are not determinable.
(4) The amounts reflect anticipated future benefit payments under the Company’s various other postretirement benefit plans based on current actuarial assumptions. Expected benefit payments do not extend beyond 2017. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The above table does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits as the timing of the potential payments of these amounts cannot be determined. See Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

OTHER MATTERS

 

Inflation

 

Inflation generally affects the Company through its costs of labor, equipment and raw materials. Increases in the costs of these items have historically been offset by price increases, operating improvements, and other cost-saving initiatives. The Company has periodically experienced inflation in raw material prices.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The most significant areas involving management judgments and estimates are described below. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

 

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. Provisions are made to reduce excess or obsolete inventories to their estimated net realizable value. Loss provisions, if any, on aerospace contracts are established when estimable. Loss provisions are based on the projected excess of manufacturing costs over the net revenues of the products or group of related products under contract. The process for evaluating the value of excess and obsolete inventory often requires the Company to

 

27


Table of Contents

make subjective judgments and estimates concerning future sales levels, quantities and prices at which such inventory will be sold in the normal course of business. Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates of future sales potential may necessitate future adjustments to these provisions.

 

Business Acquisitions and Goodwill: Assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $361.9 million of goodwill, representing the cost of acquisitions in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired companies. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to impairment testing annually or earlier testing if an event or change in circumstances indicates that the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying value. The assessment of goodwill involves the estimation of the fair value of “reporting units,” as defined by SFAS No. 142. Management completed this annual assessment during the second quarter of 2008 based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which incorporated management assumptions about expected future cash flows. Based on this assessment, there was no goodwill impairment in 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, further analysis was done to ensure that the recent economic downturn had not triggered the need to perform an additional goodwill impairment assessment. Management concluded that a triggering event had not occurred and thus, no further impairment assessment was performed. Future cash flows, and the related fair value of the Company’s reporting units, can be affected by changes in the global economy and local economies, industries and markets in which the Company sells products or services, and the execution of management’s plans, including integrating acquired companies. There can be no assurance that future events will not result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.

 

Revenue Sharing Programs: The Company participates in aftermarket RSPs under which the Company receives an exclusive right to supply designated aftermarket parts over the life of the related aircraft engine program. As consideration, the Company pays participation fees, which are recorded as long-lived intangible assets, and are recognized as a reduction to sales over the life of the program. The recoverability of the intangible asset is subject to significant estimates about future revenues related to the program’s aftermarket parts. Management updates revenue projections periodically, which includes comparing actual experience against projected revenue and obtaining industry projections. The potential exists that actual revenues will not meet expectations due to a change in market conditions. A shortfall in future revenues may indicate an impairment of the intangible asset. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of this asset to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The intangible asset is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company has not identified any impairment of these intangible assets. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Reorganization of Businesses: For non-acquisition related reorganizations, the Company records the cost of reorganization initiatives at the time the liability is incurred. For reorganization initiatives in connection with acquisitions, the Company records liabilities at the time that management has approved and committed to a reorganization plan. Such a plan identifies all significant actions to be taken and specifies an expected completion date that is within a reasonable period of time. The liability includes those costs that can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are subject to adjustments based upon actual costs incurred.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits: Accounting policies and significant assumptions related to pension and other postretirement benefits are disclosed in Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The following table provides a breakout of the current targeted mix of investments, by asset classification, along with the historical rates of return for each asset class and the long-term projected rates of return for the U.S. plans.

 

28


Table of Contents
     Target
Asset
Mix %
   Annual Return %
        Historical (1)    Long-Term
Projection

Asset class

        

Large cap growth

   17    9.2    8.7

Large cap value

   17    11.5    11.0

Mid cap equity

   12    12.0    11.5

Small cap growth

   7    6.9    6.9

Small cap value

   7    12.4    11.9

Non-U.S. equity

   10    9.0    8.5

Real estate-related

   5    11.3    10.3

Fixed income

   20    8.9    6.9

Cash

   5    6.2    4.2

Weighted average

      9.9    9.0

 

(1) Historical returns based on the life of the respective index, approximately 28 years.

 

The historical rates of return were calculated based upon compounded average rates of return of published indices. The 25% aggregate target for fixed income and cash investments is lower than the fixed income and cash component of a typical pension trust. The fixed income investments include a higher-than-average component of yield-aggressive investments, including high-yield corporate bonds. Based on the overall historical and projected rates of return, management is using the long-term rate of return on its U.S. pension assets of 9.0%. The long-term rates of return for non-U.S. plans were selected based on actual historical rates of return of published indices that were used to measure the plans’ target asset allocations. Historical rates were then discounted to consider fluctuations in the historical rates as well as potential changes in the investment environment.

 

The discount rate used for the Company’s U.S. pension plans is selected based on highly rated long-term corporate bond indices and yield curves that match the duration of the plans’ benefit obligations. The selected rate reflects the rate at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. At December 31, 2008, the Company selected a discount rate of 6.50% based on a bond matching model for its U.S. pension plans. The discount rates for non-U.S. plans were selected based on indices of high-quality bonds using criteria applicable to the respective countries.

 

A one-quarter percentage point change in the assumed long-term rate of return on the Company’s U.S. pension plans would impact the Company’s pretax income by approximately $0.8 million annually. A one-quarter percentage point decrease in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s pretax income by approximately $0.2 million annually. The Company reviews these and other assumptions at least annually.

 

During 2008, the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets decreased by $130.5 million and the projected benefit obligation decreased $16.5 million. The Company’s pension expense for 2008 was $2.6 million. Pension expense for 2009 is expected to increase by approximately $0.9 million from the 2008 expense, due in part to lower asset performance of the plans’ assets in 2008. The 2009 expense estimate does not include potential future settlement costs.

 

Income Taxes: As of December 31, 2008, the Company had recognized $68.4 million of deferred tax assets, net of valuation reserves. The realization of these benefits is dependent in part on future taxable income. For those jurisdictions where the expiration date of tax loss carry forwards or the projected operating results indicate that realization is not likely, a valuation allowance is provided. Management believes that sufficient income will be earned in the future to realize deferred income tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded. The recognized net deferred tax asset is based on the Company’s estimates of future taxable income. The realization of these deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax codes, statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. Additionally, the Company is exposed to certain tax contingencies in the ordinary course of business and, accordingly, records those tax liabilities in accordance with FIN No. 48. For those tax positions where it is more

 

29


Table of Contents

likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. For those income tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements.

 

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company accounts for its stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value on the grant date and recognizes the related cost in its consolidated statement of income in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2006 utilizing the modified retrospective method. The fair values of stock options are estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on certain assumptions. The fair values of other stock awards are estimated based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock price on the grant date. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Recent Accounting Changes

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement was to be effective for the Company in 2008. However, in February 2008 the FASB issued Financial Statement of Position (“FSP”) No. 157-1, which amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for lease transactions, and FSP No. 157-2, which delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157 as it relates to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until 2009 for the Company except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s financial statements on a recurring basis. Additionally in October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3 which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets in markets that are not active. This FSP was effective immediately and included those periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The Company does not currently have any financial assets that are valued using inactive markets and as such was not impacted by the issuance of this FSP. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of this Statement except as it relates to those nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities excluded under FSP No. 157-2. The nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities as defined by FSP No. 157-2 for which the Company has not applied the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 157 include those related to: goodwill, intangible and other long-lived asset impairment testing; asset retirement obligations; liabilities for exit or disposal activities; and business combinations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this Statement will have on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as it relates to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. For the impact of adoption of this Statement on financial assets and financial liabilities, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations.” The provisions of SFAS No. 141R change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. This Statement will be effective prospectively for acquisitions made by the Company after December 31, 2008. The impact of this Statement on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows will be dependent on the terms, conditions and details of such acquisitions.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.” The provisions of SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This Statement will be effective for the Company in 2009. Since the Company currently does not have any minority interest investments, it does not expect this Statement will have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The provisions of SFAS No. 161 which will change the required interim and annual disclosures for derivative instruments and hedging activities will be required for the Company beginning in 2009.

 

30


Table of Contents

In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).” The provisions of this FSP require an entity to separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt in a manner that reflects the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The FSP will be effective for the Company beginning in 2009 and the provisions will be required to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. Management currently estimates that the impact of adoption of this FSP will result in a reduction to diluted earnings per share of $0.01, $0.03, $0.06 and $0.08 in 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” The provisions of this FSP define non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents distributed on unvested share-based payment transactions as participating securities. As participating securities, these instruments are required to be included in the calculation of basic earnings per share. The FSP will be effective for the Company beginning in 2009 and the provisions will be required to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. The Company currently estimates that the impact this FSP will have on the Company’s calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share will not be significant.

 

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 132R-1, “Employers’ Disclosure about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” The provisions of this FSP provide guidance on employers’ disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plan and will be required beginning in 2009.

 

EBITDA

 

EBITDA for 2008 was $189.0 million compared to $202.8 million in 2007. EBITDA is a measurement not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The Company defines EBITDA as net income plus interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization which the Company incurs in the normal course of business. The Company does not intend EBITDA to represent cash flows from operations as defined by GAAP, and the reader should not consider it as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other items calculated in accordance with GAAP, or as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance. The Company’s definition of EBITDA may not be comparable with EBITDA as defined by other companies. The Company believes EBITDA is commonly used by financial analysts and others in the industries in which the Company operates and, thus, provides useful information to investors. Accordingly, the calculation has limitations depending on its use.

 

Following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to the Company’s net income (in millions):

 

     2008    2007

Net income

   $ 87.0    $ 101.3

Add back:

     

Interest expense

     19.5      25.1

Income taxes

     30.1      25.8

Depreciation and amortization

     52.4      50.6
             

EBITDA

   $ 189.0    $ 202.8
             

 

31


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Market risk is the potential economic loss that may result from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. The Company’s financial results could be impacted by changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity price changes. The Company uses financial instruments to hedge its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.

 

The Company’s long-term debt portfolio consists of fixed-rate and variable-rate instruments and is managed to reduce the overall cost of borrowing while also minimizing the effect of changes in interest rates on near-term earnings. The Company’s primary interest rate risk is derived from its outstanding variable-rate debt obligations. In 2008, the Company entered into two, three-year interest rate swap agreements which together converted the interest on the first $100.0 million of the Company’s LIBOR-based borrowings from a variable rate plus the borrowing spread to a fixed rate of 2.947% plus the borrowing spread for the purpose of mitigating its exposure to variable interest rates. At December 31, 2008, the result of a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in the average cost of the Company’s variable-rate debt would have reduced annual pretax profit by $2.6 million.

 

At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate debt was $186.8 million, compared with its carrying amount of $233.1 million. The Company estimates that a 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates at December 31, 2008 would have increased the fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate debt to $197.5 million.

 

The Company has manufacturing, sales and distribution facilities around the world and thus makes investments and conducts business transactions denominated in various currencies. The currencies of the locations where the Company’s business operations are conducted include the U.S. dollar, Brazilian real, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan, Euro, Korean won, Mexican peso, Singapore dollar, Swedish krona, Swiss franc and Thai baht. The Company is exposed primarily to financial instruments denominated in currencies other than the functional currency at its international locations. A 10% adverse change in all currencies at December 31, 2008 would have resulted in a $0.3 million loss in the fair value of those financial instruments.

 

Foreign currency commitments and transaction exposures are managed at the operating units as an integral part of their businesses in accordance with a corporate policy that addresses acceptable levels of foreign currency exposures. At December 31, 2008, the Company did not hedge its foreign currency net investment exposures. Prior to December 31, 2008, the Company had entered into a series of forward currency contracts to hedge a portion of its foreign currency net investment exposure in Barnes Group Canada Corp. for the purpose of mitigating exposure to foreign currency volatility on its future return on capital. In 2008, the Company terminated this hedge and received a payment of $1.9 million at termination.

 

Additionally, to reduce foreign currency exposure, management maintains the majority of foreign cash and short-term investments in local currency and uses forward currency contracts for non-functional currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities in an effort to reduce the effect of the volatility of changes in foreign exchange rates on the income statement. In historically weaker currency countries, such as Brazil and Mexico, management assesses the strength of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar and may elect during periods of local currency weakness to invest excess cash in U.S. dollar-denominated instruments.

 

The Company’s exposure to commodity price changes relates to certain manufacturing operations that utilize high-grade steel spring wire, titanium and other specialty metals. The Company attempts to manage its exposure to increases in those prices through its procurement and sales practices.

 

32


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net sales

   $ 1,362,091     $ 1,418,151     $ 1,239,395  

Cost of sales

     847,641       880,983       786,740  

Selling and administrative expenses

     366,510       382,005       334,534  
                        
     1,214,151       1,262,988       1,121,274  
                        

Operating income

     147,940       155,163       118,121  

Other income

     602       1,115       1,172  

Interest expense

     19,517       25,095       23,634  

Other expenses

     2,929       1,156       1,112  
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     126,096       130,027       94,547  

Income taxes

     29,014       26,385       19,703  
                        

Income from continuing operations

     97,082       103,642       74,844  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefits) of $1,103, $(566) and $(306), respectively (Note 5)

     (10,103 )     (2,305 )     (999 )
                        

Net income

   $ 86,979     $ 101,337     $ 73,845  
                        

Per common share:

      

Basic:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.80     $ 1.94     $ 1.48  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (.19 )     (.04 )     (.02 )
                        

Net income

   $ 1.61     $ 1.90     $ 1.46  
                        

Diluted:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.74     $ 1.80     $ 1.41  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (.18 )     (.04 )     (.02 )
                        

Net income

   $ 1.56     $ 1.76     $ 1.39  
                        

Dividends

   $ 0.62     $ 0.545     $ 0.485  

Average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     53,989,034       53,295,275       50,702,992  

Diluted

     55,812,666       57,525,832       52,943,494  

 

See accompanying notes.

 

33


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,958     $ 20,600  

Accounts receivable, less allowances (2008 – $6,174; 2007 – $5,452)

     173,215       211,346  

Inventories

     240,805       246,836  

Deferred income taxes

     27,650       29,087  

Prepaid expenses

     14,881       13,498  
                

Total current assets

     477,509       521,367  

Deferred income taxes

     40,731       14,085  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     235,035       230,545  

Goodwill

     361,930       380,486  

Other intangible assets, net

     316,817       330,458  

Other assets

     15,612       62,394  
                

Total assets

   $ 1,447,634     $ 1,539,335  
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Notes and overdrafts payable

   $ 8,905     $ 7,322  

Accounts payable

     80,495       187,136  

Accrued liabilities

     84,372       107,202  

Long-term debt – current

     15,386       42,660  
                

Total current liabilities

     189,158       344,320  

Long-term debt

     469,113       384,482  

Accrued retirement benefits

     164,796       109,502  

Other liabilities

     41,156       47,084  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock – par value $0.01 per share

    

Authorized: 150,000,000 shares

    

Issued: at par value
(2008 – 55,229,926 shares; 2007 – 54,521,320 shares)

     552       545  

Additional paid-in capital

     243,463       230,721  

Treasury stock, at cost (2008 – 3,006,379 shares; 2007 – 452,469 shares)

     (46,705 )     (10,583 )

Retained earnings

     476,017       422,790  

Accumulated other non-owner changes to equity

     (89,916 )     10,474  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     583,411       653,947  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,447,634     $ 1,539,335  
                

 

See accompanying notes.

 

34


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 86,979     $ 101,337     $ 73,845  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     52,403       50,607       42,226  

Loss (gain) on disposition of property, plant and equipment

     1,069       413       (986 )

Non-cash stock compensation expense

     5,841       7,566       7,929  

Non-cash retirement savings plan contributions

     —         7,462       6,223  

Withholding taxes paid on stock issuances

     (2,580 )     (5,921 )     (4,564 )

Loss on the sale of businesses

     2,197       —         —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable

     26,329       (12,836 )     (7,942 )

Inventories

     (2,725 )     (41,775 )     (24,658 )

Prepaid expenses

     (3,235 )     (968 )     1,127  

Accounts payable

     (44,475 )     14,683       14,407  

Accrued liabilities

     (16,054 )     (5,775 )     (1,275 )

Deferred income taxes

     15,697       4,707       2,763  

Long-term retirement benefits

     (7,581 )     596       4,263  

Other

     (2,057 )     222       963  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     111,808       120,318       114,321  

Investing activities:

      

Proceeds from disposition of property, plant and equipment

     784       1,563       4,975  

Proceeds from the sale of businesses, net

     5,400       —         —    

Capital expenditures

     (51,869 )     (50,197 )     (41,712 )

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     47       (2,991 )     (147,896 )

Revenue sharing program payments

     (57,500 )     (73,150 )     (56,800 )

Other

     (3,535 )     (3,286 )     (5,912 )
                        

Net cash used by investing activities

     (106,673 )     (128,061 )     (247,345 )

Financing activities:

      

Net change in other borrowings

     1,756       (235 )     3,815  

Payments on long-term debt

     (260,335 )     (278,210 )     (156,181 )

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

     318,100       284,422       291,852  

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

     5,171       15,176       28,193  

Common stock repurchases

     (34,209 )     (54 )     (712 )

Dividends paid

     (33,345 )     (29,111 )     (24,803 )

Excess tax benefit on stock awards

     1,531       6,614       —    

Other

     (430 )     (4,189 )     (1,252 )
                        

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (1,761 )     (5,587 )     140,912  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash flows

     (3,016 )     (1,430 )     (640 )
                        

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     358       (14,760 )     7,248  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     20,600       35,360       28,112  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 20,958     $ 20,600     $ 35,360  
                        

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

Non-cash financing and investing activities in 2007 and 2006 include the acquisition of $57.5 million and $27.2 million, respectively, of intangible assets and the recognition of the corresponding liabilities in connection with the aftermarket RSPs. In 2006, non-cash investing and financing activities include the issuance of $30.7 million of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Hänggi.

 

See accompanying notes.

 

35


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

 

    Common
Stock
(Number
of
Shares)
  Common
Stock
(Amount)
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
(Number
of
Shares)
    Treasury
Stock
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Non-Owner
Changes to
Equity
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

January 1, 2006

  48,839   $ 488   $ 136,962     832     $ (14,590 )   $ 304,274     $ (25,977 )   $ 401,157  

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

              73,845         73,845  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $(2,816)

                19,323       19,323  

Unrealized gains on hedging activities

                42       42  

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $5,401

                9,791       9,791  
                                 

Comprehensive income

              73,845       29,156       103,001  

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $13,174

                (26,335 )     (26,335 )

Dividends paid

              (24,803 )       (24,803 )

Common stock repurchases

        34       (712 )         (712 )

Stock issued for the purchase of Hänggi

  1,629     16     30,666               30,682  

Employee stock plans

  2,172     22     26,582     (635 )     10,694       (493 )       36,805  
                                                       

December 31, 2006

  52,640     526     194,210     231       (4,608 )     352,823       (23,156 )     519,795  

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

              101,337         101,337  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $5,584

                24,287       24,287  

Unrealized gains on hedging activities

                522       522  

Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments, net of tax of $6,684

                8,821       8,821  
                                 

Comprehensive income

              101,337       33,630       134,967  

Dividends paid

              (29,111 )       (29,111 )

Common stock repurchases

        2       (54 )         (54 )

Adjustment to initially apply FIN No. 48

              (1,688 )       (1,688 )

Employee stock plans

  1,881     19     36,511     219       (5,921 )     (571 )       30,038  
                                                       

December 31, 2007

  54,521     545     230,721     452       (10,583 )     422,790       10,474       653,947  

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

              86,979         86,979  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $(2,968)

                (35,628 )     (35,628 )

Unrealized losses on hedging activities, net of tax of $1,342

                (2,464 )     (2,464 )

Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments, net of tax of $38,860

                (62,298 )     (62,298 )
                                 

Comprehensive loss

              86,979       (100,390 )     (13,411 )

Dividends paid

              (33,345 )       (33,345 )

Contribution to Barnes Group Foundation

        (173 )   (38 )     667           494  

Common stock repurchases

        2,487       (34,209 )         (34,209 )

Employee stock plans

  709     7     12,915     105       (2,580 )     (407 )       9,935  
                                                       

December 31, 2008

  55,230   $ 552   $ 243,463     3,006     $ (46,705 )   $ 476,017     $ (89,916 )   $ 583,411  
                                                       

 

See accompanying notes.

 

36


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts included in the notes are stated in thousands except per share data

and the tables in Note 20.)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

General: The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company changed its organizational structure by aligning its strategic business units with a focus on core functional and delivery capabilities. This realignment resulted in two new reportable business segments: Logistics and Manufacturing Services, and Precision Components.

 

Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. These actions included selling certain assets of the operation and exiting the businesses. The results of these businesses have been segregated and treated as discontinued operations. See Note 5.

 

All previously reported financial information has been adjusted on a retrospective basis to reflect the segment realignment and the discontinued operations.

 

Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and account balances have been eliminated.

 

Revenue recognition: Sales and related cost of sales are recognized when products are shipped or delivered to customers depending upon when title and risk of loss have passed. In the aerospace manufacturing businesses, the Company recognizes revenue based on the units-of-delivery method in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.”

 

Operating expenses: The Company includes manufacturing labor, material, manufacturing overhead and costs of its distribution network within cost of sales. Other costs, including selling personnel costs and commissions, and other general and administrative costs of the Company are included within selling and administrative expenses. Depreciation and amortization expense is allocated between cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses.

 

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash in excess of operating requirements is invested in short-term, highly liquid, income-producing investments. All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates fair value.

 

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. Loss provisions, if any, on aerospace contracts are established when estimable. Loss provisions are based on the projected excess of manufacturing costs over the net revenues of the products or group of related products under contract.

 

Property, plant and equipment: Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded over estimated useful lives, ranging from 20 to 50 years for buildings, three to five years for computer equipment, four to 12 years for machinery and equipment and 12 to 17 years for furnaces and boilers. The straight-line method of depreciation was adopted for all property, plant and equipment placed in service after March 31, 1999. For property, plant and equipment placed into service prior to April 1, 1999, depreciation is calculated using accelerated methods.

 

37


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess purchase cost over the fair value of net assets of companies acquired in business combinations. Goodwill lives are considered indefinite. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing in accordance with SFAS No. 142 on an annual basis or more frequently if an event or change in circumstances indicates that the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying value. Based on this assessment, there was no goodwill impairment in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

Revenue Sharing Programs: The Company, through its aerospace aftermarket business, participates in aftermarket RSPs under which the Company receives an exclusive right to supply designated aftermarket parts over the life of the related aircraft engine program. As consideration, the Company pays participation fees, which are recorded as long-lived intangible assets, and are recognized as a reduction to sales over the life of the program. The recoverability of the intangible asset is subject to significant estimates about future revenues related to the program’s aftermarket parts. Management updates revenue projections periodically, which includes comparing actual experience against projected revenue and obtaining industry projections. The potential exists that actual revenues will not meet expectations due to a change in market conditions. A shortfall in future revenues may indicate an impairment of an intangible asset. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of this asset to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The intangible asset is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company has not identified any impairment of these intangible assets. See Note 8.

 

Derivatives: The Company has manufacturing, sales and distribution facilities around the world and thus makes investments and conducts business transactions denominated in various currencies. The Company is also exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and commodity price changes. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its risk management program. The Company uses financial instruments to hedge its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, and to hedge its foreign currency net investment exposure, but does not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes or to manage commodity exposures.

 

SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. Foreign currency contracts may qualify as fair value hedges of unrecognized firm commitments, cash flow hedges of recognized assets and liabilities or anticipated transactions, or a hedge of a net investment. Changes in the fair market value of derivatives that qualify as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges are recorded directly to earnings or accumulated other non-owner changes to equity, depending on the designation. Amounts recorded to accumulated other non-owner changes to equity are reclassified to earnings in a manner that matches the earnings impact of the hedged transaction. Any ineffective portion, or amounts related to contracts that are not designated as hedges, are recorded directly to earnings. For a derivative used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the changes in the derivative’s fair value, to the extent that the derivative is effective as a hedge, are recorded in the foreign currency translation component of accumulated other non-owner changes to equity. The Company’s policy for classifying cash flows from derivatives is to report the cash flows consistent with the underlying hedged item.

 

In 2008, the Company entered into two, three-year interest rate swap agreements which together converted the interest on the first $100,000 of the Company’s one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)-based borrowings from a variable rate plus the borrowing spread to a fixed rate of 2.947% plus the borrowing spread for the purpose of mitigating its exposure to variable interest rates. Additionally, during 2008 the Company terminated its net investment hedge and received a payment of $1,869 upon termination. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of derivatives held by the Company was a net liability of $626 and $6,106, respectively. Amounts reclassified to earnings from accumulated other non-owner changes to equity in 2008, 2007 or 2006

 

38


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

were not material. Amounts in accumulated other non-owner changes to equity expected to be reclassified to earnings within the next year are not material. During 2008, gains or losses related to hedge ineffectiveness were immaterial. Net foreign currency transaction (losses) gains of $(641), $96 and $(295) were included in income in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Foreign currency translation: The majority of the Company’s international operations use the local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of international operations are translated at year-end rates of exchange; revenues and expenses are translated at average annual rates of exchange. The resulting translation gains or losses are reflected in accumulated other non-owner changes to equity within stockholders’ equity.

 

2. Stock-Based Compensation

 

SFAS No. 123R “Share-Based Payment” requires the cost of all share-based payments, including stock options, to be measured at fair value on the grant date and recognized in the results of operations. The fair values of stock options are estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on certain assumptions. The fair values of other stock awards are estimated based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock price on the grant date. Estimated forfeiture rates are applied to outstanding awards. In accordance with SFAS No. 123R, the Company records the cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of compensation for those options and other stock awards, if any, as financing cash flows. The Company has elected the shortcut method as described in FASB Staff Position No. 123(R)-3 for determining the available pool of windfall tax benefits upon adoption. The Company accounts for the utilization of windfall tax benefits using the tax law ordering approach.

 

Please refer to Note 18 for a description of the Company’s stock incentive award plans and their general terms. As of December 31, 2008, incentives had been awarded in the form of performance share unit awards and restricted stock unit awards (collectively, “Rights”) and stock options. The Company has elected to use the straight-line method to recognize compensation costs. Stock option awards vest over a period ranging from six months to five years. The maximum term of stock option awards is 10 years. Upon exercise of a stock option or upon vesting of Rights, shares are issued from treasury shares held by the Company or from authorized shares.

 

During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized $5,841, $7,566 and $7,929, respectively, of stock-based compensation cost and $2,215, $2,894 and $3,033, respectively, of related tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. In addition, the Company has recorded $1,531, $6,614 and $0 of excess tax benefits in additional paid-in capital in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has not realized all available tax benefits for tax deductions from awards exercised or issued in these periods because these items did not reduce current taxes payable in the period. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $8,788 of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested awards which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

 

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s stock option awards during 2008:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, January 1, 2008

   4,588,654     $ 16.36

Granted

   391,886       25.55

Exercised

   (295,455 )     14.23

Forfeited

   (172,411 )     20.47
        

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   4,512,674       17.14
        

 

39


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of
Exercise
Prices

   Number
Of Shares
   Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
   Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Of Shares
   Average
Exercise
Price

$8.47 to $13.76

   1,241,973    3.10    $ 11.84    1,193,510    $ 11.81

$13.77 to $17.09

   1,173,197    2.73      15.78    1,171,947      15.77

$17.10 to $20.35

   1,153,675    4.04      18.29    890,855      17.90

$20.36 to $32.92

   943,829    8.47      24.42    135,496      23.12

 

The Company received cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $4,204, $14,112 and $27,039 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total intrinsic value (the amount by which the stock price exceeds the exercise price of the option on the date of exercise) of the stock options exercised during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3,947, $14,260 and $14,982, respectively.

 

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6.34, $6.04 and $4.80, respectively. The fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Risk-free interest rate

   2.72 %   4.66 %   4.55 %

Expected life (years)

   5.3     5.2     5.1  

Expected volatility

   32.9 %   31.6 %   30.0 %

Expected dividend yield

   2.97 %   3.09 %   3.16 %

 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the term structure of interest rates at the time of the option grant. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time that options are expected to remain outstanding. Assumptions of expected volatility of the Company’s common stock and expected dividend yield are estimates of future volatility and dividend yields based on historical trends.

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding that are expected to vest and stock options outstanding that are exercisable at December 31, 2008:

 

Options Outstanding, Expected to Vest

   Options Outstanding, Exercisable

Shares

   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Term
   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Term

4,426,234

   $ 17.14    $ 3,244    4.37 years    3,391,808    $ 15.23    $ 3,217    3.07 years

 

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s Rights during 2008.

 

     Number of
Units
    Weighted-
Average

Fair
Value

Outstanding, January 1, 2008

   851,909     $ 16.46

Granted

   149,529       25.95

Forfeited

   (77,575 )     22.13

Vested / Issued

   (360,477 )     24.60
        

Outstanding, December, 31, 2008

   563,386       19.09
        

 

40


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2008, there were 563,386 non-vested Rights outstanding, of which 477,407 Rights vest upon meeting certain service conditions and 85,979 Rights vest upon satisfying established performance goals. Of the 477,407 Rights that vest upon meeting service conditions, 9,477 Rights have accelerated vesting provisions based upon meeting established performance conditions. During the second quarter of 2007, the vesting acceleration conditions of 186,000 Rights were satisfied. Fifty percent of these Rights (93,000 Rights) vested on June 20, 2007 and the remaining 50% (88,000 Rights net of forfeitures) vested on June 20, 2008.

 

3. Acquisitions

 

The Company acquired three businesses in 2006. The results of operations of these acquired businesses have been included in the consolidated results from their respective acquisition dates. The purchase prices for these acquisitions have been allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the businesses based upon estimates of their respective fair values.

 

In May 2006, the Company acquired Heinz Hänggi GmbH, Stanztechnik, a developer and manufacturer of high-precision punched and fine-blanked components, and a producer of orifice plates, used in fuel injectors throughout the world. Its range of manufacturing solutions allows Hänggi to serve diversified industries, including high-precision components for transportation suppliers, the power tools sector, the watch industry, consumer electronics, telecommunications, medical devices, and textile machinery sectors. A majority of Hänggi’s sales are in Europe. Hänggi has been integrated into the Precision Components segment. The Company reported $19,453 in sales from Hänggi for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2006. The purchase price of 162.0 million Swiss francs ($132,013) was paid through a combination of cash of 122.0 million Swiss francs ($101,337) and 1,628,676 shares of Barnes Group Inc. common stock ($30,682 based upon a market value determined at the time of the purchase agreement). The purchase cost, consisting of the purchase price of $132,013 plus transaction costs of $2,614, net of cash acquired of $7,672, was $126,955.

 

In July 2006, the Company acquired the KENT Division of Premier Farnell, a distributor of adhesives, sealants, specialty cleaning chemicals, abrasives, tools and other consumables to the European transportation aftermarket and industrial maintenance market. KENT has been integrated into the Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment. The Company reported $33,498 in sales from KENT for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2006. The purchase price of 24.0 million pounds sterling ($44,856) was paid in cash. The purchase cost, consisting of the purchase price of $44,856 plus transaction costs of $2,710, net of cash acquired of $1,506, was $46,060.

 

In November 2006, the Company acquired the assets of the Nitropush product line of nitrogen gas springs from Orflam Industries of France for 1.4 million euros ($1,843). The total purchase cost was $1,997. The Nitropush product line has been integrated into the Precision Components business segment.

 

The following table summarizes the estimates of fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Hänggi, KENT and Nitropush acquisitions.

 

Current assets

   $ 34,717  

Property, plant and equipment

     44,361  

Intangible and other assets

     24,235  

Goodwill

     109,549  
        

Total assets acquired

     212,862  
        

Current liabilities

     (21,392 )

Other liabilities

     (16,458 )
        

Total liabilities assumed

     (37,850 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 175,012  
        

 

41


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table reflects the unaudited pro forma operating results of the Company for 2006 which give effect to the acquisitions of Hänggi, KENT and Nitropush as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The pro forma results are based on assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisitions had been effective January 1, 2006, nor are they intended to be indicative of results that may occur in the future. The underlying pro forma information includes the historical financial results of the Company, Hänggi, KENT and Nitropush adjusted for certain items including depreciation and amortization expense associated with the assets acquired and the Company’s financing arrangements. The pro forma information does not include the effects of any synergies and cost reduction initiatives related to the acquisitions.

 

     2006

Net sales

   $ 1,299,598

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     101,291

Income from continuing operations

     79,714

Net income

     78,715

Income from continuing operations per share:

  

Basic

   $ 1.55

Diluted

     1.49

Net income per share:

  

Basic

   $ 1.53

Diluted

     1.46

 

4. Business Divestiture

 

In February 2008, the Company sold the net assets of Spectrum Plastics for $6,350 resulting in an after-tax transaction loss of $844. The pre-tax loss of $1,238 and related tax benefit of $394 are reflected in other expenses and income taxes, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of income in 2008. The Company did not report Spectrum as a discontinued operation as it was not significant to any year presented. Accordingly, the operating results of Spectrum Plastics are included in the operating results of the Company in the accompanying consolidated statements of income in 2008 (through the sale date), 2007 and 2006.

 

5. Discontinued Operations

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. These exit activities included the sale of certain assets and transfer of related employees to the buyer, liquidation of assets, termination of related contracts and severing of employees. The results of these operations are segregated and treated as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for all years presented as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Net sales

   $ 13,610     $ 21,351     $ 20,260  

Loss before income taxes

     (9,000 )     (2,871 )     (1,305 )

Income taxes (benefit)

     1,103       (566 )     (306 )
                        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   $ (10,103 )   $ (2,305 )   $ (999 )
                        

 

Included in the 2008 loss from discontinued operations is a $2,667 loss related to the exit activities. Of this amount, $1,354 reflects the loss on the sales of assets, $627 are employee-related costs, including severance and other termination benefits, and $686 are other costs including contract termination charges. In addition, a tax expense of $2,697 related to the write-off of certain deferred taxes is included in discontinued operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6. Inventories

 

Inventories at December 31 consisted of:

 

     2008    2007

Finished goods

   $ 141,573    $ 145,896

Work-in-process

     55,220      61,027

Raw materials and supplies

     44,012      39,913
             
   $ 240,805    $ 246,836
             

 

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of:

 

     2008     2007  

Land

   $ 15,059     $ 15,395  

Buildings

     117,793       117,892  

Machinery and equipment

     493,145       489,441  
                
     625,997       622,728  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (390,962 )     (392,183 )
                
   $ 235,035     $ 230,545  
                

 

Depreciation expense was $35,434, $36,348 and $31,834 during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill: The following table sets forth the change in the carrying amount of goodwill for each reportable segment and the Company:

 

     Logistics and
Manufacturing
Services
    Precision
Components
    Total
Company
 

January 1, 2007

   $ 159,936     $ 198,664     $ 358,600  

Goodwill acquired, net of adjustments

     6,560       (753 )     5,807  

Foreign currency translation

     6,109       9,970       16,079  
                        

December 31, 2007

     172,605       207,881       380,486  

Goodwill adjustments

     (2,400 )     (296 )     (2,696 )

Foreign currency translation

     (6,909 )     (8,951 )     (15,860 )
                        

December 31, 2008

   $ 163,296     $ 198,634     $ 361,930  
                        

 

In 2007, the purchase price allocation of the KENT acquisition was finalized and resulted in an increase in the goodwill recorded at Logistics and Manufacturing Services of $3,847 primarily as a result of the recognition of assumed liabilities. Logistics and Manufacturing Services goodwill also increased as a result of the contingent purchase price adjustment of 1.3 million pounds sterling ($2,713) for the occurrence of certain events and the achievement of certain performance targets related to the 2005 Toolcom Supplies Ltd. acquisition. Additionally, the purchase price allocation of the Hänggi acquisition was finalized in 2007 and resulted in a decrease in Precision Components’ goodwill primarily as a result of adjustments to the valuation of certain assets and liabilities acquired.

 

43


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In 2008, the goodwill recorded at Logistics and Manufacturing Services for the KENT acquisition was reduced to appropriately recognize deferred tax benefits related to certain assumed liabilities and was reduced for costs expended which were less than the amounts recorded as an assumed liability in the acquisition. As discussed in Note 4, during the first quarter of 2008 the Company sold the net assets of Spectrum Plastics Molding Resources, Inc. and the goodwill recorded at Precisions Components was reduced primarily for this sale.

 

Of the $361,930 of goodwill at December 31, 2008, $143,669 represents the original tax deductible basis.

 

Other Intangible Assets: Other intangible assets at December 31 consisted of:

 

          2008     2007  
     Range of
Life-
Years
   Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Amortized intangible assets:

             

Revenue Sharing Programs

   Up to 30    $ 293,700    $ (20,296 )   $ 293,700    $ (11,785 )

Customer lists/relationships

   10      28,578      (12,142 )     28,578      (9,150 )

Patents, trademarks/trade names

   5-30      22,896      (8,118 )     25,196      (6,457 )

Other

   Up to 15      10,405      (1,744 )     8,262      (2,068 )
                                 
        355,579      (42,300 )     355,736      (29,460 )

Foreign currency translation

        3,538      —         4,182      —    
                                 

Other intangible assets

      $ 359,117    $ (42,300 )   $ 359,918    $ (29,460 )
                                 

 

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $14,099, $12,118 and $8,237, respectively. Over the next five years, the estimated aggregate amortization is expected to increase from approximately $14,600 in 2009 to $16,300 in 2013.

 

The sale of Spectrum Plastics resulted in a reduction of $1,898 to intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, in 2008.

 

The Company has entered into a number of aftermarket RSP agreements each of which is with a major aerospace customer, General Electric, and under which the Company is the sole supplier of certain aftermarket parts to this customer. As consideration for these agreements, the Company agreed to pay participation fees to General Electric. The Company has recorded the participation fees as long-lived intangible assets which will be recognized as a reduction to sales over the life of the related aircraft engine program. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has made all required participation fee payments under the aftermarket RSP agreements.

 

9. Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities at December 31 consisted of:

 

     2008    2007

Payroll and other compensation

   $ 25,630    $ 36,085

Business reorganizations

     10,627      8,407

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     8,686      11,081

Income taxes currently payable

     3,865      8,569

Other

     35,564      43,060
             
   $ 84,372    $ 107,202
             

 

44


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. Business Reorganizations

 

In 2008, the Company implemented certain right-sizing actions, including workforce reductions and plant consolidations at Logistics and Manufacturing Services and Precision Components and recorded restructuring and related costs of $7,725 and $7,288, respectively of which $1,312 is included in the loss from discontinued operations. In addition, Precision Components recorded asset write-downs of $1,468. As a result of these actions, Precision Components expects to incur an additional $2,000 to $3,000 of costs in 2009 related to transfer of work and facility exits. Costs for these actions are primarily recorded in selling and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

The following table sets forth the change in the liability for 2008 employee termination actions:

 

     Logistics and
Manufacturing
Services
    Precision
Components
 

January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —    

Severance expense, net

     6,440       6,443  

Payments

     (1,237 )     (2,086 )

Foreign currency translation

     (13 )     —    
                

December 31, 2008

   $ 5,190     $ 4,357  
                

 

The remaining balances of the Logistics and Manufacturing Services and Precision Components liabilities are expected to be paid primarily in 2009.

 

In connection with the acquisition of KENT and as part of the Barnes Distribution North America realignment, Logistics and Manufacturing Services implemented certain right-sizing actions which included employee terminations. As a result of these actions, the Company incurred total costs of $7,451 of which $2,339 was recorded as assumed liabilities in the allocation of the purchase price to net assets acquired and $5,112 was recorded as an expense. During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company also implemented within the Precision Components Associated Spring business a reduction-in-force, and production realignment and product rationalization activities. The Company has incurred costs of $2,056 related to these actions and expects to incur pension settlement costs of approximately $2,000 in 2009 or later. Costs for these actions are recorded in selling and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

The following table sets forth the change in the carrying amount of the liability for these employee termination actions:

 

     Logistics and
Manufacturing
Services
    Precision
Components
 

January 1, 2008

   $ 6,662     $ 1,745  

Severance expense, net

     (595 )     (526 )

Adjustments recorded to assumed liabilities (goodwill)

     (1,500 )     —    

Payments

     (3,869 )     (812 )

Foreign currency translation

     (25 )     —    
                

December 31, 2008

   $ 673     $ 407  
                

 

The remaining balances of the Logistics and Manufacturing Services and Precision Components liabilities are expected to be paid in 2009.

 

45


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Debt and Commitments

 

Long-term debt and notes and overdrafts payable at December 31 consisted of:

 

     2008     2007  
     Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

7.80% Notes

   $ 30,333     $ 31,904     $ 45,500     $ 48,718  

9.34% Notes, including deferred gain

     —         —         20,275       20,939  

3.75% Convertible Notes

     100,000       87,650       100,000       167,330  

3.375% Convertible Notes

     100,000       64,525       100,000       131,651  

Revolving credit agreement

     251,400       251,400       151,250       151,250  

Industrial revenue bonds

     —         —         7,000       7,000  

Borrowings under lines of credit

     8,000       8,000       6,000       6,000  

Foreign bank overdrafts

     905       905       1,322       1,322  

Capital leases

     2,766       2,766       3,117       3,117  
                                
     493,404       447,150       434,464       537,327  

Less current maturities

     (24,291 )     (24,291 )     (49,982 )     (49,982 )
                                

Long-term debt

   $ 469,113     $ 422,859     $ 384,482     $ 487,345  
                                

 

The Company’s long-term debt portfolio consists of fixed-rate and variable-rate instruments and is managed to reduce the overall cost of borrowing and to mitigate fluctuations in interest rates. Among other things, interest rate fluctuations impact the market value of the Company’s fixed-rate debt and fluctuations in the Company’s stock price impact the market value of its convertible notes. The fair values of the Company’s Notes are determined using discounted cash flows based upon the Company’s estimated current interest cost for similar types of borrowings or current market value. The carrying values of other long-term debt and notes payable approximate their fair market values.

 

The 7.80% Notes are payable in three equal annual installments which began in 2008. The 9.34% Notes were payable in three equal annual installments, the last installment of which was paid in 2008.

 

In 2005, the Company sold $100,000 of 3.75% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes (the “3.75% Convertible Notes”) due in August 2025 with interest payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year commencing on February 1, 2006. The 3.75% Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of the Company. These notes are subject to redemption at their par value at any time, at the option of the Company, on or after February 1, 2011. These notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, into a combination of cash and common stock of the Company at a conversion value equal to 48.1232 shares per note, equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $20.78 per share of common stock. The first $1 of the conversion value of each note would be paid in cash and the additional conversion value, if any, would be paid in cash or common stock, at the option of the Company.

 

In March 2007, the Company sold $100,000 of 3.375% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes (the “3.375% Convertible Notes”) due in March 2027 with interest payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year commencing on September 1, 2007. The 3.375% Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of the Company. These notes are subject to redemption at their par value at any time, at the option of the Company, on or after March 20, 2014. These notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, into a combination of cash and common stock of the Company at a conversion value equal to 35.1247 shares per note, equivalent to a conversion price of

 

46


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

approximately $28.47 per share of common stock. The first $1 of the conversion value of each note would be paid in cash and the additional conversion value, if any, would be paid in cash or common stock, at the option of the Company.

 

The 3.75% Convertible Notes and the 3.375% Convertible Notes are eligible for conversion upon meeting certain conditions as provided in the respective indenture agreements. During 2008, none of the 3.75% Convertible Notes or the 3.375% Convertible Notes was converted. Additionally, neither the 3.75% Convertible Notes nor the 3.375% Convertible Notes are eligible for conversion from January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2009.

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a $400,000 amended and restated revolving credit agreement which matures in September 2012 with certain participating banks and financial institutions of which the Company had borrowed $251,400. Borrowings under this agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 0.30% to 1.15%, depending on the Company’s debt ratio at the time of the borrowing. The average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.61% and 5.62% on December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Additionally, this agreement allows borrowings by the Company and by Barnes Group Switzerland GmbH and contains various financial and restrictive covenants. In 2008, the Company entered into two, three-year interest rate swap agreements which together converted the interest on the first $100,000 of the Company’s one-month LIBOR-based borrowings from a variable rate plus the borrowing spread to a fixed rate of 2.947% plus the borrowing spread for the purpose of mitigating its exposure to variable interest rates.

 

In addition, the Company has available approximately $15,000 in uncommitted short-term bank credit lines of which $8,000 and $6,000 was borrowed at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The interest rates on the December 31, 2008 and 2007 borrowings were 2.18% and 6.51%, respectively. The Company had also borrowed $905 at December 31, 2008 under its foreign bank overdraft facilities.

 

The Industrial Revenue Bonds were paid in 2008. The bonds had a variable interest rate which was 3.53% at December 31, 2007.

 

Long-term debt and notes payable are payable as follows: $24,072 in 2009, $15,167 in 2010, $100,000 in 2011, $251,400 in 2012, $0 in 2013 and $100,000 thereafter.

 

In addition, the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling $468 at December 31, 2008.

 

The Company’s debt agreements contain financial covenants that require the maintenance of interest coverage and leverage ratios, and minimum levels of net worth. The agreements also place certain restrictions on indebtedness and investments by the Company and its subsidiaries. The most restrictive borrowing capacity covenant in any agreement required the Company to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement, of not more than 4.00 times at December 31, 2008.

 

Interest paid was $20,732, $30,001 and $26,270 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The interest paid in 2007 includes $3,636 of capitalized debt issuance costs related to the 3.375% Convertible Notes which are being amortized over 240 months and $438 related to the amended credit agreement which are being amortized over the remaining term of the agreement. The interest paid in 2006 includes $1,212 of capitalized debt issuance costs related to the amended credit agreement which are being amortized over the remaining term of the agreement. Interest capitalized was $683, $654 and $714 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is being depreciated over the lives of the related fixed assets.

 

47


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

 

In 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. On January 1, 2008, the provisions of this Statement became effective for financial assets and financial liabilities of the Company.

 

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This Statement classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

  Level 1 Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

  Level 2 Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability

 

  Level 3 Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

 

The following table provides the assets and liabilities reported at fair value and measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:

 

           Fair Value Measurements Using
     Total     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

Description

         

Derivatives, net

   $ (626 )   $ —      $ (626 )   $   —  

Rabbi trust assets

     1,381       1,381      —         —  
                             
   $ 755     $ 1,381    $ (626 )   $ —  
                             

 

The fair values for the derivative contracts are valued using observable current market information as of the reporting date such as the prevailing LIBOR-based and U.S. treasury interest rates and forward currency spot and forward rates. The fair values of rabbi trust assets are based on quoted market prices from various financial exchanges.

 

13. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” requires the Company to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit postretirement plans as assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and to recognize changes in the funded status of the plans in comprehensive income. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. Based on the funded status of the Company’s plans, the adoption of this Statement resulted in a reduction to stockholders’ equity of $26,335, net of taxes.

 

The Company has various defined contribution plans the largest of which is its Retirement Savings Plan. Most U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees are eligible to participate in this plan. See Note 18 for further discussion of the Retirement Savings Plan. The Company also maintains various other defined contribution plans which cover certain employees not eligible for the Retirement Savings Plan. Company contributions under these plans are based primarily on the performance of the business units and employee compensation. Contribution expense under these defined contribution plans was $3,936, $4,590 and $3,070 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

48


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Defined benefit pension plans cover a majority of the Company’s worldwide employees at the Associated Spring business of Precision Components and the Company’s Corporate Office and a substantial portion of the U.S. employees at the distribution business of Logistics and Manufacturing Services. Plan benefits for salaried and non-union hourly employees are based on years of service and average salary. Plans covering union hourly employees provide benefits based on years of service. The Company funds U.S. pension costs in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

 

The Company provides certain other medical, dental and life insurance postretirement benefits for a majority of its retired employees in the U.S. and Canada. It is the Company’s practice to fund these benefits as incurred.

 

The accompanying balance sheets reflect the funded status of the plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Reconciliations of the obligations and funded status of the plans follow:

 

     Pensions     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Benefit obligation, January 1

   $ 382,535     $ 378,031     $ 74,612     $ 80,226  

Service cost

     7,683       8,309       736       1,074  

Interest cost

     22,961       21,880       4,407       4,347  

Amendments

     113       257       (9,943 )     —    

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (8,725 )     (12,140 )     (3,087 )     (5,575 )

Benefits paid

     (27,369 )     (24,526 )     (8,501 )     (8,320 )

Acquisitions

     999       5,878       —         —    

Curtailment gain

     —         (727 )     —         (505 )

Participant contributions

     278       214       1,835       2,727  

Foreign exchange rate changes

     (12,401 )     5,359       (397 )     638  
                                

Benefit obligation, December 31

     366,074       382,535       59,662       74,612  
                                

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

     387,661       373,220       —         —    

Actual return on plan assets

     (102,104 )     24,519       —         —    

Company contributions

     8,710       5,259       6,666       5,593  

Participant contributions

     278       214       1,835       2,727  

Benefits paid

     (27,369 )     (24,526 )     (8,501 )     (8,320 )

Acquisitions / divestitures

     999       4,661       —         —    

Foreign exchange rate changes

     (11,046 )     4,314       —         —    
                                

Fair value of plan assets, December 31

     257,129       387,661       —         —    
                                

Funded status, December 31

   $ (108,945 )   $ 5,126     $ (59,662 )   $ (74,612 )
                                

 

During 2009, the Company amended its other postretirement benefit plan in the U.S. to reduce retiree life insurance benefits for plan participants.

 

Projected benefit obligations related to plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets follow:

 

     Pensions
     2008    2007

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 332,550    $ 77,422

Fair value of plan assets

     220,093      32,847

 

49


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Information related to plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets follows:

 

     Pensions
     2008    2007

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 330,892    $ 77,422

Accumulated benefit obligation

     316,441      75,985

Fair value of plan assets

     218,435      32,847

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $350,978 and $367,038 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Amounts recognized in the accompanying balance sheets consist of:

 

     Pensions     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Other assets

   $ 3,512     $ 49,701     $ —       $ —    

Accrued liabilities

     3,032       2,898       5,654       8,183  

Accrued retirement benefits

     109,425       41,677       54,008       66,429  

Accumulated other non-owner changes to equity, net

     (94,903 )     (23,574 )     (626 )     (9,657 )

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other non-owner changes to equity, net of tax, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consist of:

 

     Pensions     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Net actuarial loss

   $ (91,858 )   $ (19,804 )   $ (5,611 )   $ (7,889 )

Prior service (costs) credits

     (3,045 )     (3,770 )     4,985       (1,768 )
                                
   $ (94,903 )   $ (23,574 )   $ (626 )   $ (9,657 )
                                

 

The sources of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, net, during 2008 were:

 

     Pension     Other
Postretirement
Benefits

Prior service cost

   $ (70 )   $ 6,172

Net gain (loss)

     (78,715 )     2,013

Amortization of prior service cost

     786       600

Amortization of actuarial loss

     1,567       179

Foreign exchange rate changes

     5,103       67
              
   $ (71,329 )   $ 9,031
              

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, are:

 

     2008     2007  

Discount rate

   6.43 %   6.22 %

Increase in compensation

   3.64 %   3.62 %

 

50


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The weighted-average asset allocations for all pension plan assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 by asset category are as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Target     2008     2007  

Equity securities

   70 %   65 %   72 %

Fixed income securities

   20 %   26 %   23 %

Real estate

   5 %   4 %   4 %

Other, including cash

   5 %   5 %   1 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

The investment strategy of the plans is to generate a consistent total investment return sufficient to pay present and future plan benefits to retirees, while minimizing the long-term cost to the Company. Target allocations for asset categories are used to earn a reasonable rate of return, provide required liquidity and minimize the risk of large losses. Targets are adjusted, as necessary within certain guidelines, to reflect trends and developments within the overall investment environment.

 

The Company expects to contribute approximately $16,000 to the pension plans in 2009.

 

The following are the estimated future net benefit payments, which include future service, over the next 10 years:

 

     Pensions    Other
Postretirement
Benefits

2009

   $ 24,213    $ 5,307

2010

     24,609      5,830

2011

     25,210      5,688

2012

     26,001      5,610

2013

     26,586      5,376

Years 2014-2018

     144,188      24,270
             

Total

   $ 270,807    $ 52,081
             

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit expenses consist of the following:

 

     Pensions     Other
Postretirement Benefits
     2008     2007     2006     2008    2007    2006

Service cost

   $ 7,683     $ 8,309     $ 9,954     $ 736    $ 1,074    $ 1,743

Interest cost

     22,961       21,880       20,007       4,407      4,347      4,384

Expected return on plan assets

     (31,780 )     (30,920 )     (29,706 )     —        —        —  

Amortization of transition assets

     —         —         (1 )     —        —        —  

Amortization of prior service cost

     1,245       1,508       1,687       966      1,134      1,165

Recognized losses

     2,108       2,539       2,227       276      699      920

Settlement loss

     —         —         372       —        —        —  

Curtailment (gain) loss

     420       739       (33 )     —        —        —  

Special termination benefits

     —         —         53       —        —        —  
                                            

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 2,637     $ 4,055     $ 4,560     $ 6,385    $ 7,254    $ 8,212
                                            

 

51


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other non-owner changes to equity into net periodic benefit cost in 2009 are $1,689 and $949, respectively. The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for other defined benefit postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other non-owner changes to equity into net periodic benefit cost in 2009 are $285 and $(745), respectively.

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit expense for years ended December 31, are:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Discount rate

   6.22 %   5.72 %   5.46 %

Long-term rate of return

   8.62 %   8.62 %   8.34 %

Increase in compensation

   3.68 %   3.68 %   3.95 %

 

The expected long-term rate of return is based on the actual historical rates of return of published indices that are used to measure the plans’ target asset allocation. The historical rates are then discounted to consider fluctuations in the historical rates as well as potential changes in the investment environment.

 

The Company’s accumulated postretirement benefit obligations, exclusive of pensions, take into account certain cost-sharing provisions. The annual rate of increase in the cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) is assumed to be 8.8% and 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, decreasing gradually to a rate of 5% by December 31, 2014. A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase
   One Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 1,100    $ (983 )

Effect on postretirement benefit cost

     75      (66 )

 

14. Income Taxes

 

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes and the income tax provision follow:

 

     2008    2007    2006  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:

        

U.S.

   $ 26,753    $ 25,542    $ 13,566  

International

     99,343      104,485      80,981  
                      

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 126,096    $ 130,027    $ 94,547  
                      

Income tax provision:

        

Current:

        

U.S. – federal

   $ 2,034    $ 5,642    $ 819  

U.S. – state

     52      1,189      40  

International

     12,334      14,149      14,128  
                      
     14,420      20,980      14,987  
                      

Deferred:

        

U.S. – federal

     7,384      2,346      5,496  

U.S. – state

     1,876      139      1,073  

International

     5,334      2,920      (1,853 )
                      
     14,594      5,405      4,716  
                      

Income tax provision

   $ 29,014    $ 26,385    $ 19,703  
                      

 

52


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 consist of the tax effects of temporary differences related to the following:

 

     Assets     Liabilities
     2008     2007     2008     2007

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 989     $ 1,158     $ 50     $ 44

Depreciation and amortization

     (481 )     (3,027 )     14,548       15,409

Inventory valuation

     10,462       8,565       1,749       1,444

Other postretirement/postemployment costs

     21,584       27,578       (314 )     —  

Tax loss carryforwards

     30,598       33,267       —         —  

Pension

     42,171       (1,851 )     (4 )     203

Accrued compensation

     7,619       11,600       —         —  

Goodwill

     (21,410 )     (19,327 )     6       —  

Swedish tax incentive

     —         —         4,185       7,881

Contingent convertible debt interest

     (13,630 )     (7,851 )     —         —  

Unrealized foreign currency (loss) gain

     (26 )     —         3,016       3,595

Other

     13,149       9,152       4,303       531
                              
     91,025       59,264       27,539       29,107

Valuation allowance

     (22,644 )     (16,092 )     —         —  
                              
   $ 68,381     $ 43,172     $ 27,539     $ 29,107
                              

Current deferred income taxes

   $ 27,650     $ 29,087     $ 2,555     $ 2,106

Non-current deferred income taxes

     40,731       14,085       24,984       27,001
                              
   $ 68,381     $ 43,172     $ 27,539     $ 29,107
                              

 

SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Available evidence includes the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of temporary differences, taxable income in carryback years and tax planning strategies. The valuation allowance increased $6,552 in 2008 primarily as a result of the uncertainty regarding the realization of foreign and state net operating losses due to the uncertainty of future profitability of operations in foreign jurisdictions and brief carryforward periods. Management believes that sufficient income will be earned in the future to realize the remaining net deferred tax assets. The Company has tax loss carryforwards of $93,671; $37,456 which relates to U.S. tax loss carryforwards which have carryforward periods ranging from 13 to 20 years for federal purposes and one to 20 years for state purposes; $19,809 which relates to international tax loss carryforwards with unlimited carry forward periods; $27,863 which relates to international tax loss carryforwards with carryforward periods ranging from five to 7 years; and $8,543 which relates to windfall tax benefits which will be recorded to additional paid-in capital when realized. In addition, the Company has tax credit carryforwards of $3,330 with remaining carryforward periods ranging from one year to unlimited.

 

The Company has not recognized deferred income taxes on $481,765 of undistributed earnings of its international subsidiaries, since such earnings are considered to be reinvested indefinitely. If the earnings were distributed in the form of dividends, the Company would be subject, in certain cases, to both U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of this unrecognized deferred income tax liability is not practicable.

 

53


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate from continuing operations follows:

 

         2008         2007     2006  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

   0.6     0.6     0.6  

Foreign losses without tax benefit

   3.9     0.1     0.2  

Foreign operations taxed at lower rate

   (20.8 )   (16.8 )   (16.7 )

Singapore Pioneer tax status – retroactive impact

   —       —       (0.6 )

Export sales benefit

   —       —       (0.4 )

ESOP dividend

   (0.7 )   (0.7 )   (0.9 )

International tax law changes

   —       1.7     —    

European deferred tax asset valuation

   3.3     —       —    

Other

   1.7     0.4     3.6  
                  

Consolidated effective income tax rate from continuing operations

   23.0 %   20.3 %   20.8 %
                  

 

The Company has been awarded multi-year Pioneer tax status by the Ministry of Trade and Industry in Singapore for the production of certain engine components by the aerospace aftermarket business of Logistics and Manufacturing Services, the earliest of which was granted in August 2005 retroactive to October 2003. Tax benefits of $9,790 ($0.18 per diluted share), $9,892 ($0.17 per diluted share) and $5,238 ($0.10 per diluted share) were recorded in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Pioneer tax status is awarded for periods of six to seven years from the effective date and will begin to expire in 2010.

 

Income taxes paid globally, net of refunds, were $18,836, $20,085 and $18,811 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN No. 48, the Company recorded an adjustment of $1,688 for unrecognized tax benefits which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 retained earnings balance. As of January 1, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits recorded in the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with this Intepretation was $9,399, of which $8,219, if recognized, would have reduced the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits recorded in the consolidated balance sheet was $7,964, which, if recognized, would have reduced the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits recorded in the consolidated balance sheet was $7,611, which, if recognized, would have reduced the effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits for 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 9,399  

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to:

  

Tax positions taken during prior periods

     530  

Tax positions taken during the current period

     76  

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,637 )

Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     (404 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

     7,964  

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to:

  

Tax positions taken during prior periods

     (30 )

Tax positions taken during the current period

     (209 )

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (70 )

Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     (44 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 7,611  
        

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits included accrued interest of $119 and $165 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

The Company or its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by various taxing authorities, including the IRS in the U.S. and the taxing authorities in other major jurisdictions such as Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Mexico, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003. Refer to Note 21 for a discussion of current IRS matters.

 

55


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by, and distributions to, stockholders. For the Company, comprehensive income includes net income and other non-owner changes to equity, net of taxes. The components of accumulated other non-owner changes to equity, net of taxes, follow:

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
On Hedging
Activities
    Postretirement
Plans
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2006

   $ (470 )   $ 1     $ (25,508 )   $ (25,977 )

2006 change

     19,323       42       9,791       29,156  

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158

     —         —         (26,335 )     (26,335 )
                                

December 31, 2006

     18,853       43       (42,052 )     (23,156 )

2007 change

     24,287       522       8,821       33,630  
                                

December 31, 2007

     43,140       565       (33,231 )     10,474  

2008 change

     (35,628 )     (2,464 )     (62,298 )     (100,390 )
                                

December 31, 2008

   $ 7,512     $ (1,899 )   $ (95,529 )   $ (89,916 )
                                

 

Included in the 2008 and 2007 changes in foreign currency translation adjustments are $7,691 and $(6,836), respectively, of net gains (losses) that are related to financial instruments that qualify as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment hedge in a foreign operation. In 2008, the Company terminated this hedge and received a payment of $1,869 at termination.

 

16. Common Stock

 

In 2008, 38,000 shares of common stock were issued from treasury for contributions to the Barnes Group Foundation, a non-profit tax-exempt organization. In 2006, 722,596 shares of common stock were issued from treasury for the exercise of stock options, various other incentive awards, purchases by the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan. No common stock was issued from treasury in 2007. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company acquired 2,486,526 shares, 1,725 shares and 33,680 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock at a cost of $34,209, $54 and $712, respectively. These amounts exclude shares reacquired to pay for the related income tax upon issuance of shares in accordance with the terms of the Company’s stockholder-approved equity compensation plans and the equity rights granted pursuant to those plans. These reacquired shares were placed in treasury.

 

In 2008, 2007 and 2006, 708,606 shares, 1,881,726 shares and 2,171,530 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued from authorized shares for the exercise of stock options, various other incentive awards, purchases by the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan.

 

On May 17, 2006, the Company issued 1,628,676 shares of its common stock in connection with the acquisition of Hänggi.

 

17. Preferred Stock

 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, none of which were outstanding.

 

56


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

18. Stock Plans

 

Most U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) plan, the Retirement Savings Plan. The Retirement Savings Plan provides for the investment of employer and employee contributions in the Company’s common stock and also provides other investment alternatives for employee contributions. The Company match may be invested in any of the Plan’s investment alternatives. The Company contributes an amount equal to 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of eligible compensation. The Company expenses all contributions made to the Retirement Savings Plan. The Company recognized expense of $4,013, $4,250 and $4,005 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Retirement Savings Plan held 4,447,637 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which eligible employees may elect to have up to the lesser of $21 or 10% of base compensation deducted from their payroll checks for the purchase of the Company’s common stock at 95% of the average market value on the date of purchase. The maximum number of shares which may be purchased under the ESPP is 4,050,000. The number of shares purchased under the ESPP was 52,674, 37,902 and 61,484 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In May 2008, 500,000 additional shares were registered for issuance under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2008, 502,212 additional shares may be purchased.

 

The 1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan (the “1991 Plan”) authorized the granting of incentives to executive officers, directors and key employees in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive stock rights and performance unit awards. Options granted under the 1991 Plan that terminated without being exercised become available for future grants under the 2004 Plan. A maximum of 238,374 common shares are subject to issuance under this plan after December 31, 2008.

 

The Barnes Group Inc. Employee Stock and Ownership Program (the “2000 Plan”) was approved on April 12, 2000, and subsequently amended on April 10, 2002 by the Company’s stockholders. The 2000 Plan permitted the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, performance share or cash unit awards and stock appreciation rights, or any combination of the foregoing, to eligible employees to purchase up to 6,900,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such shares were authorized and reserved. Options granted under the 2000 Plan that terminate without being exercised become available for future grants under the 2004 Plan. A maximum of 685,564 common shares are subject to issuance under the 2000 Plan after December 31, 2008.

 

The Barnes Group Stock and Incentive Award Plan (the “2004 Plan”) was approved on April 14, 2004 by the Company’s stockholders. The 2004 Plan permits the issuance of incentive awards, stock option grants and stock appreciation rights to eligible participants to purchase up to 3,800,000 shares of common stock. A maximum of 5,804,587 common shares are subject to issuance under the 2004 Plan after December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were 1,748,465 and 1,934,510 shares, respectively, available for future grants under the 2004 Plan. Also available for grants under the Plan are the number of shares of common stock reserved for grants of awards under the 1991 and 2000 Plans but not used as of April 14, 2004 and the number of shares of common stock that become available under the terms of the 1991, 2000 and 2004 Plans, including shares subject to awards which are forfeited, settled for cash, expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of the shares.

 

Incentive stock rights under the 1991 Plan, restricted stock unit awards under the 2000 Plan and restricted stock unit awards under the 2004 Plan (collectively, “Stock Rights”) entitle the holder to receive, without payment, one share of the Company’s common stock after the expiration of the vesting period. Certain Stock Rights are also subject to the satisfaction of established performance goals. Additionally, certain holders of Stock

 

57


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Rights are credited with dividend equivalents, which are converted into additional Stock Rights, and certain holders of restricted stock units are paid dividend equivalents in cash when dividends are paid to other stockholders. All Stock Rights have a vesting period of up to five years

 

Under the Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan, as further amended, each non-employee director who joined the Board of Directors prior to December 15, 2005 was granted the right to receive 12,000 shares of the Company’s common stock upon retirement. In 2008 and 2007, $60 and $52, respectively, of dividend equivalents were paid in cash. Compensation cost related to this plan was $31, $62 and $98 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There are 96,000 shares reserved for issuance under this plan. Each non-employee director who joins the Board of Directors subsequent to December 15, 2005 will receive restricted stock units under the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan having a value of $50 that vest three years after the date of grant.

 

Total shares reserved for issuance under all stock plans aggregated 7,326,737 at December 31, 2008.

 

19. Average Shares Outstanding

 

Income from continuing operations and net income per common share is computed in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the assumed exercise and conversion of all dilutive securities. Shares held by the Retirement Savings Plan are considered outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share. There are no adjustments to income from continuing operations and net income for purposes of computing income available to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. A reconciliation of the average number of common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share follows:

 

     Average Common Shares Outstanding
     2008    2007    2006

Basic

   53,989,034    53,295,275    50,702,992

Dilutive effect of:

        

Stock options

   957,608    2,003,811    1,268,863

Stock incentive units

   —      14,367    139,162

Restricted stock units

   295,156    645,488    741,635

Convertible senior subordinated debt

   503,808    1,479,728    7,269

Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan

   67,060    87,163    83,573
              

Diluted

   55,812,666    57,525,832    52,943,494
              

 

The calculation of weighted-average diluted shares outstanding excludes all anti-dilutive shares. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company excluded 1,485,639, 306,868 and 561,070 stock options, respectively, from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as the stock options were considered anti-dilutive.

 

The 3.75% Convertible Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into a combination of cash and common stock of the Company. The conversion price is approximately $20.78 per share of common stock. The dilutive effect of the notes is determined based on the average closing price of the Company’s stock for the last 30 trading days of each quarter as compared to the conversion price. Under the net share settlement method, there were 503,808 and 1,251,799 potential shares issuable under the notes that were considered dilutive in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

58


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The 3.375% Convertible Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into a combination of cash and common stock of the Company. The conversion price is approximately $28.47 per share of common stock. The dilutive effect of the notes is determined based on the average closing price of the Company’s stock for the last 30 trading days of each quarter as compared to the conversion price. Under the net share settlement method, there were no potential shares issuable under the notes that were considered dilutive in 2008 and 227,929 potential shares issuable under the notes that were considered dilutive in 2007.

 

The number of contingently issuable shares included in diluted average shares outstanding was calculated using the conversion formulas as stated in the respective convertible note agreements.

 

20. Information on Business Segments

 

The Company’s reportable segments offer different products and services. Each segment is managed separately because each business has different core functional and delivery capabilities. Specifically, the Company operates two reportable business segments, as follows:

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services provides value-added logistical support and repair services. Value-added logistical support services include inventory management, technical sales, and supply chain solutions for maintenance, repair, operating, and production supplies and services. Repair services provided include the manufacturing of spare parts for the refurbishment and repair of highly engineered components and assemblies for commercial and military aviation.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services has sales, distribution, and manufacturing operations in the United States, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Singapore, Spain and the United Kingdom. Products and services are available in more than 40 countries.

 

The global operations are engaged in supplying, servicing, and manufacturing of maintenance, repair, and operating components. Activities include logistical support through vendor-managed inventory and technical sales for stocked replacement parts and other products, worldwide catalog supplies and custom solutions, and the manufacture and delivery of aerospace aftermarket spare parts, including the RSPs, and component repairs. Key business drivers include a value proposition centered on customer service, delivery, multiple sales channels, procurement systems, and strong customer relationships. In addition, the manufacturing and supplying of aerospace aftermarket spare parts, including the RSPs, are dependent upon the reliable and timely delivery of high-quality components.

 

Logistics and Manufacturing Services faces active competition throughout the world. The products and services offered are not unique, and its competitors provide substantially similar products and services. Competition comes from local, regional, and national, maintenance and repair supply distributors and specialty manufacturers of springs, gas struts and engineered hardware. The aerospace aftermarket business competes with aerospace original equipment manufacturers, service centers of major commercial airlines and other independent service companies for the repair and overhaul of turbine engine components. Service alternatives, timeliness and reliability of supply, price, technical capability, product breadth, quality and overall customer service are important competitive factors.

 

Precision Components is a global supplier of engineered components for critical applications focused on providing solutions for a diverse industrial, transportation and aerospace customer base. It is equipped to produce virtually every type of precision spring, from fine hairsprings for electronics and instruments to large heavy-duty springs for machinery as well as precision-machined and fabricated components and assemblies for OEM turbine engine, airframe and industrial gas turbine builders throughout the world, and the military. It is also the largest

 

59


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

manufacturer and supplier of precision mechanical springs, compressor reed valves and nitrogen gas products based in North America and among the world’s largest manufacturers of precision mechanical products and nitrogen gas products. Precision Components also manufactures high-precision punched and fine-blanked components used in transportation and industrial applications, nitrogen gas springs and manifold systems used to precisely control stamping presses, and retention rings that position parts on a shaft or other axis.

 

Precision Components has a diverse customer base with products purchased by durable goods manufacturers located around the world in industries including transportation, consumer products, farm equipment, telecommunications, medical devices, home appliances and electronics and airframe and gas turbine engine manufacturers for commercial and military jets, business jets, and land-based industrial gas turbines. Long-standing customer relationships enable Precision Components to participate in the design phase of components and assemblies through which customers receive the benefits of manufacturing research, testing and evaluation. Products are sold primarily through Precision Components’ direct sales force and a global distribution channel.

 

Precision Components competes with a broad base of large and small companies engaged in the manufacture and sale of custom metal components and assemblies while the aerospace manufacturing business competes with both the leading jet engine OEMs and a large number of machining and fabrication companies. Precision Components competes on the basis of quality, service, reliability of supply, engineering and technical capability, product breadth, innovation, design, and price.

 

Precision Components has manufacturing, sales and distribution operations in the United States, Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, Korea, Mexico, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand and the United Kingdom.

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on the operating profit of the respective businesses, which includes net sales, cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and certain components of other income and other expenses, as well as the allocation of corporate overhead expenses.

 

Sales between the business segments and between the geographic areas in which the businesses operate are accounted for on the same basis as sales to unaffiliated customers. Additionally, revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of manufacturing or distribution facilities.

 

60


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables (dollars shown in millions) set forth information about the Company’s operations by its reportable business segments and by geographic area.

 

Operations by Reportable Business Segment

 

     Logistics and
Manufacturing
Services
  
Precision
Components
   Other     Total
Company

Revenues

          

2008

   $ 691.8    $ 683.0    $ (12.7 )   $ 1,362.1

2007

     703.0      728.5      (13.3 )     1,418.2

2006

     602.3      650.2      (13.1 )     1,239.4

Operating profit

          

2008

   $ 79.1    $ 68.5    $ —       $ 147.6

2007

     70.5      84.9      —         155.4

2006

     56.8      61.4      —         118.2

Assets

          

2008

   $ 575.4    $ 756.3    $ 115.9     $ 1,447.6

2007

     644.5      813.0      81.8       1,539.3

2006

     598.4      641.5      96.6       1,336.5

Depreciation and amortization

          

2008

   $ 25.1    $ 25.0    $ 2.3     $ 52.4

2007

     22.5      26.1      2.0       50.6

2006

     16.9      23.9      1.4       42.2

Capital expenditures

          

2008

   $ 14.0    $ 33.3    $ 4.6     $ 51.9

2007

     26.4      21.8      2.0       50.2

2006

     19.1      21.8      0.8       41.7

 

Notes:

One customer, General Electric, accounted for 18%, 18% and 14% of the Company’s total revenue in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

“Other” revenues represent the elimination of intersegment sales.

“Other” assets include corporate-controlled assets, the majority of which are cash and deferred tax assets.

 

A reconciliation of the total reportable segments’ operating profit to income from continuing operations before income taxes follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Operating profit

   $ 147.6     $ 155.4     $ 118.2  

Interest income

     0.6       0.7       1.1  

Interest expense

     (19.5 )     (25.1 )     (23.6 )

Other (expense) income

     (2.6 )     (1.0 )     (1.2 )
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 126.1     $ 130.0     $ 94.5  
                        

 

61


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Operations by Geographic Area

 

     Domestic    International    Other     Total
Company

Revenues

          

2008

   $ 835.1    $ 572.9    $ (45.9 )   $ 1,362.1

2007

     903.8      558.1      (43.7 )     1,418.2

2006

     857.6      423.6      (41.8 )     1,239.4

Long-lived assets

          

2008

   $ 308.9    $ 620.5    $ —       $ 929.4

2007

     338.7      665.2      —         1,003.9

2006

     317.0      534.7      —         851.7

 

Notes:

International sales derived from any one country did not exceed 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

“Other” revenues represent the elimination of intercompany sales between geographic locations, of which approximately 43% were sales from international locations to domestic locations.

Long-lived assets located in any one country that exceeded 10% of the Company’s total long-lived assets as of December 31, 2008 were $273.4 million of intangible assets related to the RSPs recorded in Singapore and $135.4 million primarily related to goodwill and property, plant and equipment at the Hänggi division located in Switzerland.

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

The Company has various noncancellable operating leases for buildings, office space and equipment. Rent expense was $20,117, $18,692 and $14,971 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in years 2009 through 2013 are $13,444, $10,553, $7,210, $5,306 and $4,565, respectively, and $10,421 thereafter. The rental expense and minimum rental commitments of leases with step rent provisions are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Product Warranties

 

The Company provides product warranties in connection with the sale of products. From time to time, the Company is subject to customer claims with respect to product warranties. Product warranty liabilities were not significant as of December 31, 2008 or 2007.

 

Contingent Payments

 

In connection with the Service Plus Distributors, Inc. acquisition in September 2005, $3,700 of the purchase price could be earned within three years of the closing date, contingent upon the occurrence of certain events or the achievement of certain performance targets. In 2006, $1,500 was earned and paid. The remaining balance of $2,200 was not earned within three years of the closing date and thus no further contingent payments have been or will be made relative to this acquisition.

 

Income Taxes

 

In connection with an IRS audit for the tax years 2000 through 2002, the IRS proposed adjustments to these tax years of approximately $16,500, plus a potential penalty of 20% of the tax assessment plus interest. The adjustment relates to the federal taxation of foreign income of certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company filed an administrative protest of these adjustments and is currently engaged with the Appeals Office of the IRS. The

 

62


Table of Contents

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Company believes its tax position on the issues raised by the IRS is correct and, therefore, the Company will continue to vigorously defend its position. The Company believes it will prevail on this issue. Any additional impact on the Company’s liability for income taxes cannot presently be determined, but the Company believes it is adequately provided for and the outcome will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

22. Accounting Changes

 

As discussed in Note 13, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006.

 

As discussed in Note 14, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” effective January 1, 2007.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement was to be effective for the Company in 2008. However, in February 2008 the FASB issued Financial Statement of Position No. 157-1, which amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for lease transactions, and FSP No. 157-2, which delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157 as it relates to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until 2009 for the Company except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s financial statements on a recurring basis. Additionally in October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3 which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets in markets that are not active. This FSP was effective immediately and included those periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The Company does not currently have any financial assets that are valued using inactive markets and as such was not impacted by the issuance of this FSP. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of this Statement except as it relates to those nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities excluded under FSP No. 157-2. The nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities as defined by FSP No. 157-2 for which the Company has not applied the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 157 include those related to: goodwill, intangible and other long-lived asset impairment testing; asset retirement obligations; liabilities for exit or disposal activities; and business combinations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this Statement will have on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as it relates to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. For the impact of adoption of SFAS No. 157 on financial assets and financial liabilities, see Note 12.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This Statement permits the measurement of certain financial instruments at fair value with subsequent unrealized gains and losses recorded in earnings. This Statement was effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. Adoption of this Statement did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as the Company did not elect the fair value option.

 

63


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Barnes Group Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Barnes Group Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15 (a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As discussed in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in 2006, the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007 and the manner in which it determines fair value for financial assets and liabilities in 2008.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS  LLP 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

February 24, 2009

 

65


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

 

     First
Quarter (3)
   Second
Quarter (3)
   Third
Quarter (3)
   Fourth
Quarter (2)(3)
    Full
Year (3)

2008

             

Net sales

   $ 384.0    $ 378.9    $ 333.8    $ 265.4     $ 1,362.1

Gross profit (1)

     146.7      146.6      125.7      95.4       514.5

Operating income

     51.6      51.0      42.6      2.7       147.9

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     34.8      36.4      30.3      (4.4 )     97.1

Net income (loss)

     33.4      34.6      28.9      (10.0 )     87.0

Per common share:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations:

             

Basic

   $ .64    $ .67    $ .56    $ (.08 )   $ 1.80

Diluted

     .62      .63      .54      (.08 )     1.74

Net income (loss):

             

Basic

     .62      .64      .53      (.19 )     1.61

Diluted

     .60      .60      .51      (.19 )     1.56

Dividends

     .14      .16      .16      .16       .62

Market prices (high - low)

   $ 34.15-20.39    $ 32.33-22.77    $ 25.35-18.56    $ 20.25-8.51     $ 34.15-8.51

2007

             

Net sales

   $ 354.8    $ 354.0    $ 355.1    $ 354.2     $ 1,418.2

Gross profit (1)

     137.0      137.1      131.8      131.2       537.2

Operating income

     43.4      40.5      40.7      30.5       155.2

Income from continuing operations

     27.8      28.6      28.2      19.0       103.6

Net income

     27.7      28.4      27.7      17.6       101.3

Per common share:

             

Income from continuing operations:

             

Basic

   $ .53    $ .54    $ .53    $ .35     $ 1.94

Diluted

     .50      .50      .48      .32       1.80

Net income:

             

Basic

     .53      .53      .52      .33       1.90

Diluted

     .50      .49      .47      .30       1.76

Dividends

     .125      .140      .140      .140       .545

Market prices (high - low)

   $ 23.71-19.76    $ 34.61-22.62    $ 34.22-26.00    $ 36.86-28.53     $ 36.86-19.76

 

(1) Sales less cost of sales.
(2) The Company took a number of actions within each of its businesses primarily in the fourth quarter of 2008. See Note 10.
(3) During 2008, the Company exited certain non-core businesses within its Logistics and Manufacturing Services segment in the United Kingdom. All previously reported financial information has been adjusted on a retrospective basis to reflect the discontinued operations. See Note 5.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

66


Table of Contents

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon, and as of the date of, that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files and submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment under this framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which appears on page 64 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

67


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

DIRECTORS

 

Information with respect to our directors and nominees may be found under the caption “Election of Directors” of the Company’s proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 7, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”). Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The Company’s executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report are as follows:

 

Executive Officer

  

Position

   Age as of
  December 31, 2008  

Gregory F. Milzcik

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

   49

John R. Arrington

  

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

   62

Francis C. Boyle, Jr.

  

Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer

   58

Jerry W. Burris

  

Vice President, Barnes Group Inc., and President, Precision Components

   45

Scott M. Deakin

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Development

   42

Joseph D. DeForte

  

Vice President, Tax

   66

Patrick J. Dempsey

  

Vice President, Barnes Group Inc., and President, Logistics and Manufacturing Services

   44

Signe S. Gates

  

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

   59

Lawrence W. O’Brien

  

Vice President, Treasurer

   59

Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

   44

 

Each officer holds office until his or her successor is chosen and qualified or otherwise as provided in the Company’s By-Laws, except Mr. Milzcik who holds office pursuant to an employment agreement with the Company. No family relationships exist among the executive officers of the Company. Except for Mr. Burris, Mr. Deakin and Mr. Stephens, each of the Company’s executive officers has been employed by the Company or its subsidiaries in an executive or managerial capacity for at least the past five years.

 

Mr. Arrington joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Human Resources in April 1998.

 

Mr. Boyle joined the Company in April 1978. Mr. Boyle was appointed Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer in January 2009. Prior to that appointment he had served as Vice President, Controller, and Acting Chief Financial Officer since June 2008 and prior to that as Vice President, Controller since 1997.

 

Mr. Burris joined the Company in July 2006 as Vice President, Barnes Group Inc. and President, Associated Spring. In October 2008, he was appointed President, Precision Components. In 2006, prior to joining the Company, he was the President and CEO of the General Electric Advanced Material Quartz and Ceramics group of General Electric Company. Prior to that he was the General Manager of various business teams of General Electric Company, including Global Healthcare Services from 2003 to 2006, Global Sourcing from 2001 to 2003, the Honeywell Integration in 2001, and the Dishwasher Business from 1998 to 2001.

 

Mr. Deakin joined the Company in May 2007 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development. From 2004 to 2007, he was the General Manager of the Power Products Division, Hydraulics Operations of Eaton Corporation. From 2001 to 2004, he was the Director, Finance and Planning for the Hydraulics Operations of Eaton Corporation.

 

68


Table of Contents

Mr. DeForte joined the Company as Vice President, Tax in August 1999.

 

Mr. Dempsey joined the Company in October 2000. He has held a series of increasingly responsible roles since joining the Company. In November 2004, he was promoted to Vice President, Barnes Group Inc. and President, Barnes Aerospace. In October 2007, he was appointed President, Barnes Distribution. In October 2008, he was appointed President, Logistics and Manufacturing Services.

 

Ms. Gates joined the Company as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in June 1999.

 

Mr. Milzcik joined the Company as Vice President, Barnes Group Inc. and President, Barnes Aerospace in June 1999. He was appointed President, Barnes Industrial (formerly Associated Spring) in November 2004. Effective February 1, 2006, he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Effective October 19, 2006, he was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Mr. O’Brien joined the Company as Vice President, Treasurer in August 2001.

 

Mr. Stephens joined the Company in January 2009 as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From 2007 to 2008, he served as President of the Consumer Products Group of Honeywell International. From 2003 to 2007, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Honeywell Transportation Systems Group. Prior to 2003, he held positions of increasing responsibility with The Boeing Company, Hughes Space and Communications, and Allied Signal.

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE

 

Ms. Mangum and Messrs. Benanav, Bristow, Griffin, Grzelecki and Morgan are the members of the Company’s audit committee which is a separately designated standing committee of the Board of Directors of the Company established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Mangum, who qualifies as an independent director under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, is an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

 

The information in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics Applicable to Senior Executives (the “Executive Code of Ethics”) which is applicable to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. The Executive Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.BGInc.com. The Company will disclose any material amendments to or waivers of the Executive Code of Ethics on that website or in a report on Form 8-K.

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

 

In 2008, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the required Annual CEO Certification certifying that he was not aware of any violation by the Company of the Exchange’s corporate governance listing standards. The Company also filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission the certifications required of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as exhibits to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

69


Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive and Director Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder

Matters

 

The information in the Proxy Statement under “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information in the Proxy Statement under “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information in the Proxy Statement under “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

70


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1)    The Financial Statements of the Company are set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report.
(a)(2)    See Financial Statement Schedule under Item 15(c).
(a)(3)    See Item 15(b) below.
(b)    The Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are filed as Exhibits to this Annual Report and indexed at pages 75 through 79 of this Annual Report.
(c)    Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(In thousands)

 

 

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts:

  

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 3,063  

Provision charged to income

     896  

Doubtful accounts written off (net)

     (1,271 )

Other adjustments (1)

     901  
        

Balance December 31, 2006

     3,589  

Provision charged to income (2)

     2,274  

Doubtful accounts written off (net)

     (756 )

Other adjustments (1)

     345  
        

Balance December 31, 2007

     5,452  

Provision charged to income (3)

     4,319  

Doubtful accounts written off (net)

     (3,226 )

Other adjustments (1)

     (371 )
        

Balance December 31, 2008

   $ 6,174  
        

 

(1) Opening balances of acquired businesses, foreign currency translation and other reclassifications.
(2) The increase in the provision charged to income in 2007 from 2006 was primarily related to increasing the allowance for delinquent customers at the distribution businesses of Logistics and Manufacturing Services.
(3) The increase in the provision charged to income and the amount written off for doubtful accounts in 2008 from 2007 is primarily related to the distribution businesses of Logistics and Manufacturing Services increasing the allowance for delinquent customers and writing off receivables for bankruptcies and other customers.

 

71


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(In thousands)

 

 

Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets:

  

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 10,621  

Additions charged to income tax expense

     1,885  

Additions charged to other comprehensive income

     1,044  

Additions charged to goodwill due to acquisitions

     824  

Reductions credited to income tax expense

     (1,690 )

Changes due to foreign currency translation

     426  
        

Balance December 31, 2006

     13,110  

Additions charged to income tax expense

     1,439  

Reductions charged to other comprehensive income

     (411 )

Reductions credited to income tax expense

     (1,219 )

Changes due to Mexican Tax Law

     1,970  

Changes due to foreign currency translation

     1,203  
        

Balance December 31, 2007

     16,092  

Additions charged to income tax expense

     9,463  

Additions charged to other comprehensive income

     346  

Reductions credited to income tax expense

     (510 )

Changes due to foreign currency translation

     (2,747 )
        

Balance December 31, 2008

   $ 22,644  
        

 

72


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: February 24, 2009

BARNES GROUP INC.

By

 

/s/ G REGORY F. M ILZCIK    

  Gregory F. Milzcik
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below as of the above date by the following persons on behalf of the Company in the capacities indicated.

 

/s/ G REGORY F. M ILZCIK    

Gregory F. Milzcik
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer), and Director

/s/ C HRISTOPHER J. S TEPHENS , J R .    

Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.
Senior Vice President, Finance
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ F RANCIS C. B OYLE , J R .    

Francis C. Boyle, Jr.
Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ T HOMAS O. B ARNES    

Thomas O. Barnes
Director

/s/ T HOMAS J. A LBANI    

Thomas J. Albani
Director

/s/ J OHN W. A LDEN    

John W. Alden
Director

/s/ G ARY G. B ENANAV    

Gary G. Benanav
Director

/s/ W ILLIAM S. B RISTOW , J R .    

William S. Bristow, Jr.
Director

 

73


Table of Contents

/s/ G EORGE T. C ARPENTER    

George T. Carpenter
Director

/s/ D ONALD W. G RIFFIN    

Donald W. Griffin
Director

/s/ F RANK E. G RZELECKI    

Frank E. Grzelecki
Director

/s/ M YLLE H. M ANGUM    

Mylle H. Mangum
Director

/s/ W ILLIAM J. M ORGAN    

William J. Morgan
Director

 

74


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Barnes Group Inc.

 

Annual Report on Form 10-K

for the Year ended December 31, 2008

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Reference

2.1    Share Purchase Agreement between Mr. Eugen Hänggi and Barnes Group Inc., dated March 15, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation; Certificate of Designation; Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; Certificate of Change of location of registered office and of registered agent, dated December 13, 2002; Certificate of Merger of domestic company, dated May 19, 2004; and Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Barnes Group Inc., dated April 20, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
4.1    (i) Fourth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated September 19, 2007, among the Company and several commercial banks.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(i) to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
   (ii) Guaranty of the Company, dated as of September 19, 2007.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(ii) to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
   (iii) Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(ii) to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
4.2    (i) Note Agreement dated as of November 12, 1999, between 3031786 Nova Scotia Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and several insurance companies.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
   (ii) Amendment No. 1 to Note Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4(ii) to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
   (iii) Assumption and Amendment Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 (iii) to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
   (iv) Amendment No. 3 to Note Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3(iv) to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

75


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Reference

   (v) Amendment No. 4 to Note Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
   (vi) Letter Amendment dated February 12, 2007.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(vi) to the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
4.3    Purchase Agreement among the Company and several initial purchasers named therein, dated July 26, 2005, relating to the Company’s 3.75% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2025.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on August 2, 2005.
4.4    Indenture between the Company and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2005, relating to the Company’s 3.75% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2025.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on August 2, 2005.
4.5    Resale Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, dated August 1, 2005, relating to the Company’s 3.75% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2025.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on August 2, 2005.
4.6    Purchase Agreement among the Company and several initial purchasers named therein, dated March 6, 2007, relating to the Company’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2027.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on March 7, 2007.
4.7    Indenture between the Company and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2007, relating to the Company’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2027.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on March 12, 2007.
4.8    Resale Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, dated March 12, 2007, relating to the Company’s 3.375% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2027.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K, filed by the Company on March 12, 2007.
4.9    (i) ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2008.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(i) to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
   (ii) Schedule to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ISDA Master Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(ii) to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.

 

76


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Reference

   (iii) Schedule to JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. ISDA Master Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(i) to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
10.1*    Barnes Group Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Plan, amended October 22, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.2*    Barnes Group Inc. Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009.    Filed with this report.
10.3*    Barnes Group Inc. Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009.    Filed with this report.
10.4*    1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.5*    Barnes Group Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan, as amended and restated December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.6*    Barnes Group Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.7*    Barnes Group Inc. Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program, as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.8*    Barnes Group Inc. Enhanced Life Insurance Program, as amended December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.9*    Barnes Group Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated to February 3, 2009 effective January 1, 2009.    Filed with this report.
10.10*    Barnes Group Inc. Executive Officer Severance Agreement, as amended December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.11*    Barnes Group Inc. Amended Employee Stock and Ownership Program as further amended.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003.
10.12*    Barnes Group Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001.
10.13*    Barnes Group Inc. Executive Separation Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.14*    Barnes Group Inc. Performance Linked Bonus Plan for Selected Executive Officers, as amended October 22, 2008.    Filed with this report.

 

77


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Reference

10.15*    Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan, as amended December 31, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.16*    Executive Compensation.    Incorporated by reference to Item 5.02(e), on Form 8-K, filed by the Company on February 19, 2008.
10.17*    Director Compensation.    Incorporated by reference to Item 5.02(d), on Form 8-K, filed by the Company on October 28, 2008.
10.18*    Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Gregory F. Milzcik, as amended December 31, 2008.    Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.1, on Form 8-K/A, filed by the Company on January 20, 2009.
10.19*    Executive Compensation.    Incorporated by reference to Item 5.02(e), on Form 8-K filed by the Company July 30, 2008.
10.20*    Agreement between Francis C. Boyle, Jr. and Barnes Group Inc., dated January 12, 2009.   

Filed with this report.

10.21*    Agreement between William C. Denninger and Barnes Group Inc., dated May 30, 2008.    Filed with this report.
10.22*    Agreement between Christopher J. Stephens, Jr. and Barnes Group Inc., dated January 12, 2009.    Filed with this report.
10.23*    Form of Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors.    Filed with this report.
10.24*    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for CEO.    Filed with this report.
10.25*    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for employees grade 21 and up.    Filed with this report.
10.26*    Form of Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for CEO.    Filed with this report.
10.27*    Form of Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for employees grade 21 and up.    Filed with this report.
10.28*    Form of Amended and Restated Performance Share Award Agreement for Officers.    Filed with this report.
10.29*    Form of Amended and Restated Contingent Dividend Equivalent Rights Agreement for officers.    Filed with this report.
10.30*    Form of Amended and Restated Performance Share Award Agreement for CEO.    Filed with this report.
10.31*    Form of Amended and Restated Contingent Dividend Equivalent Rights Agreement for CEO.    Filed with this report.
10.32*    Form of Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for T. Albani.    Filed with this report.

 

78


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Reference

21    List of Subsidiaries.    Filed with this report.
23    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    Filed with this report.
31.1    Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Filed with this report.
31.2    Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Filed with this report.
32    Certificate pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Furnished with this report.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

The Company agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument with respect to which there are outstanding issues of unregistered long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, the authorized principal amount of which does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Except for Exhibits 21 and 23, which will be furnished free of charge, copies of exhibits referred to above will be furnished at a cost of twenty-five cents per page to stockholders who make a written request to the Secretary, Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06010.

 

79

Exhibit 10.1

BARNES GROUP INC.

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(as amended on October 22, 2008, effective with respect to awards for 2008)

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the “MICP”) is designed to provide incentive compensation opportunities to persons in key positions who contribute importantly to the success of Barnes Group Inc. (the “Company”).

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

The MICP shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or its successor (the “Committee”) unless otherwise provided herein. Amounts paid or projected to be paid under the MICP are referred to herein as “Awards.”

SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS

 

3.1 “Award Period” shall mean the period of time within which Performance is measured for the purpose of determining whether an Award has been earned.

 

3.2 “Business Unit” shall mean a cost center, profit center or international subsidiary within a Group.

 

3.3 “Business Unit Fund” shall mean an amount equal to the sum, in the aggregate, of the Individual Targets earned by all of the MICP participants in a Business Unit.

 

3.4 “CEO” shall mean the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

3.5 “Company Officer” shall mean an executive officer of the Company elected by its Board of Directors.

 

3.6 “Fund” shall mean an amount equal to the sum, in the aggregate, of the Individual Targets earned by all of the MICP participants in a Group.

 

3.7 “Group” shall mean the Executive Office, Barnes Industrial, Barnes Distribution, or Barnes Aerospace.

 

1


3.8 “Group President” shall mean the president of Barnes Industrial, Barnes Distribution, or Barnes Aerospace.

 

3.9 “Individual Target” shall mean the percentage of salary for each individual participating in the MICP. The Committee will establish the Individual Target for each MICP participant, by position title, salary grade, or other category before or during the Award Period.

 

3.10 “Maximum” shall mean a Performance level at or above which the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to 300% of the Fund for the corresponding Group.

 

3.11 “Performance” shall mean the performance objectives established by the Committee in advance, with respect to each Group or Business Unit, as the case may be, for an Award Period, for the purpose of determining whether, and to what extent, an Award has been earned by the Group or Business Unit for an Award Period. Performance may be adjusted by the Committee to include or exclude extraordinary and non-recurring items or other factors.

 

3.12 “Target” shall mean a Performance level at which the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to 100% of the Fund for the corresponding Group.

 

3.13 “Threshold” shall mean a Performance level at or above which an Award is earned for an Award Period. For Threshold Performance, the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to 25% of the Fund for the corresponding Group.

SECTION 4. GROUP FUNDS

If an Award Period is a calendar year, prior to March 1, the Committee shall establish the Threshold, Target and Maximum for each Group. The Committee may also designate one or more intermediate levels of Performance between the Threshold and the Target, and the Target and the Maximum, for a Group, and the percentage of the corresponding Fund that will be available for payment as an Award if Performance equals such intermediate level.

 

2


SECTION 5. BUSINESS UNIT FUNDS

If an Award Period is a calendar year, prior to May 1, the CEO shall designate which Business Units, if any, shall have separate Business Unit Funds. For each such Business Unit, the CEO shall also determine the threshold, target and maximum on the same basis as such measures are determined for a Fund. The CEO may also designate intermediate levels of Performance between the threshold and the target, and the target and the maximum, for the Business Unit and the percentage of the Business Unit Fund that will be available for payment as an Award if Performance equals such intermediate level.

SECTION 6. PARTICIPANTS

If an Award Period is a calendar year, at any time before or during the Award Period the CEO may designate eligible participants in the MICP for that Award Period and the respective Funds or Business Unit Funds, as the case may be, in which they shall participate. The Committee may at any time designate an individual to participate in the MICP for an Award Period and the Fund or Business Unit Fund in which such individual shall participate. Except for (i) participants in the MICP during an Award Period who retire, die or become permanently disabled before Awards are paid for that Award Period pursuant to Section 10, whose Awards for that Award Period shall be prorated to the date of such retirement, death or permanent disability if it occurs before the last day of that Award Period, and (ii) participants in the MICP during an Award Period whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for cause (as determined by the CEO) on or after November 1 of that Award Period (October 1 in the case of the 2008 Award Period) and before Awards are paid for that Award Period pursuant to Section 10, whose Awards for that Award Period shall be prorated to the date of such termination if such termination occurs before the last day of that Award Period, a person must be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the date when an Award is paid in order to be eligible to receive an Award, unless the CEO decides otherwise in individual cases. For the avoidance of doubt, a participant’s Award for any Award Period, including but not limited to an Award that is to be prorated pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) shall be determined in accordance with the MICP, based on the level of Performance attained in that Award Period, and (B) shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the MICP, including without limitation the last sentence of Section 7 and Section 8.2, and (C) shall be paid at the time specified in Section 10.

 

3


SECTION 7. AWARDS – BUSINESS UNIT FUNDS

After the end of the Award Period and based on the final Performance of each Business Unit for which a Business Unit Fund has been designated pursuant to Section 5, the CEO, upon the recommendation of the corresponding Company Officer, shall determine each participant’s share of the Business Unit Fund (except for any Company Officer who participates in the Business Unit Fund or the Fund of the corresponding Group, whose Award shall be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1). Without limiting the foregoing, the CEO shall have the authority, subject to Section 9, to make adjustments to the amount of any Business Unit Fund and to adjust or refrain from making an Award to any participant.

SECTION 8. AWARDS – GROUP FUNDS

 

8.1 After the end of the Award Period and based on the final Performance of each Group, the CEO shall determine each participant’s share of the corresponding Group Fund, upon the recommendations of the Company Officers (except for any Company Officer who participates in the Fund). The CEO shall recommend the share of the Executive Office Fund for each Company Officer, other than the CEO. The Committee shall approve the Award to each Company Officer other than the CEO, and determine the appropriate Award for the CEO, based in all instances on Individual Targets and the Performance level achieved.

 

8.2 Subject to Section 9, the Committee shall have the authority to make adjustments to the Funds and to adjust or refrain from making an Award including, without limitation, making an Award to any Company Officer in excess of his or her calculated Award and recommending to the CEO an Award in excess of the calculated Award for any participant who is not a Company Officer.

 

4


SECTION 9. AWARDS ABOVE MAXIMUM

Notwithstanding anything in the MICP to the contrary, no awards in excess of the Maximum shall be made to any person without the approval of the Committee.

SECTION 10. PAYMENT

Awards shall be paid within the 2  1 / 2 months that immediately follow the expiration of the Award Period (i.e., in the case of an Award Period that is a calendar year, on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of the following calendar year).

SECTION 11. GENERAL

 

11.1 The interpretation of the MICP by the Committee and its decisions on all questions arising under the MICP shall be conclusive and binding on all participants and the CEO.

 

11.2 The MICP may be amended at any time, including retroactively, by the Committee.

 

11.3 All Awards are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4). The MICP shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out that intention, and any provision of the MICP that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Award will qualify as a short-term deferral, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any participant as to the tax consequences of any Award or of participation in the MICP.

Amended

02/17/95

02/20/96

07/20/98

04/11/00

12/12/01

07/19/06

10/22/08

 

5

Exhibit 10.2

BARNES GROUP INC.

RETIREMENT BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN

as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

PREAMBLE

Barnes Group Inc. has been maintaining the Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan (the “RBEP” or “Plan”) and hereby amends and restates the RBEP effective January 1, 2009.

In general, this amended and restated Plan applies effective January 1, 2009 to benefits accrued both before and after that date, without regard to any ability to treat certain benefits as “grandfathered” from the effect of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the provisions of this Plan document (i.e., as amended effective January 1, 2009) applicable to the computation of benefits, to the commencement date of such benefits, to the time and form of payment, and to the selection of an optional form and a contingent annuitant or beneficiary, as well as any other provisions of this Plan document that are impossible or impracticable to apply to benefits already in pay status, shall not apply to benefits in pay status prior to January 1, 2009, to the extent such provisions are not required to apply pursuant to guidance prescribed by the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (including, but not limited to, section XII.F of the preamble to the final regulations under such Section 409A and section 3.02 of Notice 2007-86); rather, the applicable terms of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2009, as modified or supplemented (if at all) by any written individual agreement with a participant in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, construed and supplemented as necessary in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, shall apply to such benefits. To the extent permissible under applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, this paragraph also shall apply to benefits not yet in pay status prior to January 1, 2009 but with respect to which all events necessary to receive the payment have occurred before January 1, 2009.


SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

The words and phrases defined hereinafter shall have the following meaning unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context of the Plan.

1.1 Benefits Committee ” shall mean the Benefits Committee appointed by the Board or its successor.

1.2 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Barnes Group Inc., or its successor.

1.3 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time.

1.4 Committee ” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board or its successor.

1.5 Company ” shall mean Barnes Group Inc. and each subsidiary and affiliated corporation that has adopted the Plan for the benefit of one or more employees.

1.6 Plan ” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, as amended and set forth herein or in any amendment hereto.

1.7 Separation from Service ” shall mean a “separation from service” from the Company and all corporations and other trades or businesses aggregated with the Company, as determined under rules set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h), as in effect from time to time, or a successor thereto. If there is a question as to whether a Participant’s employment has been terminated or his or her employment relationship remains intact on account of the types of absences described in (a), (b), and (c) below, the following rules (to be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)) shall apply:

(a) The employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

 

2


(b) For purposes of this Section 1.7, a leave of absence constitutes a “bona fide” leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, where (i) a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, and (ii) such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, a 29-month period of absence shall be substituted for the six-month period described in paragraph (a) hereof, regardless of whether the Participant retains a contractual right to reemployment, unless the employment relationship is otherwise terminated by the Company or the Participant.

1.8 “Specified Employee” shall mean a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) as in effect from time to time, as determined in accordance with Section 7 below.

1.9 “Spouse” shall mean the individual to whom the Participant is legally married by civil or religious ceremony under the laws of the state in which the Participant is legally domiciled on the date the determination of whether there is a Spouse is being made. After a Participant’s death, his “Spouse” shall be the individual, if any, who met these criteria as of the date of the Participant’s death.

1.10 “SRIP” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Salaried Retirement Income Plan as amended and in effect from time to time, a pension plan which is intended to satisfy the requirements for qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

3


SECTION 2

PURPOSE OF PLAN

2.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide selected executives of the Company who participate in the SRIP and who cannot receive certain benefits under the SRIP due to Code Section 401(a)(17) and 415 limitations with benefits that will approximate the difference between benefits that would be paid under the SRIP, but for such limitations, and the benefits that are payable under the SRIP, taking such limitations into account. The Plan pays benefits only in the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service (as defined herein) or death, in both cases subject to the more specific provisions of the Plan that follow this Section 2. Plan benefits shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company may enter into one or more grantor trusts (sometimes known as “rabbi trusts”) for the purpose of financing part or all of its obligations under the Plan.

 

4


SECTION 3

PARTICIPATION

3.1 Designation by Committee. The Committee shall have the sole and exclusive right to designate who receives or will receive benefits under this Plan, using the minimum criteria set forth in Section 3.2 below as the Committee’s starting point, with any individual who receives or is expected by the Committee to receive benefits under this Plan considered a “ Participant .”

3.2 Minimum Criteria. The minimum criteria for receipt of benefits under this Plan shall be that an employee of the Company (a) participates or has participated in the SRIP; and (b) is receiving or will receive benefits under the SRIP that are limited by reason of Section 401(a)(17) and/or Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an employee who has been considered a Participant in this Plan also participates in the Company’s Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan (“SSORP”) and satisfies the age and service conditions to receive a benefit under the SSORP (subject to Section 8.8 thereof), he shall, as of the time of satisfaction of such conditions, no longer be considered a Participant in this Plan.

 

5


SECTION 4

BENEFIT COMMENCEMENT DATES; AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

4.1 Separation from Service before Age 55 . Subject to Section 7.1, a Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to his or her 55 th birthday (other than by death) shall be entitled to a benefit payable as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s 55 th birthday (the “ Benefit Commencement Date ”), which benefit shall actually commence on a date within the 90-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.

4.2 Separation from Service On or After Age 55. Subject to Section 7.1, a Participant who has a Separation from Service on or after his or her 55 th birthday (other than by death) shall be entitled to a benefit payable as of the first day of the month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (the “ Benefit Commencement Date ”) which benefit shall actually commence on a date within the 90-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 4.1 and 4.2 and any other provisions of this Plan, the benefit payable to a Participant who, on January 1 2009, was (a) a former employee of the Company entitled to benefits under this Plan but not yet in receipt of such benefits and (b) at least age 55 shall be paid in a lump sum, equal to the present value of the Participant’s annuity benefit as of January 1, 2009 (as determined by the Company’s actuary) and payable within the 90-day period beginning on January 1, 2009.

4.3 Amount of Benefit. The monthly benefit payable to a Participant under this Section 4 by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service shall be determined as follows:

Step 1 . Compute (a) the monthly benefit that would be payable under the SRIP as of the Benefit Commencement Date, assuming it is computed as a single life annuity commencing on that date and without regard to Section 401(a)(17) and Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, minus (b) the monthly benefit that would be payable under the SRIP as of the same date, assuming it is computed as a single life annuity commencing on that date and with regard to Section 401(a)(17) and Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, once a Participant’s Separation from Service (as defined under this Plan) has occurred, no further accruals under the SRIP shall be taken into account when computing the amounts in (a) and (b) hereof. For purposes of determining the SRIP benefit in this Step 1, any pre-retirement survivor annuity charge applicable under the terms of the SRIP document shall be disregarded.

Step 2 . If a Participant has elected an optional form of payment pursuant to Section 5 hereof, convert the benefit computed as a single life annuity under Step 1 to its actuarial equivalent using the assumptions or factors applicable to such optional form under the SRIP.

 

6


SECTION 5

NORMAL AND OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT

5.1 Normal Form of Payment. The normal form of payment under this Plan for a Participant entitled to a benefit under Section 4 is a single life annuity: a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant, with the first payment to be due on the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 4 (but subject to Section 7.1) and the last payment to be due on the first day of the calendar month in which death occurs. Consistent with Section 7.1, any payment due for a month prior to the month in which benefits actually commence shall be paid when benefits actually commence, with no adjustment for interest.

5.2 Optional Forms of Payment. In lieu of the normal form of payment, a Participant may elect to receive his or her benefit in one of the following optional forms, subject to the provisions of this Section 5:

(a) Joint and contingent annuity, which is a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant with a benefit equal to 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% (as selected by the Participant) of such benefit payable monthly to the Contingent Annuitant, commencing after the death of the Participant, for the lifetime of the Contingent Annuitant.

(b) Ten year certain and continuous annuity, which is a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant and, in the event of the Participant’s death prior to receiving 120 monthly payments, payable monthly to a named Beneficiary until the Participant and Beneficiary together have received 120 monthly payments. If both the Participant and the Beneficiary die before 120 payments have been made, payments shall be made to the Participant’s estate until a total of 120 monthly payments have been made.

A Participant’s election of an optional form generally shall be effective only if made by the close of the 30-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date; provided, however, that the Committee may prescribe another period for electing an optional form. In the event that a Participant elects a joint and contingent annuity and the Contingent Annuitant designated by the Participant dies prior to the time benefits actually commence (with regard to Section 7.1), the election of the optional form of payment shall be disregarded. In the event that a Participant elects a Ten Year Certain and Continuous Annuity and the Beneficiary designated by the Participant dies prior to the time benefits actually commence (with regard to Section 7.1), the Participant shall designate a new Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the death of a Contingent Annuitant or Beneficiary under the circumstances described herein, the Committee may, in accordance with rules prescribed by it, permit the Participant to make another election of an optional form. Election of optional forms of payments shall be filed by the Participant with the Benefits Committee or its designee on a form approved by the Benefits Committee.

 

7


5.3 Actuarial Equivalent. Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided herein, the amount of any optional form of payment payable under this Section 5 shall be the actuarial equivalent of the single life annuity. Actuarial equivalence shall be determined using the factors specified in the SRIP as of the date that an election of an optional form of payment is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the normal and optional forms of payment shall be actuarially equivalent within the standards set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b), with the Company’s actuary making any adjustments to the factors specified in the SRIP or other adjustments as may be necessary to satisfy such standards.

5.4 Designation of Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary. A Participant may designate a Contingent Annuitant or Beneficiary or change any prior designation by giving written notice to the Benefits Committee within the election period described in Section 5.2; provided, however, that all designations of Contingent Annuitants or Beneficiaries are subject to the approval of the Benefits Committee. When necessary because, for example, no properly designated Beneficiary survives the Participant and a payment is due to a Beneficiary (under the ten year certain and continuous annuity option), the Benefits Committee shall apply default rules determined by the Benefits Committee, in is sole discretion, but generally following a priority list of living persons in the following order: Spouse, children, parents, brothers and sisters, estate. Although the rules of the Benefits Committee may permit a Participant to designate one or more alternative Beneficiaries (for example, an individual who shall become a Participant’s Beneficiary in case the Participant’s first choice of a Beneficiary dies before benefits become payable), a Participant may not designate persons who shall jointly receive benefits as Beneficiaries (for example, the designation of two or more children to jointly receive benefits as Beneficiaries is prohibited). Subject to the approval of the Benefits Committee as provided above, a Participant may designate a trust as a Beneficiary.

5.5 Lump Sum Cashout. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, a lump sum may be paid to a Participant within 90 days of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (subject to Section 7.1) in satisfaction of his or her interest under the Plan if the value thereof as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, program, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2). The Committee shall document its decision to make a lump sum payment hereunder on or before the date of the payment.

 

8


SECTION 6

DEATH BENEFITS

6.1 Entitlement to the Benefit. If a Participant dies after becoming eligible for a benefit under the SRIP but prior to the date any benefits under this Plan have actually commenced, the Participant’s Spouse shall be eligible to receive a monthly lifetime benefit payable as of the day that was or would have been the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (and actually commencing within the 90-day period beginning on such date), had his or her date of death been the date the Participant had a Separation from Service.

6.2 Amount of the Benefit. The benefit shall be equal to the amount that would have been payable to the Spouse under this Plan under a 50% joint and contingent annuity option if the Participant had begun to receive benefits in that form as of his or her Benefit Commencement Date and died the next day.

 

9


SECTION 7

SECTION 409A PROVISIONS

7.1 Six-Month Delay Rule. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a Specified Employee due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service; and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount (and only to any amount) to be paid pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason, including, without limitation, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) (relating to welfare benefit plans), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or the “grandfather” rules incorporated in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a).

7.2 Specified Employees. If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “ Plan Participant ”) is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 6.1 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under this Plan, each Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any

 

10


such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

7.3 Installments Rule. If any Participant or beneficiary has any right under this Plan to “a series of installment payments that is not a life annuity” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), then such right shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

7.4 General 409A Provisions. Any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code or to comply with Section 409A of the Code, so that none of such compensation will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company and any other person or entity with any responsibility for the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Board) do not represent, warrant or guarantee that any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor do the Company and other persons and entities with any responsibility for the Plan make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts are includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, the payment of benefits will be accelerated to the extent determined by the Committee and permitted by Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(vii).

 

11


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Administration . The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret and construe the terms of this Plan, and to administer it, and the Committee’s interpretations and construction thereof, and actions thereunder, including, but not limited to determining the amount or recipient of any benefits to be made therefrom, shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. The Board, the Committee, the Benefits Committee, their individual members, and such persons’ agents and representatives of the Board shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

8.2 Expenses of Administration . All expenses incurred in connection with the execution of this Plan and in carrying out the provisions hereof shall be paid by the Company.

8.3 Information from Participant . Each Participant shall furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request for purposes of the proper administration of the provisions of this Plan.

8.4 No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge any of its Participants, with or without cause. Any benefit payable under this Plan shall not be deemed salary, earnings, or other compensation to the Participant for the purpose of computing benefits to which he may be entitled under any qualified retirement plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.

8.5 Restrictions on Alienation and Assignment. Neither a Participant or Spouse nor any Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant shall have the right to assign, transfer, hypothecate, encumber, commute or anticipate any interest in any payments hereunder, and such payments shall not in any way be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach the sum for payment of any such claim against the Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or Contingent Annuitant, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude a Participant from designating, in accordance with Section 5 and other terms of this Plan, a Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant to receive benefits hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death.

8.6 Facility of Payment . If the Committee shall find, upon receipt of medical evidence or legal representations satisfactory to the Committee, that any Participant or

 

12


other person to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due hereunder (unless a prior and valid claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal representative) may be paid to such person’s spouse, child, parent or brother or sister, or to any person or persons determined by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant. Any payment shall be a complete discharge of all liability hereunder.

8.7 Failure to Claim Amounts Payable . In the event that any amount shall become payable hereunder to a person and, after written notice from the Company mailed to such person’s last known address as shown in the Company’s records and after diligent effort, the Company is unable to locate such person, the Company shall apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for direction as to the distribution of such amount.

8.8 Amendment and Termination . The Board reserves the right to amend and/or terminate the Plan at any time for whatever reasons it may deem appropriate (or for no reason), except that no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the benefits payable to any person who has begun to receive benefits hereunder and no such amendment or termination may accelerate or defer the payment of compensation except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

8.9 Gender and Number . All the words and terms used herein, regardless of the number and gender in which they shall be used, shall be deemed to include any other number, singular and plural, and any other gender, masculine and feminine, as the context may require.

8.10 Law Applicable . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent not superseded by federal law.

8.11 Delegation of Authority. The Board, the Committee, and the Benefits Committee may delegate the responsibilities allocated to them under the terms of this Plan to others, including, but not limited to, a Board delegation to the Committee or the Benefits Committee, a Committee or Benefits Committee delegation to one or more members, and a delegation by the Board or one of the committees to Company employees. As long as the delegation is lawful, neither an employee nor any other person shall have the right to raise any questions relating to such delegation of authority and responsibility for interpreting, construing, and administering the Plan.

8.12 Releases. Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each payment to a person hereunder shall be contingent on the person having executed and delivered to the Company, at such time and times in advance of the payment date as the Committee or its delegate may specify, any covenant agreement and release of claims that the Committee or its delegate may require, and on any such covenant and release of claims having become irrevocable by their terms in advance of the payment date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee or its delegate may require a covenant and release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following the Participant’s Separation from Service, and another release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following another event or date as the Committee or its delegate may specify. Amounts not paid hereunder due to a failure to execute any covenant or release required by the Committee shall be treated as forfeited.

 

13

Exhibit 10.3

BARNES GROUP INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL SENIOR OFFICER RETIREMENT PLAN

as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

PREAMBLE

Barnes Group Inc. adopted the Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan (the “SSORP”) effective April 3, 1996 and amended it effective December 31, 2007 and further amended it effective May 30, 2008, and effective January 1, 2009.

To the extent that, prior to December 31, 2007, any benefits under the SSORP as modified or supplemented (if at all) by any written individual agreement with a participant were “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (i.e., were compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance), such benefits shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the SSORP as in effect before December 31, 2007 and such individual agreement (if applicable).

To the extent that any benefits accrued under the SSORP before December 31, 2007 were not “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code prior to December 31, 2007, and to the extent that any benefits are accrued under the SSORP on and after that date, then effective January 1, 2009, such benefits shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed by, the provisions of the SSORP as amended effective January 1, 2009, which are set forth below.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the provisions of this Plan document (i.e., as amended effective January 1, 2009) applicable to the computation of benefits, to the commencement date of such benefits, to the time and form of payment, and to the selection of an optional form and a contingent annuitant or beneficiary, as well as any other provisions of this Plan document that are impossible or impracticable to apply to benefits already in pay status, shall not apply to benefits in pay status prior to January 1, 2009, to the extent such provisions are not required to apply pursuant to guidance prescribed by the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (including, but not limited, to, section XII.F of the preamble to the final regulations under such Section 409A and section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86); rather, the applicable terms

 

Page 1 of 24


of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2009, as modified or supplemented (if at all) by any written individual agreement with a participant in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, construed and supplemented as necessary in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, shall apply to such benefits. To the extent permissible under applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, this paragraph also shall apply to benefits not yet in pay status prior to January 1, 2009 but with respect to which all events necessary to receive the payment have occurred before January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall not apply to any benefits to which the second sentence of this Preamble (relating to “grandfathered” benefits) applies.

 

Page 2 of 24


SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

The words and phrases defined hereinafter shall have the following meaning unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context of the Plan.

 

1.1 Benefits Committee ” shall mean the Benefits Committee appointed by the Board or its successor.

 

1.2 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Barnes Group Inc., or its successor.

 

1.3 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.4 Committee ” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board or its successor.

 

1.5 Company ” shall mean Barnes Group Inc. and each subsidiary and affiliated corporation that has adopted the Plan for the benefit of one or more employees.

 

1.6 Compensation ” with respect to any period in which the Participant earns Credited Service, shall mean the sum of (a) the Participant’s “Compensation”, as defined by the Qualified Plan, for such period, except that any such “Compensation” that is attributable to any period after a Participant’s Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008 shall be excluded, and (b) bonuses paid pursuant to the Management Incentive Compensation Plan and the Performance-Linked Bonus Plan for Selected Executive Officers, or any successor plans, in all cases subject to any special rules on Compensation set forth in other provisions of this Plan. A bonus described herein shall be attributed to months of the year in which the bonus was earned, by prorating the bonus over the number of months worked by the Participant in that calendar year. In determining the benefits provided under this Plan, the limits of Code Section 401(a)(17) shall not apply.

 

1.7

Credited Service ” shall mean “Credited Service” as defined by the Qualified Plan, excluding any such “Credited Service” that is attributable to any period after a Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008, in all cases subject to any special rules on Credited Service set forth in other provisions of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the determination of a Participant’s Credited Service also shall take into account the provisions of any applicable written employment or other individual agreement between the Company and that

 

Page 3 of 24


 

Participant, including, but not limited to, any distinctions under such an agreement between credit for purposes of eligibility to receive a benefit and credit for purposes of computation of a benefit, provided that no credit shall be provided pursuant to such an agreement for any period after a Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008.

 

1.8 Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the date on which a Participant has a Separation from Service (other than by reason of death) that is (a) before the date the Participant reaches age 62 and completes 10 years of Credited Service, and (b) on or after the date the Participant has attained age 55 and completed 5 years of Credited Service.

 

1.9 Effective Date ” shall be January 1, 1996.

 

1.10 Final Average Compensation ” shall mean the product of (a) and (b), where (a) equals the amount determined when the Participant’s highest 60 months of Compensation, whether or not consecutive, during his last 120 months of employment (or all months of employment, if fewer than 120) are averaged, and (b) equals 12.

 

1.11 “Group I Participant” means an individual designated as such in Appendix A.

 

1.12 “Group II Participant” means an individual designated as such in Appendix A.

 

1.13 Normal Retirement Date ” shall mean the date on which a Participant has a Separation from Service (other than by reason of death) that is on or after the date the Participant has attained age 62 and completed 10 years of Credited Service.

 

1.14 Participant ” shall mean a Group I Participant or a Group II Participant.

 

1.15 Plan ” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, as amended and set forth herein or in any amendment hereto.

 

1.16 Prior Employer Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

1.17 Qualified Plan ” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Salaried Retirement Income Plan as amended and in effect from time to time, a pension plan which is intended to satisfy the requirements for qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

1.18 Qualified Plan Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

1.19

Separation from Service ” shall mean a “separation from service” from the Company and all corporations and other trades or businesses aggregated with the Company, as determined under rules set forth in Treasury Regulation section

 

Page 4 of 24


 

1.409A-1(h), as in effect from time to time, or a successor thereto. If there is a question as to whether a Participant’s employment has been terminated or his employment relationship remains intact on account of the types of absences described in (a), (b), and (c) below, the following rules (to be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)) shall apply:

(a) The employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

(b) For purposes of this Section 1.19, a leave of absence constitutes a “bona fide” leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, where (i) a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, and (ii) such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, a 29-month period of absence shall be substituted for the six-month period described in paragraph (a) hereof, regardless of whether the Participant retains a contractual right to reemployment, unless the employment relationship is otherwise terminated by the Company or the Participant.

The foregoing provisions, including but not limited to paragraph (c) hereof, shall apply to determine whether there has been a termination of employment and, therefore, a Separation from Service, and shall have no effect on whether a Participant incurs a Disability within the meaning of Section 6 hereof and thereby becomes subject to the provisions of Section 6.

 

1.20 Social Security Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

1.21 “Specified Employee” shall mean a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) as in effect from time to time, as determined in accordance with Section 7 below.

 

1.22 “Spouse” shall mean the individual to whom the Participant is legally married by civil or religious ceremony under the laws of the state in which the Participant is legally domiciled on the date the determination of whether there is a Spouse is being made. After a Participant’s death, his “Spouse” shall be the individual, if any, who met these criteria as of the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Page 5 of 24


SECTION 2

PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

2.1 Purpose . The Plan is designed to provide supplemental retirement benefits to selected executives of the Company. Such benefits shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company may enter into one or more grantor trusts (sometimes known as “rabbi trusts”) for the purpose of financing part or all of its obligations under the Plan.

 

Page 6 of 24


SECTION 3

RETIREMENT BENEFITS FOR GROUP I PARTICIPANTS

 

3.1 Retirement Benefit Conditions. Subject to Section 8.8, a Group I Participant shall be entitled to a benefit under the Plan if his Separation from Service occurs on a Normal Retirement Date. A Group I Participant also shall be entitled to a benefit under the Plan if (a) his Separation from Service occurs on an Early Retirement Date, and (b) his retirement was either requested by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and approved by the Committee or was requested and approved by the Committee; provided, however, that the provisions of (b) hereof shall not apply to a Participant with at least 10 years of Credited Service. A Group I Participant who has a Separation from Service under conditions other than those described above (disregarding for this purpose death and any cessation of work on account of Disability, as defined in Section 6) shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Plan.

 

3.2 Benefit for Normal Retirement. A Group I Participant who is entitled to a benefit on account of a Normal Retirement Date pursuant to Section 3.1 and who has not incurred a Disability shall be entitled to receive a lifetime monthly “Normal Retirement Benefit” payable as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (the “ Benefit Commencement Date ”) which benefit shall actually commence within the 90-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (but subject to Section 7.1) and continue on the first day of each month after actual commencement (with regard to Section 7.1) during the lifetime of the Group I Participant. The Participant’s monthly Normal Retirement Benefit shall be equal to one-twelfth of the amount determined under the following steps.

Step 1 . Multiply 55% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation by the ratio (not to exceed 1.0) of his Credited Service to fifteen (15).

Step 2 . Subtract the Participant’s Social Security Benefit.

Step 3 . Subtract the Participant’s Prior Employer Benefit.

Step 4 . Subtract the Participant’s Qualified Plan Benefit.

 

3.3

Benefit for Early Retirement. A Group I Participant who is entitled to a benefit on account of an Early Retirement Date pursuant to Section 3.1 and who has not incurred a Disability shall be entitled to receive a lifetime “Early Retirement Benefit” payable as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s Early

 

Page 7 of 24


 

Retirement Date (the “ Benefit Commencement Date ”), which benefit shall actually commence within the 90-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (but subject to Section 7.1) and continue on the first day of each month after actual commencement (with regard to Section 7.1) during the lifetime of the Group I Participant. Computation of the benefit shall be the same as for the Normal Retirement Benefit under Section 3.2, except as follows:

(a) In Step 1, 55% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation shall be multiplied by the ratio (not to exceed 1.0) of the Group I Participant’s Credited Service to the greater of (i) fifteen (15), or (ii) the Credited Service the Participant would have completed had Credited Service continued to age 62.

(b) Between Steps 3 and 4, insert a Step 3A under which the amount obtained at the end of Step 3 is multiplied by the appropriate factor from the following table, based on the Participant’s age as of his Benefit Commencement Date (without regard to Section 7.1), with factors for ages not shown interpolated:

 

Age

   Factor  

61

   96.4 %

60

   92.8 %

59

   89.2 %

58

   85.6 %

57

   82.0 %

56

   78.4 %

55

   74.8 %

 

3.4 Definition of Terms. For purposes of determining the benefits payable to Group I Participants pursuant to this Section 3, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Qualified Plan Benefit” shall mean the annual amount of pension benefit under the Qualified Plan that is or would be payable immediately as a single life annuity as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (without regard to Section 7.1), using the Qualified Plan’s actuarial assumptions or factors relating to forms of benefit and early commencement, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Qualified Plan Benefit shall be computed by excluding any portion of the benefit under the Qualified Plan attributable to (i) any period after the Participant’s Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008, and (ii) any compensation in any period after the Participant’s Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008. If amendments or other modifications that have been made to the Qualified Plan would, but for this sentence, result in an impermissible acceleration or deferral of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan under Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder, such Qualified Plan amendment or other modification shall be disregarded in computing the benefits due the Participant under this Plan.

 

Page 8 of 24


(b) “Social Security Benefit” shall mean a Participant’s estimated annual Social Security Benefit, which reflects any reduction for commencement prior to a Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age or any delayed retirement credit for commencement after his Social Security Retirement Age, as determined under the Social Security Act in effect on the January 1 preceding the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (without regard to Section 7.1), and based upon the following assumptions:

(i) The Participant had no earnings during the calendar year which includes the date his employment with the Company terminates or, if earlier, the date of his Separation from Service on or after May 30, 2008, or in any subsequent calendar year.

(ii) The Participant’s earnings in each prior year are equal to the maximum amount of wages subject to old age survivor and disability insurance tax under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act.

(iii) Benefits commence on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date if the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date occurs on or after the Participant’s 62 nd birthday.

(iv) In the event the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date is prior to age 62, his Social Security Benefit shall equal the Social Security Benefit otherwise payable at age 62.

(c) “Prior Employer Benefit” shall mean the annual benefit, if any, to which a Participant is entitled from a Code Section 401(a) tax-qualified defined benefit plan (including, for this purpose, any cash balance or other hybrid plan treated as a defined benefit plan under the Code’s tax-qualification rules) maintained by the employer that, immediately prior to the Participant’s employment with the Company, employed the Participant, computed in the form of a single life annuity commencing upon the Participant’s attainment of age 62 (or the actuarial equivalent thereof, determined by the Company’s actuary pursuant to actuarial assumptions or factors used under the Qualified Plan, if a Participant’s Separation from Service occurs after age 62).

 

3.5 Normal Form of Payment. The normal form of payment under this Plan for a Group I Participant is a single life annuity: a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant, with the first payment to be due on the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 3.2 or 3.3, as the case may be, and the last payment to be due on the first day of the calendar month in which death occurs. Consistent with Section 7.1, any payment due for a month prior to the month in which benefits actually commence shall be paid when benefits actually commence, with no adjustment for interest.

 

Page 9 of 24


3.6 Optional Forms of Payment. In lieu of the normal form of payment, a Participant may elect to receive his benefit in one of the following optional forms, subject to the provisions of this Section 3:

(a) Joint and Contingent Annuity. In lieu of the normal form of payment, a Participant may elect to receive his benefit in a joint and contingent annuity form, which is a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant with a benefit equal to 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% (as selected by the Participant) of such benefit payable monthly to the Contingent Annuitant, commencing after the death of the Participant, for the lifetime of the Contingent Annuitant.

(b) Ten Year Certain and Continuous Annuity. In lieu of the normal form of payment, a Participant may elect to receive his benefit as a Ten Year Certain and Continuous Annuity, which is a benefit payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant and, in the event of the Participant’s death prior to receiving 120 monthly payments, payable monthly to a named Beneficiary until the Participant and Beneficiary together have received 120 monthly payments. If both the Participant and the Beneficiary die before 120 payments have been made, payments shall be made to the Participant’s estate until a total of 120 monthly payments have been made.

A Participant’s election of an optional form generally shall be effective only if made by the close of the 30-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date; provided, however, that the Committee may prescribe another period for electing an optional form. In the event that a Participant elects a Joint and Contingent Annuity and the Contingent Annuitant designated by the Participant dies prior to the time benefits actually commence (with regard to Section 7.1), the election of the optional form of payment shall be disregarded. In the event that a Participant elects a Ten Year Certain and Continuous Annuity and the Beneficiary designated by the Participant dies prior to the time benefits actually commence (with regard to Section 7.1), the Participant shall designate a new Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the death of a Contingent Annuitant or Beneficiary under the circumstances described herein, the Committee may, in accordance with rules prescribed by it, permit the Participant to make another election of an optional form. Election of optional forms of payment shall be filed by the Participant with the Benefits Committee or its designee on a form approved by the Benefits Committee.

 

3.7

Actuarial Equivalent. Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided herein, the amount of any optional form of payment payable under this Section 3

 

Page 10 of 24


 

shall be the actuarial equivalent of the single life annuity. Actuarial equivalence shall be determined using the factors specified in the Qualified Plan as of the date that an election of an optional form of payment is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the normal and optional forms of payment shall be actuarially equivalent within the standards set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b), with the Company’s actuary making any adjustments to the factors specified in the Qualified Plan or other adjustments as may be necessary to satisfy such standards.

 

3.8 Designation of Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary. A Participant may designate a Contingent Annuitant or Beneficiary or change any prior designation by giving written notice to the Benefits Committee within the period described in Section 3.6; provided, however, that all designations of Contingent Annuitants or Beneficiaries are subject to the approval of the Benefits Committee. When necessary because, for example, no properly designated Beneficiary survives the Participant and a payment is due to a Beneficiary (under the Ten Year Certain and Continuous Annuity), the Benefits Committee shall apply default rules determined by the Benefits Committee, in its sole discretion, but generally following a priority list of living persons in the following order: Spouse, children, parents, brothers and sisters, estate. Although the rules of the Benefits Committee may permit a Participant to designate one or more alternative Beneficiaries (for example, an individual who shall become a Participant’s Beneficiary in case the Participant’s first choice of a Beneficiary dies before benefits become payable), a Participant may not designate persons who shall jointly receive benefits as Beneficiaries (for example, the designation of two or more children to jointly receive benefits as Beneficiaries is prohibited). Subject to the approval of the Benefits Committee as provided above, a Participant may designate a trust as a Beneficiary.

 

3.9 Lump Sum Cashout. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, a lump sum may be paid to a Group I Participant within 90 days of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (subject to Section 7.1) in satisfaction of his interest under the Plan if the value thereof as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, program, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2). The Committee shall document its decision to make a lump sum payment hereunder on or before the date of the payment.

 

Page 11 of 24


SECTION 4

RETIREMENT BENEFITS FOR GROUP II PARTICIPANTS

 

4.1 Retirement Benefit Conditions. The conditions for a Group II Participant to receive a benefit under the Plan shall be the same as those for a Group I Participant, set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

4.2 Benefit for Normal Retirement. A Group II Participant who has a Normal Retirement Date and has not incurred a Disability shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit determined and payable as follows:

Step 1. Compute the benefit which the Participant would receive as a lifetime annuity as if Section 3.2 applies.

Step 2 . Multiply the amount determined for the Participant in Step 1 by a single life annuity factor based on the Participant’s age at the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. The annuity factor shall be based on an interest rate equal to the discount rate and any other assumptions used by the Company to value pension liabilities under this Plan for the financial statements of the Company last disclosed before the computation hereunder is made (unless a remeasurement of the pension liabilities has taken place since that time, in which case the remeasurement assumptions shall be used).

Step 3 . Treat the lump sum amount determined in Step 2 as the opening balance in a hypothetical account to be used to pay five installments to the Participant. Hypothetical interest shall be credited to the account on the last day of each calendar month (through the calendar month that next precedes the last installment payment) by multiplying one-twelfth of the Wall Street Journal prime rate in effect on such day by the account balance as of the last day of the immediately preceding month.

Step 4 . Pay the installments referred to in Step 3 with the first installment paid within the 90-day period commencing on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (but subject to Section 7.1) and the last four installments paid on anniversaries of the Benefit Commencement Date for a total of five installment payments, each equal to the applicable percentage below multiplied by the Participant’s hypothetical account as of the last day of the month before the month in which payment occurs (after crediting interest until such date):

 

Installment

   Percentage  

First

   20 %

Second

   25 %

Third

   33 1/3 %

Fourth

   50 %

Fifth

   100 %

 

Page 12 of 24


4.3 Benefit for Early Retirement. A Group II Participant who is entitled to a benefit on account of an Early Retirement Date pursuant to Section 4.1 and who has not incurred a Disability shall be entitled to receive a benefit determined and payable by following the steps in Section 4.2, with the following modifications:

Step 1 . Compute the Participant’s benefit under Section 3.2 assuming (a) the Participant began to receive his benefits at Separation from Service upon reaching age 62; (b) in Step 1 under Section 3.2, 55% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation is multiplied by the ratio (not to exceed 1.0) of the Participant’s Credited Service to the greater of (i) fifteen (15) or (ii) the Credited Service the Participant would have completed had Credited Service continued to age 62; and (c) the amount thereby determined is multiplied by the factor in Section 3.3(b), based on the age of the Participant on his Benefit Commencement Date.

 

4.4 Lump Sum Cashout. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, a lump sum may be paid to a Group II Participant within 90 days of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (subject to Section 7.1) in satisfaction of his interest under the Plan if the value thereof as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, program, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2). The Committee shall document its decision to make a lump sum payment hereunder on or before the date of the payment.

 

Page 13 of 24


SECTION 5

DEATH BENEFITS

 

5.1 Death of Group I Participant On or Prior to Close of Period for Electing an Optional Form . If a Participant dies on or after attaining age 55 and completing 5 years of Credited Service and on or prior to the date that an election of an optional form of payment must be made under Section 3 hereof, his Spouse shall be eligible to receive a monthly lifetime benefit commencing within the 90-day period beginning on the date of the Participant’s death. The benefit payable to such Spouse shall be equal to the amount which would have been payable to the Participant’s Spouse if:

 

  (a) the Participant’s date of death was instead his Early or Normal Retirement Date (with the applicable type of retirement date dependent on the Participant’s age and years of Credited Service on his date of death);

 

  (b) the Participant had elected to receive payments in the form of a joint and 50% contingent annuity with his Spouse as Contingent Annuitant; and

 

  (c) the Participant died on the day next succeeding his assumed Early or Normal Retirement Date.

 

5.2 Death of Group I Participant After Close of Period for Electing an Optional Form . If a Participant dies after the date that an election of an optional form of payment must be made under Section 3 hereof, no death benefit will be payable hereunder except as otherwise provided under the form of annuity payment in effect on the date of death.

 

5.3 Death of Group II Participant Prior to Commencement of Benefits. If a Group II Participant dies on or after attaining age 55 and completing 5 years of Credited Service and prior to the date any benefits under this Plan have commenced, his Spouse shall receive five installments, with the first installment paid within the 90-day period beginning on the date of the Participant’s death and subsequent installments paid on each anniversary of the first installment. The amount of each installment shall be equal to 50% of the installment the Participant would have received, if he had a Separation from Service on the date of his death.

 

5.4 Death of Group II Participant After Commencement of Benefits. If a Group II Participant dies after the date his benefits under the Plan have commenced , any remaining installments payable pursuant to Section 4 shall be paid to the Group II Participant’s Beneficiary on the same dates such installments would have been payable to the Participant, had he not died.

 

Page 14 of 24


5.5 Designation of Beneficiary. For purposes of Section 5.4, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary or change any prior designation by giving written notice to the Benefits Committee within such time periods, and according to such other rules, as the Benefits Committee shall prescribe, with all Beneficiary designations subject to the approval of the Benefits Committee and otherwise consistent with the Beneficiary provisions of Section 3.8 hereof.

 

Page 15 of 24


SECTION 6

DISABILITY

 

6.1 Disability Defined . For purposes of this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have a Disability if the Social Security Administration determines he is disabled under the Social Security Act. A Participant shall be considered as incurring a Disability on the last day of the month in which the Participant first becomes eligible for and begins to receive Social Security disability benefits. The payment of any Disability Benefit described in this Section 6 is contingent on no Separation from Service before the day the Participant incurs a Disability and on the Participant being alive on the commencement date. If a Participant has a Disability that is followed by a Separation from Service, the provisions of this Section 6 shall take precedence over the provisions of Section 3 or Section 4, as the case may be.

 

6.2 Group I: General Rule. If a Group I Participant incurs a Disability, he shall start receiving a Disability Benefit within the 90-day period commencing on the day he incurs the Disability. The amount of the benefit shall be computed as if the Participant were receiving a benefit computed under Section 3, with continued credit for Credited Service and Compensation (regardless of any provisions to the contrary in the Qualified Plan and the definitions in this Plan) until the date the Participant incurs the Disability for purposes of Step 1 under Section 3.2, and treating the Participant’s date of Disability as his Early or Normal Retirement Date (with the applicable type of retirement date depending on the Participant’s age and years of Credited Service as of the date he incurs a Disability). In applying this rule, it shall be assumed that the Participant’s rate of Compensation as of the date his disabling conditions began continued unchanged.

 

6.3 Group I: Alternative to Section 6.2. As an alternative to receiving a Disability Benefit pursuant to Section 6.2 and if permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury guidance thereunder, a Participant whose Disability precedes his attainment of age 62 and credit for at last 10 years of Credited Service may defer the commencement date of payment of a Disability Benefit from the date prescribed in Section 6.2 to a date within the 90-day period beginning on the first day the Participant attains age 62 and has been credited with 10 years of Credited Service (his “ Normal Retirement Equivalent Date ”). The amount of the benefit shall be computed as if the Participant were receiving a benefit computed under Section 3, with continued credit for Credited Service and Compensation (regardless of any provisions to the contrary in the Qualified Plan and the definitions in this Plan) until his Normal Retirement Equivalent Date for purposes of Step 1 under Section 3.2. In applying this rule, it shall be assumed that the Participant’s rate of Compensation as of the date his disabling conditions began continued unchanged. An election hereunder cannot take effect until 12 months after the date on which it is made and must be made not less than 12 months before the date the Participant would receive his first annuity payment under Section 6.2.

 

Page 16 of 24


6.4 Form of Disability Benefit under Sections 6.2 and 6.3. The forms of benefit in which Disability Benefits described in Sections 6.2 and 6.3 are provided shall be the same as those for a Group I Participant who receives benefits on account of an Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date pursuant to Section 3.

 

6.5 Group II: Disability Before Age 55 – General Rule. If a Group II Participant incurs a Disability before his attainment of age 55, he shall start receiving a Disability Benefit commencing on a date within the 90-day period beginning on the day the Participant attains age 55 (with this date considered the Participant’s “ Early Retirement Benefit Equivalent Date ”). The amount of the benefit shall be computed as if the Participant were receiving an Early Retirement benefit computed under Section 4, but, for purposes of the Section 3.2, Step 1-type computation, with continued credit for Credited Service and Compensation (regardless of any provisions to the contrary in the Qualified Plan and the definitions in this Plan) until his Early Retirement Benefit Equivalent Date. In applying this rule, it shall be assumed that the Participant’s rate of Compensation as of the date his disabling conditions began continued unchanged.

 

6.6 Group II: Disability On or After Age 55 – General Rule. If a Group II Participant incurs a Disability on or after his attainment of age 55, he shall start receiving a Disability Benefit within the 90-day period commencing on the day the Participant incurs the Disability. The amount of the benefit shall be computed as if the Participant were receiving a benefit computed under Section 4 but, for purposes of the Section 3.2, Step 1-type computation, continuing to credit Credited Service and Compensation (regardless of any provisions to the contrary in the Qualified Plan and the definitions in this Plan) until the date he incurs the Disability, and treating the Participant’s date of Disability as his Early or Normal Retirement Date (with the applicable type of retirement date dependent on the Participant’s age and years of Credited Service as of the date he incurs a Disability). In applying this rule, it shall be assumed that the Participant’s rate of Compensation as of the date his disabling conditions began continued unchanged.

 

6.7

Group II: Alternative to Sections 6.5 and 6.6. As an alternative to receiving a Disability Benefit pursuant to Section 6.5 or Section 6.6 and if permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury guidance thereunder, a disabled Participant whose Disability precedes his attainment of age 62 and credit for at least 10 years of Credited Service may defer the commencement date of payment of a Disability Benefit (as well as the corresponding anniversaries of the commencement date) from the date prescribed in Section 6.5 or 6.6, as the

 

Page 17 of 24


 

case may be, to a date within the 90-day period beginning on the first day the Participant attains age 62 and has been credited with at least 10 years of Credited Service (his “Normal Retirement Equivalent Date”). The amount of the benefit shall be computed as if the Participant were receiving a benefit computed under Section 4 but, for purposes of the Section 3.2, Step 1-type computation, continuing to credit Credited Service and Compensation (regardless of any provisions to the contrary in the Qualified Plan and the definitions in this Plan) until his Normal Retirement Equivalent Date. An election hereunder cannot take effect until 12 months after the date on which it is made and must be made not less than 12 months before the date the Participant would receive his first payment under Section 6.5 or 6.6, as the case may be.

 

6.8 Form of Disability Benefit under Sections 6.5 through 6.7. The forms of benefit in which Disability Benefits described in Sections 6.5 through 6.7 are provided shall be the same as those for a Group II Participant who receives benefits pursuant to Section 4.

 

6.9 Rights Contingent on Continuation of Disability. A Participant’s right to a Disability Benefit under this Section 6 and to credit for Compensation and Credited Service, to the extent provided under this Section 6 and not under other provisions of this Plan, shall be contingent on the Participant remaining disabled, consistent with the Social Security determination originally made pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

Page 18 of 24


SECTION 7

SECTION 409A PROVISIONS

 

7.1 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a Specified Employee due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service ; and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount (and only to any amount) to be paid pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason, including, without limitation, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) (relating to welfare benefit plans), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or the “grandfather” rules incorporated in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a).

 

7.2

If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “ Plan Participant ”) is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 7.1 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A

 

Page 19 of 24


 

(a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under this Plan, each Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

7.3 If any Participant or beneficiary has any right under this Plan to “a series of installment payments that is not a life annuity” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), then such right shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

7.4 Any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code or to comply with Section 409A of the Code, so that none of such compensation will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company and any other person or entity with any responsibility for the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Board) do not represent, warrant or guarantee that any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor do the Company and other persons and entities with any responsibility for the Plan make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts are includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, the payment of benefits will be accelerated to the extent determined by the Committee and permitted by Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(vii).

 

Page 20 of 24


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1 Administration . The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret and construe the terms of this Plan, and to administer it, and the Committee’s interpretations and construction thereof, and actions thereunder, including, but not limited to determining the amount or recipient of any benefits to be made therefrom, shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. The Board, the Committee, the Benefits Committee, their individual members, and such persons’ agents and representatives of the Board shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

 

8.2 Expenses of Administration . All expenses incurred in connection with the execution of this Plan and in carrying out the provisions hereof shall be paid by the Company.

 

8.3 Information from Participant . Each Participant shall furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request for purposes of the proper administration of the provisions of this Plan.

 

8.4 No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge any of its Participants, with or without cause. Any benefit payable under this Plan shall not be deemed salary, earnings, or other compensation to the Participant for the purpose of computing benefits to which he may be entitled under any qualified retirement plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.

 

8.5 Restrictions on Alienation and Assignment. Neither a Participant or Spouse nor any Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant shall have the right to assign, transfer, hypothecate, encumber, commute or anticipate any interest in any payments hereunder, and such payments shall not in any way be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach the sum for payment of any such claim against the Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or Contingent Annuitant, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude a Participant from designating, in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 and other terms of this Plan, a Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant to receive benefits hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

Page 21 of 24


8.6 Facility of Payment . If the Committee shall find, upon receipt of medical evidence or legal representations satisfactory to the Committee, that any Participant or other person to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due hereunder (unless a prior and valid claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal representative) may be paid to such person’s spouse, child, parent or brother or sister, or to any person or persons determined by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant. Any payment shall be a complete discharge of all liability hereunder.

 

8.7 Failure to Claim Amounts Payable . In the event that any amount shall become payable hereunder to a person and, after written notice from the Company mailed to such person’s last known address as shown in the Company’s records and after diligent effort, the Company is unable to locate such person, the Company shall apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for direction as to the distribution of such amount.

 

8.8 Amendment and Termination . The Board reserves the right to amend and/or terminate the Plan at any time for whatever reasons it may deem appropriate (or for no reason), except that no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the benefits payable to any person who has begun to receive benefits hereunder and no such amendment or termination may accelerate or defer the payment of compensation except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

 

8.9 Gender and Number . All the words and terms used herein, regardless of the number and gender in which they shall be used, shall be deemed to include any other number, singular and plural, and any other gender, masculine and feminine, as the context may require.

 

8.10 Law Applicable . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

8.11 Delegation of Authority. The Board, the Committee, and the Benefits Committee may delegate the responsibilities allocated to them under the terms of this Plan to others, including, but not limited to, a Board delegation to the Committee or the Benefits Committee, a Committee or Benefits Committee delegation to one or more members, and a delegation by the Board or one of the committees to Company employees. As long as the delegation is lawful, neither an employee nor any other person shall have the right to raise any questions relating to such delegation of authority and responsibility for interpreting, construing, and administering the Plan.

 

8.12

Releases. Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each payment to a person hereunder shall be contingent on the person having

 

Page 22 of 24


 

executed and delivered to the Company, at such time or times in advance of the payment date as the Committee or its delegate may specify, any covenant agreement and release of claims that the Committee or its delegate may require, and on any such covenant and release of claims having become irrevocable by their terms in advance of the payment date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee or its delegate may require a covenant and release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following the Participant’s Separation from Service, and another release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following another event or date as the Committee or its delegate may specify. Amounts not paid hereunder due to a failure to execute any covenant or release required by the Committee shall be treated as forfeited.

 

Page 23 of 24


APPENDIX A

Group I Participants: Any individual covered by the SSORP immediately prior to January 1, 2009 (including, but not limited to, an individual in pay status), as determined by the Committee, provided the individual is at least age 55 and has been credited with at least 5 years of Credited Service as of such date

Group II Participants: Any individual covered by the SSORP immediately prior to January 1, 2009, as determined by the Committee, other than an individual who is a Group I Participant

For the avoidance of doubt, however, an individual is not a Group I or Group II Participant if all of his benefits are “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code, as described in the Preamble.

 

Page 24 of 24

Exhibit 10.4

1991 BARNES GROUP STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

As Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to authorize the grant to Key Employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of (i) nonqualified options to purchase shares of Common Stock, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Incentive Stock Rights, and (iv) Performance Unit Awards, and to grant Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary nonqualified options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and thus benefit the Company by giving such employees and Directors a greater personal interest in the success of the enterprise and an added incentive to continue and advance their employment or service as a Director. An additional purpose of the Plan is to provide “qualified performance-based compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder (“Section 162(m)”) to Key Employees.

2. Definitions

The following terms, when used in the Plan, shall mean:

1981 Plan : The Barnes Group Inc. Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the stockholders of the Company in 1981.

Board : The Board of Directors of the Company.

CEO : The Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Committee : Such committee as shall be appointed by the Board pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.

Common Stock : The Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or such other class of shares or other securities as may be applicable pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.

Company : Barnes Group Inc.

 

1

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


Director : A member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary who is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

Disability : Inability to perform the services normally rendered by the employee or Director due to any physical or mental impairment that can be expected either to be of indefinite duration or to result in death, as determined by the Committee on the basis of appropriate medical evidence.

Fair Market Value : As applied to the Common Stock on any day, the closing market price of such stock as reported in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Index for such day, or if the Common Stock was not traded on such day, for the last preceding day on which the Common Stock was traded.

Incentive : An incentive granted under the Plan in one of the forms provided for in Section 3.

Key Employee : An employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary, including an officer or a member of the Board of Directors who is an employee, who in the Committee’s or CEO’s judgment can contribute significantly to the growth and successful operations of the Company or a Subsidiary.

Option : An option to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Plan : The 1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan herein set forth, as amended from time to time.

Subsidiary : A corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting stock.

3. Grants of Incentives

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may at any time, or from time to time, grant Incentives under the Plan to, and only to, Key Employees and, with respect to Options only, to Directors. In addition, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the CEO may also grant Options to Key Employees, but only in connection with the hiring or promotion of such Key Employees and only if such Key Employees are not (or, by virtue of such hiring or promotion, would not become) subject to the reporting requirements

 

2

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


under Rule 16a promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Any Options granted by the CEO shall be (i) evidenced by a written instrument in the form most recently approved by the Committee for such Option and (ii) subject to, if applicable, the performance targets and incentive periods most recently set forth by the Committee for such Option. For purposes of the Plan, grants by the CEO complying with this Section 3(a) shall be deemed to have been effected by the Committee.

(b) Incentives may be in the following forms:

 

  (i) an Option, in accordance with Section 5;

 

  (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right, in accordance with Section 6;

 

  (iii) an Incentive Stock Right, in accordance with Section 7;

 

  (iv) a Performance Unit Award, in accordance with Section 8; or

 

  (v) a combination of two or more of the foregoing.

4. Stock Subject to the Plan

(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued subject to Incentives granted under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) 3,000,000 shares and (ii) the number of shares of stock covered by outstanding options (or installments thereof) granted under the 1981 Plan which, after its expiration, shall terminate or expire in whole or in part without being exercised. Charges against such aggregate number are governed by the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section 4, paragraph (k) of Section 5, paragraph (e) of Section 6, paragraph (c) of Section 7, and paragraph (e) of Section 8. No Key Employee may receive grants of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Incentive Stock Rights in any year relating to shares of Common Stock which in the aggregate exceed 150,000 shares, which number shall be adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) Such shares may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares issued and thereafter acquired by the Company.

 

3

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(c) If any shares subject to an Incentive shall cease to be subject thereto because of the termination without exercise or payment, in whole or in part, of such Incentive, the shares as to which the Incentive was not exercised or paid shall no longer be charged against the limits in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 and may again be made subject to Incentives.

(d) The Committee may permit the voluntary surrender of all or a portion of any Incentive granted under this Plan conditioned upon the granting to the employee of a new Incentive for the same or a different number of shares or amount of other payment as the Incentive surrendered, or it may require such voluntary surrender as a condition to a grant of a new Incentive to such employee. Such new Incentive shall be exercisable at the price, during the period, and in accordance with any other terms or conditions specified by the Committee at the time the new Incentive is granted, all determined in accordance with the provisions of this Plan without regard to the price, period of exercise, or any other terms or conditions of the Incentive surrendered.

5. Options

Incentives, in the form of options to purchase shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) The Option price per share shall be determined as of the effective date of the grant and shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of the grant of the Option. In no event shall the Option price be less than the par value of the stock which is the subject of the Option.

(b) Each Option shall expire at such time as the Committee may determine at the time the Option is granted; provided, however, that no Option may, under any circumstances, expire later than ten years from the date such Option shall have been granted.

(c) Any Option granted under the Plan may be exercised solely by the person to whom granted, by his/her guardian or legal representative, or, in the case of death, by an estate.

(d) No Option may be exercised less than 12 months from the date it is granted. After completion of any additional required period of employment or service as a Director specified in the Option grant, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time during the balance of the term of the Option, except as limited by provisions contained in the Option (including provisions regarding exercise in installments).

 

4

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(e) If the optionee terminates employment or service as a Director prior to attaining age 55, the Option shall terminate 90 days after termination of employment or service as a Director, except in the case of death or Disability.

(f) If employment or service as a Director terminates as a result of death or Disability, or if the Optionee terminates employment or service as a Director after attaining age 55, the Option shall terminate five years after termination of employment or service as a Director; provided, however, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated upon the request of the Company after the Optionee attains age 55, the Option may be terminated by the Committee effective 90 days after termination of employment.

(g) Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 5 to the contrary, (1) the Committee may provide that an Option will terminate prior to time periods specified in paragraphs 5(e) and 5(f) on conditions specified by the Committee and incorporated in an Option Agreement between the Company and the person receiving the option; and (2) in no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration date thereof.

(h) Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be paid for in full on the date of exercise in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock based on their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.

(i) If so authorized by the Committee, the Company may, with the consent of the optionee, and at any time or from time to time, cancel all or a portion of any Option granted under the Plan then subject to exercise and discharge its obligation in respect of the Option either by payment to the optionee of an amount of cash equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value, at such time, of the shares subject to the portion of the Option so canceled over the aggregate option price of such shares, or by issuance or transfer to the optionee of shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value, at such time, equal to any such excess, or by a combination of cash and shares.

(j) The forms of Option authorized by the Plan may contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

5

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(k) Upon the exercise of an Option there shall be charged against the limits in paragraph (a) of Section 4 the number of shares issued to the optionee. Upon the cancellation of any Option pursuant to paragraph (i) of Section 5, there shall be charged against the limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4 a number of shares equal to (A) the number of any shares issued to the optionee plus (B) the number of shares purchasable with the amount of any cash paid to the optionee on the basis of the Fair Market Value as of the date of payment; and the number of shares subject to the portion of the Option so canceled, less the number of shares so charged against such limitations, shall thereafter be available for other grants of Incentives.

(l) An Option will not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

6. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) A Stock Appreciation Right (“SAR”) may be granted in connection with any Option granted under the Plan, either at the time of the grant of such Option or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option, or independently of the grant of an Option.

(b) An SAR shall entitle the holder thereof, upon exercise of the SAR, to receive a number of shares of Common Stock or cash or a combination of cash and shares (as the Committee in its discretion may elect) determined pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 6.

(c) An SAR shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as shall from time to time be approved by the Committee:

(i) If granted in connection with an Option, an SAR shall be exercisable at such time or times and by such person or persons and to the extent, but only to the extent, that the Option to which it relates shall be exercisable; provided, however, that such SAR shall be exercisable only during the ten-day periods (the “Exercise Periods”) beginning on the third business day following the date of release of a summary statement of the Company’s quarterly or annual sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date of release.

 

6

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(ii) If granted independently of an Option, an SAR shall be subject to the following provisions:

(A) If a person terminates employment prior to attaining age 55, the SAR shall terminate 90 days after the termination of employment, except in the case of death or Disability.

(B) If employment terminates as a result of death or Disability or if a person terminates employment after attaining age 55, the SAR will terminate one year after the termination of employment.

(d) Upon exercise of an SAR, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive a number of shares equal in Fair Market Value to (1) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of such exercise shall exceed the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the related Option, or, in the case of any SAR granted independently of an option, on the date of grant of such SAR, multiplied by (2) the number of shares in respect of which the SAR shall have been exercised. Settlement for any fraction of a share due shall be made in cash. The Committee may settle all or any part of the Company’s obligation arising out of an exercise of any SAR by the payment of cash equal to the aggregate value of the shares of Common Stock that it would otherwise be obligated to deliver under the provisions of this paragraph (d).

(e) Upon exercise of any SAR, (i) there shall be charged against the limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4 a number of shares equal to (A) the number of shares issued to the grantee under paragraph (d) of this Section 6 plus (B) the number of shares purchasable with the amount of any cash paid to the grantee on the basis of the Fair Market Value as of the date of payment and (ii) the portion of the Incentive in respect of which such SAR shall have been exercised shall be canceled and the number of shares subject to such portion, less the number of shares so charged against such limitations, shall thereafter be available for other grants of Incentives.

7. Incentive Stock Rights

(a) An Incentive Stock Right will consist of incentive stock units, each of which will be equivalent to one share of Common Stock. An Incentive Stock Right will be evidenced by an agreement in form approved by the Committee; will be nontransferable;

 

7

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


will entitle the holder to receive shares of Common Stock, without payment to the Company, after the lapse of the incentive period or periods established by the Committee and subject to the satisfaction of any performance goals established by the Committee from the performance criteria set forth in Section 14 hereof with respect to such Incentive Stock Rights; and will be subject to the limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4. The terms of the agreement evidencing an Incentive Stock Right shall provide that holders of Incentive Stock Rights will be entitled, from the date of the award, either (1) to receive from the Company cash payments equal to the amount of dividends declared on the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of incentive stock units held by them, such payments to be made on or about the Company’s dividend payment dates or (2) to be credited with dividend equivalents based upon dividends paid on outstanding shares of Common Stock. Such dividend equivalents, once credited, shall be converted into a number of additional incentive stock units, as of each dividend payment date, in accordance with the following formula:

(A x B) / C

in which “A” equals the number of incentive stock units credited to the holder on the dividend payment date, “B” equals the dividend per share and “C” equals the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the dividend payment date. If a dividend is paid in property other than cash, dividend equivalents shall be credited, as of the dividend payment date, in accordance with the formula set forth above, except that “B” shall equal the fair market value per share of the property which the holder would have received in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of incentive stock units credited to the holder as of the dividend payment date, had such shares been owned as of the record date for such dividend.

(b) If an employee terminates employment prior to attaining age 55, all Incentive Stock Rights will terminate on the date employment terminates, except in the case of death or Disability. Except as otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the Incentive Stock Right, if employment terminates as a result of death or Disability, or after attainment of age 55, the Committee may elect, at any time during or at the end of the Incentive period, to award a portion of the shares of Common Stock that would have been awarded, but for the termination of employment, equal to the number of months in the incentive period prior to the termination date divided by the number of months in the incentive period.

 

8

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(c) After the issuance of shares in respect of Incentive Stock Rights, there will be charged against the limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4 a number of shares equal to the number of shares so issued.

(d) To the extent not inconsistent with Section 162(m), the Committee may make such adjustments to any performance goals or to the Company’s financial results as it deems appropriate for changes in accounting practices or principles, for material acquisitions or dispositions of stock or property, for recapitalizations or reorganizations or for any other events with respect to which the Committee determines such an adjustment to be appropriate in order to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan.

8. Performance Unit Awards

(a) A Performance Unit Award will consist of performance units granted to Key Employees selected by the Committee which can be paid in cash or shares of Common Stock. Performance units may be granted alone or in conjunction with and related to an Option. When granted in conjunction with an Option, the number of performance units, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, will be equal to the number of shares under the related Option. To the extent that the Committee elects to pay performance units granted with a related Option, there will be a proportionate reduction in the number of shares available under such Option and any related SAR. To the extent the related Option or an SAR granted in connection with such Option is exercised, the related number of performance units will be proportionately reduced.

(b) The Committee will establish an initial value for each performance unit at the time of grant. At that time, the Committee will also establish performance targets (from the performance criteria set forth in Section 14 hereof) to be achieved during the award period of not less than one year set by the Committee. The value of the performance units at the end of the award period will be determined by the degree to which the performance targets are achieved. Performance Unit Awards will be subject to the limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4 and will be evidenced by agreements setting forth the initial value for each performance unit, the performance targets, the award period and such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may determine.

 

9

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(c) Payment, if any, at the end of the award period will be made in cash, shares of Common Stock, or both, as determined by the Committee. In no event shall payment to an individual in respect of any Performance Unit Award exceed $250,000 in value. A Performance Unit Award granted alone, not in conjunction with an Option, is automatically payable if the conditions are met. A Performance Unit Award granted in conjunction with an Option is payable only if the conditions are met and then at the election of the Committee, as an alternative to the continuance of the related option and any related SAR. The Committee may make this election to pay only during the first two months after the end of the award period. If the election to pay is not made, the Performance Unit Award terminates and the related Option and SAR continue in effect.

(d) In the event of termination of employment prior to the end of the award period by reason of death, Disability, or termination of employment after attainment of 55 years of age, a pro rata portion of the value of the performance units at the end of the award period will be paid to the employee (or his/her estate in the case of death), unless the Committee determines that a different portion should be payable or elects to terminate the award. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment under any other circumstances, the Performance Unit Award will terminate.

(e) Upon payment of a Performance Unit Award, there shall be charged against the aggregate limitations in paragraph (a) of Section 4 a number of shares equal to (i) the number of any shares issued to the employee in respect of the Performance Unit Award plus (ii) the number of shares purchasable with the amount of any cash paid to the employee in respect of the Performance Unit Award on the basis of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of payment.

 

10

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(f) To the extent not inconsistent with Section 162(m), the Committee may make such adjustments to the performance goals or to the Company’s financial results as it deems appropriate for changes in accounting practices or principles, for material acquisitions or disposition of stock or property, for recapitalizations or reorganizations or for any other events with respect to which the Committee determines such an adjustment to be appropriate in order to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan.

9. Adjustment Provisions

The Options granted under the Plan shall contain such provisions as the Committee may determine with respect to adjustments to be made in the number and kind of shares covered by such Options and in the Option price in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, and in the event of any such change, the aggregate number and kind of shares available under the Plan and the maximum number of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and Incentive Stock Rights which can be granted to any individual shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any such change, equitable adjustments shall also be made by the Committee in its discretion in the terms and conditions of any SAR, Incentive Stock Right, or Performance Unit Award granted under the Plan.

10. Term

The Plan, as amended and restated as of February 16, 1996, shall become effective if and when approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 1996 Annual Meeting. In the absence of such approval, the Plan, as in effect prior to such amendment and restatement, shall remain in effect. No Incentives shall be granted under the Plan after April 2, 2006.

11. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, to be appointed from time to time by the Board consisting of not less than three members of the Board. Each member of the Committee shall qualify as an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

(b) Incentives under the Plan shall be granted in accordance with the Committee’s determinations pursuant to the Plan, by execution and prompt delivery to the employee of instruments approved by the Committee. Any such grant shall be effective on the date of such determination or, if after, on the date specified in the instrument evidencing the grant.

 

11

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(c) The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of the Plan and of any Incentive granted thereunder shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be final and conclusive on all persons having any interest thereunder.

12. General Provisions

(a) Absence on leave because of military or governmental service, or other reason, if such absence is approved by the Committee, shall not be considered an interruption or termination of employment or service as a Director for any purpose of the Plan, or Incentives granted thereunder, except that no Incentive may be granted to an employee or Director while he/she is absent on leave.

(b) Nothing in the Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant thereto shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(c) No shares of Common Stock shall be sold, issued, or transferred pursuant to, or accepted as payment of the Option price of, an Incentive unless and until there has been compliance, in the opinion of the Company’s General Counsel, with all applicable legal requirements, including without limitation those relating to securities laws and stock exchange listings.

(d) No employee or Director (individually or as a member of a group), and no beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him/her, shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any shares of Common Stock allocated or reserved for the Plan or subject to any Incentive except as to such shares of Common Stock, if any, as shall have been sold, issued, or transferred to him/her.

(e) The Company or a Subsidiary may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company or Subsidiary determines it is required to withhold in connection with any Incentive.

(f) No Incentive and no rights under the Plan, contingent or otherwise, (i) shall be assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge, or charge of any nature, whether by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) shall be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process, or (iii) shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and every Incentive and all rights under the Plan shall be exercisable during the employee’s or Director’s lifetime only by him/her or by a guardian or legal representative.

 

12

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(g) Nothing in the Plan is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any other plan, practice, or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to any employee or Director which the Company or any Subsidiary now has or may hereafter put into effect, including without limitation any retirement, pension, savings or thrift, insurance, death benefit, stock purchase, incentive compensation, or bonus plan.

13. Amendment or Discontinuance of Plan

(a) The Plan may be amended by the Board at any time, provided that, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, no amendment shall be made if stockholder approval is required in order for the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m).

(b) The Board may discontinue the Plan at any time.

(c) No amendment or discontinuance of the Plan shall adversely affect, except with the consent of the holder, any Incentive theretofore granted.

14. Performance Goals

The Committee may establish performance goals or targets in connection with the grant of, and as a condition to payment in respect of, Incentive Stock Rights and shall establish performance goals or targets in connection with the grant of, and as a condition to payment in respect of Performance Unit Awards. Such goals or targets shall be expressed in terms of one or more of the following financial criteria or objectives of the Company: Net Income; Earnings Per Share; Return on Equity; Return on Invested Capital; or Performance Profit. For purposes of the Plan:

(a) “Return on Equity” shall mean net income divided by stockholders’ equity;

(b) “Return on Invested Capital” shall mean net income before interest and taxes times one minus the tax rate divided by interest-bearing debt plus equity;

 

13

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08


(c) “Performance Profit” shall mean operating income minus the charge for the capital employed in the unit’s basic business that is used in the Company’s current operating plan.

* * * * *

AMENDMENT: 5/15/98 Board of Directors

PLAN DOCUMENT APPROVED: 10/16/98

AMENDMENT: 12/31/08

 

14

1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan

12/31/08

Exhibit 10.5

BARNES GROUP INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK PLAN

as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective on that date

Section 1: Establishment of Plan

The purpose of this Plan is to provide a means through which Directors of the Company may share in its long-term growth by acquiring a common stock ownership in the Company. The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in 1989 and was amended in 1994. A participant’s right to shares granted under the Plan before July 16, 2003 was earned and vested within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a)(2) when the participant was elected to the Board of Directors. On July 16, 2003 the Plan was amended to require that any directors elected after that date satisfy a vesting requirement of three years’ service in order to vest in shares granted to them under the Plan. The Plan was further amended on December 15, 2005 by the Committee to stop any further grants of rights to acquire shares under the Plan, and on February 16, 2006 that amendment was ratified by the Board of Directors. No new directors were elected to the Board of Directors after July 16, 2003 and on or before December 15, 2005, when the Plan was amended to stop any further grants of rights to acquire shares under the Plan. Accordingly, all rights to acquire shares under the Plan were granted before July 16, 2003 and thus were earned and vested before January 1, 2005 for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a)(2). The Plan was further amended on December 31, 2007 to adopt the alternative method of identifying “specified employees” and the “specified employee effective date” that are incorporated in Section 9.2 hereof. The Plan was further amended and restated on December      , 2008 to add provisions that are intended to clarify that any Dividend Equivalents that are not considered earned and vested before January 1, 2005 under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a)(2) qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury Regulations and official guidance thereunder.

Section 2: Definitions

When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the definitions set forth in this section:

2.1 “AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 hereof.

2.2 “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of Barnes Group Inc.

 

1


2.3 “Change-in-Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Barnes Group Inc. Employee Stock And Ownership Program, as amended and in effect from time to time.

2.4 “Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 hereof.

2.5 “Company” shall mean Barnes Group Inc.

2.6 “Delivery Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

2.7 “Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an executive officer of the Company.

2.8 “Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s long-term disability plan.

2.9 “Grant Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

2.10 “Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

Section 3: Deferred Stock Grant

3.1 Each Director shall be granted as of the date of election to the Board of Directors (the “Grant Date”) the right to receive, without payment to the Company and at the applicable time or times provided by Section 4 hereof, 6,000 shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”). A Director shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares until the Shares are delivered to the Director pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

3.2 If the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Shares shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of common stock; and in the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding common stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of common stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Director shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the Shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to receive and without any payment, the shares of stock or property which the Director would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto s/he had owned the Shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Plan and had exchanged such Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer.

 

2


3.3 In no event (a) may the Director sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of the right to receive the Shares or any interest therein, nor (b) shall the right to receive the Shares or any interest therein be subject to anticipation, attachment, garnishment, levy, encumbrance or charge of any nature, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, dispose, anticipate, attach, garnish, levy upon, encumber or charge the right to receive the Shares or any interest therein shall be null and void and the other party to the transaction shall not obtain any rights to or interest in the Shares. The foregoing sentences in this Section 3.3 shall not prevent the assignment or transfer of the right to receive the Shares and any interest therein by will or applicable laws of descent and distribution, or prevent the Director from designating one or more beneficiaries to receive the Shares in the event of his or her death; provided, that such designation shall have been received in writing by the Company before such death and the last such designation shall be controlling.

3.4 Notwithstanding Section 3.1, if the Director’s service as a director of the Company continues until the date on which a Change-in-Control occurs, the Director shall have the right immediately to receive the Shares. However, if such Change-in-Control occurs less than six months after the Grant Date and the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) (other than the Director, if s/he is a member thereof) requests in writing before the date of such Change-in-Control that the Director agree in writing to remain a director of the Company through the date which is six months after the Grant Date with substantially the same title, duties, authority, compensation and indemnification as on the day immediately preceding the Change-in-Control, then in that event the Director shall have the right to receive the Shares pursuant to this Section 3.4 only if the Director executes such written agreement and delivers it to the Company not later than one week after the date of such Change-in-Control, in which case the Director shall have the right to receive the Shares when the Director delivers such written agreement or, if later, on the date on which such Change-in-Control occurs.

3.5 If the Director, at any time before the Shares are delivered: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment with, renders services to or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, during the Director’s last two years with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on behalf of any business or enterprise other than the Company or a subsidiary, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries

 

3


(except as required by the Director’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its subsidiaries); (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the right to receive the Shares and any interest therein and any future dividend equivalents shall be forfeited unless the Committee (other than the Director, if s/he is a member thereof), in its sole discretion, elects otherwise. The provisions of this Section 3.5 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Director and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

Section 4: Delivery of the Shares

4.1 The Shares shall be delivered to each Director by, at the Director’s election, issuance of a stock certificate for the Shares or entry of a credit for the Shares in a book entry account in the Director’s name either on the first business day of the month immediately following his/her termination as a Director (the “Delivery Date”) or, at the election of the Director, on the fifth anniversary of the Delivery Date (or if such date is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) or in five annual installments (as equal as practical, rounded to the nearest whole share, and not more in the aggregate than the total number of Shares that the Director is entitled to receive) commencing on the Delivery Date. The aforesaid election shall be made by a newly elected Director within thirty days after election to the Board of Directors.

4.2 A Director who is first elected after July 16, 2003 shall meet a minimum service requirement of three continuous years as a member of the Board of Directors, beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof, in order to receive 6,000 Shares. If such Director’s service is terminated due to a reason other than death or Disability, before the expiration of such minimum service period, then a prorata portion of the Shares, based on the Director’s period of service and rounded to the nearest number of whole shares, shall be delivered in accordance with this Section 4. Such prorata portion shall be the number of Shares equal to 6,000 multiplied by a fraction which shall not exceed the number one (1), the numerator of which shall be the number of months elapsed from the Grant Date until the date of such termination of service and the denominator of which fraction shall be the number 36.

4.3 In the event of the death of a Director prior to earning 6,000 Shares, 6,000 Shares shall be delivered to the beneficiary designated by the Director or, in the absence of such designation, to the Director’s estate. In the event of the Disability of a Director prior to earning 6,000 Shares, 6,000 Shares shall be delivered to such Director.

 

4


4.4 Regardless of any election by a Director to defer delivery of the Shares, the Committee may in its sole discretion deliver to the Director all of the Shares that the Director is entitled to receive at any time on or after the Delivery Date.

4.5 The Shares shall be Treasury shares.

Section 5: Dividend Equivalents

5.1 The grant of the right to receive the Shares shall also entitle the Director to receive Dividend Equivalents. On each date on which a dividend (other than a common stock dividend) is paid to the holders of common stock the record date of which falls during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the date when the Shares are delivered pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall pay the Director an amount of money determined by multiplying (a) the number of the Shares that the Director is entitled to receive, times (b) the dividend per share paid on such dividend payment date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash or common stock, the amount of money to be paid to the Director in respect of such dividend shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of the Shares that the Director is entitled to receive, times (ii) the fair market value on such dividend payment date of the property that was paid per share of common stock as a dividend on such dividend payment date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Director’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 5.1 on any dividend payment date the record date of which precedes the Delivery Date is (and always has been) contingent on the Director’s service as a Director continuing until the first day of the month in which such record date occurs, except in the case of a record date which both precedes the Delivery Date and falls in the same month as the Delivery Date, in which case the Director’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 5.1 on the dividend payment date for such record date is (and always has been) contingent on the Director’s service as a Director continuing until the first day of the month before the month in which such record date occurs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Director shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any dividend equivalents previously paid to the Director with respect to Shares that are not delivered to the Director pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

5.2 At the election of a Director, which election may be changed from time to time, the Dividend Equivalents may be paid in cash or invested in the Company’s common stock through an arrangement similar to the Company’s plan for dividend investment. For the avoidance of doubt, no such election of the medium of payment may change the time or form of payment of any Dividend Equivalents.

5.3 A Director who subsequently becomes an employee of the Company before the Delivery Date shall be entitled to continue to receive Dividend Equivalents.

 

5


Section 6: Interpretation

The Committee (other than the Director, if s/he is a member thereof) shall interpret and construe this Plan and make all determinations thereunder, and any such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Director and on any person or entity claiming under or through either of them.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) by submitting a mediation request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (a) the resolution of the dispute; (b) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (c) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Director and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Director agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Plan or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

Section 7: Amendment and Termination; Term

7.1 The Committee may at any time terminate this Plan and it may, at any time, or from time to time, amend or suspend and, if suspended, reinstate, this Plan in whole or in part; provided, that any such amendment of this Plan shall be contingent on obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company if the Committee determines that such approval is necessary to comply with any requirement of law, including the rules of any stock exchange, stock market or automated quotation system on which the Company’s equity securities are traded or quoted.

 

6


7.2 The expiration of this Plan, after which no rights to Shares may be granted hereunder, shall be December 15, 2005; provided, that the administration of this Plan shall continue in effect until all matters have been settled relating to the delivery of Shares for which rights have been previously granted.

Section 8: General

8.1 The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. However, the Company will not issue any Shares pursuant to this Plan if their issuance would result in a violation of any such law. If at any time the Committee (other than the Director, if s/he is a member thereof) shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any Shares subject to this Plan upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of rights under this Plan or the issue of the Shares, no rights under the Plan may be exercised and the Shares may not be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the minimum service requirement described in Section 4.2.

8.2 By accepting the right to receive the Shares and Dividend Equivalents, the Director recognizes and agrees that the Company, its stockholders and its subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, or, in the exercise by the Company’s stockholders of their voting rights, may in good faith act or omit to act, or cause the Company and/or a subsidiary to act or omit to act, in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Shares or Dividend Equivalents from becoming deliverable. No provision of this Plan shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any stockholder of the Company, any subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any forfeiture of the Shares or Dividend Equivalents or any interest therein that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

8.3 This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

Section 9: Certain 409A Provisions

9.1 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred

 

7


compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) may be made pursuant to this Plan to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“Specified Employee”) due to a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“Separation from Service”) before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount (and only to any amount) to be paid pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount to be paid pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason, including, without limitation, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or the “grandfather” rules incorporated in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a).

9.2 If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “Plan Participant”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 9.1 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board of Directors or the Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under this Plan, the Plan Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board of Directors or Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board of Directors or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this

 

8


Plan, and (b) agrees that the Plan Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Plan Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

9.3 A Director’s right to any series of payments of Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Plan shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

9.4 Any Shares and Dividend Equivalents payable under this Plan that were “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a) or otherwise before this Plan was amended on December __, 2008, including without limitation any Shares that have been deferred under this Plan and any Dividend Equivalents that are payable after the Delivery Date, are intended to maintain their “grandfathered” status on and after December __, 2008, and any Dividend Equivalents that are payable before the Delivery Date are intended to qualify as “short-term deferrals” under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and/or as amounts that are payable on a fixed schedule within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1), so that none of such Shares or Dividend Equivalents will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Shares or Dividend Equivalents that may be paid pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

Adopted by the Board of Directors

on 5/18/1989

Amended on 2/18/1994 and 7/16/2003

Amended by the Board of Directors: 2/16/06, 12/31/07 and 12/31/08

 

9

Exhibit 10.6

BARNES GROUP INC.

DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

as amended and restated on December 31, 2008

Section 1: Establishment of Plan

The Barnes Group Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) provides a means whereby non-employee Directors of the Company may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation they earn in their capacity as a Director of the Company. The Plan was originally effective December 1, 1987, and was amended and restated effective July 19, 1996. In accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i), the Plan was further amended on December 31, 2007 to adopt an alternative method of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the six-month delay imposed by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to adopt January 1 as the “specified employee effective date” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)(4). The Plan was further amended and restated on December 31, 2008 to reflect Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and official guidance thereunder. If and to the extent that any Compensation deferred by a Participant before December 31, 2008 under the Plan as in effect before its amendment and restatement on December 31, 2008, and earnings on such deferred Compensation (including earnings that accrued before or that accrue after December 31, 2008), are “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., are compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6), then on and after December 31, 2008 such deferred Compensation and earnings shall continue to be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the Plan as in effect before its amendment and restatement on December 31, 2008. Any Compensation deferred by a Participant before December 31, 2008 under the Plan as in effect before its amendment and restatement on December 31, 2008, and earnings on such deferred Compensation, that are not “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code, and any Compensation deferred by a Participant under the Plan on or after December 31, 2008, and earnings on such deferred Compensation, shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the Plan as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, which are set forth herein. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) any “non-grandfathered” amounts that are credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts immediately after the amendment and restatement of the Plan on December 31, 2008 shall be equal to the “non-grandfathered” amounts that were credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts immediately before the amendment and restatement of the Plan on December 31, 2008, and (b) on and after December 31, 2008 no “non-grandfathered” amounts shall be payable under, or may be deferred under, the provisions of the Plan as in effect before its amendment and restatement on December 31, 2008.

The Plan as amended and restated on December 31, 2008 is effective on that date. However, any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of the Plan as so amended and restated would change the time or form of payment of any amount

 

1


that is payable under the Plan, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

Section 2: Definitions

When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the definitions set forth in this section:

 

2.0 “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated by a Participant most recently on an election form filed under the Plan before his or her death or, if no such beneficiary has been designated or if the beneficiary designated by the Participant most recently before his or her death does not survive the Participant on the payment date in question, the “Beneficiary” means the Participant’s estate.

 

2.1 “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of Barnes Group Inc.

 

2.2 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

2.3 “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

2.4 “Common Stock Unit” shall mean a unit representing one share of Common Stock.

 

2.5 “Company” shall mean Barnes Group Inc.

 

2.6 “Compensation” shall mean retainer fees earned for service as a Director of the Company, and meeting attendance fees earned for attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any of its committees. For years before 2006 only, “Compensation” also shall mean amounts payable to a Director pursuant to Section 5 of the Barnes Group Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan.

 

2.7 “Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

2.8 “Deferred Compensation Accounts” shall mean, collectively, the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account and the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account.

 

2.9 “Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account” shall mean the bookkeeping account which is credited with deferred Compensation pursuant to Section 4.

 

2


2.10 “Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account” shall mean the bookkeeping account which is credited with deferred Compensation pursuant to Section 5.

 

2.11 “Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not employed by the Company.

 

2.12 “Fair Market Value” on a specified day shall mean the closing price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or if no sale of the Common Stock was so reported on that date, on the next preceding day on which there was such a sale.

 

2.13 “Participant” shall mean a Director who elects to defer Compensation under the Plan pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.

 

2.14 “Retirement” shall mean the date on which a Director has a Separation from Service for any reason whatsoever.

 

2.15 “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service with the service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(2)(i), where the “service recipient” means Barnes Group Inc. and all corporations and trades or businesses with which Barnes Group Inc. would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)).

Section 3: Participation in the Plan

 

3.1

On or before December 31 of any calendar year, a Director may elect to defer all or a specified percentage of the Compensation for services to be performed in the succeeding calendar year that, but for such election, would be paid in the succeeding calendar year or thereafter. Such election shall be made by filing an election form with the Secretary of the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Any such election shall become irrevocable at 5:00 P.M. on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is filed, with respect to the Participant’s Compensation for services to be performed in the succeeding calendar year. Any such election to defer shall also apply to (and be irrevocable with respect to) Compensation for services to be performed in succeeding calendar years except for calendar years that follow the calendar year in which the Participant files a new election in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or a written revocation of the election with the Secretary of the Company in accordance with the Plan, which new election or written revocation becomes irrevocable pursuant to this Section 3.1. Any such new election or written revocation of an election (i) shall become irrevocable at 5:00 P.M. on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is filed, with respect to Compensation for services to be performed in the succeeding calendar year, and (ii) shall not apply to Compensation for services performed in the calendar year in which such new election or written revocation of an election is

 

3


 

filed with the Secretary of the Company or in any earlier calendar year or to any earnings on any such Compensation. Any election referred to in this Section 3.1 may be changed or revoked before it becomes irrevocable. Any such written revocation of an election shall be made by filing a notice with the Secretary of the Company in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and may itself be revoked by the same means before it becomes irrevocable. Whether Compensation is for services performed in a year shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2, including without limitation Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(a)(13).

 

3.2 In the case of the first year in which a Director becomes a member of the Board of Directors, the Director may make an initial deferral election within 30 days after the date the Director becomes a member of the Board of Directors, with respect to Compensation to be paid for services to be performed after the election. Such election shall be made by filing an election form with the Secretary of the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. Any such election shall become irrevocable on the date during such 30 day period on which it is filed with the Secretary of the Company, with respect to Compensation to be paid in the same calendar year or thereafter for services to be performed in such calendar year and after the election. At 5:00 P.M. on December 31 of such calendar year and of each calendar year thereafter, such election to defer shall also apply to (and become irrevocable with respect to) Compensation for services to be performed in the succeeding calendar year unless (a) on or before the December 31 in question the Participant files a new election or a written revocation of the election with the Secretary of the Company in accordance with the Plan, and (b) such new election or written revocation becomes irrevocable pursuant to the next sentence. Any such new election or written revocation of an election (i) shall become irrevocable at 5:00 P.M. on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is filed with the Secretary of the Company, with respect to Compensation for services to be performed in the succeeding calendar year, and (ii) shall not apply to Compensation for services performed in the calendar year in which such new election or written revocation of an election is filed with the Secretary of the Company or in any earlier calendar year or to any earnings on any such Compensation. Any such new election shall be made by filing an election form with the Secretary of the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, and may be changed or revoked before it becomes irrevocable in accordance with the preceding sentence. Any such written revocation of an election shall be made by filing a notice with the Secretary of the Company in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and may itself be revoked by the same means before it becomes irrevocable.

 

3.3 At the time a Director elects to defer Compensation under the Plan, such Director may elect that deferred Compensation be credited to either (a) the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account, (b) the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account, or (c) a combination of the foregoing. In the absence of an effective election to the contrary, Compensation that is deferred under the Plan shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account.

 

4


3.4

  (a)   Effective as of January 1 of any year, a Participant may (i) increase or decrease the amount of future deferred Compensation; (ii) allocate such future deferred Compensation between the Deferred Compensation Accounts; (iii) change the allocation of amounts previously deferred between the Deferred Compensation Accounts; and/or (iv) elect to change the form (i.e., lump sum or installments) in which any future deferred Compensation will be paid. For the avoidance of doubt, any election to change the form in which any future deferred Compensation will be paid will apply only to Compensation for services to be performed in calendar years subsequent to the calendar year in which the election is made, and will not change the form of payment of any deferred Compensation for services that are performed in the calendar year in which the election is made or in any earlier calendar year or the form of payment of any earnings on any such deferred Compensation.

 

  (b) Any election to increase or decrease the amount of future deferred Compensation, or to allocate such future deferred Compensation between the Deferred Compensation Accounts, and any election to change the form in which any future Deferred Compensation will be paid, shall be made by filing a new election form in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 3.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any such election must be filed with the Secretary by 5:00 P.M. on the December 31 that precedes the January 1 on which it is to become effective.

 

  (c)

A Participant wishing to change the allocation of his account balance between the Deferred Compensation Accounts must file an instruction form with the Secretary of the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C no later than 5:00 P.M. on the December 31 immediately preceding the January 1 effective date. Any such change in allocation instructions shall become irrevocable at 5:00 P.M. on the December 31 prior to the January 1 effective date, with respect to the allocation during the calendar year commencing on such January 1 of the Participant’s account balance as of the close of business on such December 31. Such account balance shall continue to be allocated in accordance with the change instructions until the calendar year that follows the calendar year in which the Participant files new allocation instructions with the Secretary of the Company in accordance with this Section 3.4(c), which new allocation instructions become irrevocable pursuant to the next sentence. Any such new allocation instructions shall become irrevocable at 5:00 P.M. on December 31 of the calendar year in which the new allocation instructions are filed with the Secretary of the Company, shall apply during the succeeding calendar year to the Participant’s account balance as of the close

 

5


 

of business on the December 31 on which they became irrevocable, and shall also apply during succeeding calendar years in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 3.4(c). Any change in allocation instructions referred to in this Section 3.4(c) may be changed or revoked before they become irrevocable in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.4(c). No change in allocation instructions may change the time or form of payment of any amount deferred under the Plan.

 

3.5 The foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall be administered, interpreted and construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(a).

Section 4: Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account

 

4.1 The Company shall establish a bookkeeping account on behalf of each Participant who elects to defer Compensation to the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account. This account shall be credited with an amount equal to that portion of the Participant’s deferred Compensation that the Participant elects to defer under this Section 4 at such times as the Compensation subject to such deferral would otherwise have been paid. The Company shall not be required to segregate or earmark assets with respect to such account and Participants shall have no interest in any specific asset as a result of the creation of such account.

 

4.2 Interest will be credited quarterly on the unpaid amount standing to any Participant’s credit in the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account at the end of each quarter. The interest rate shall be the rate of interest for prime commercial loans of 90-day maturities charged by Bank of America, N.A. on the first business day of such quarter.

Section 5: Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account

 

5.1 The Company shall establish a bookkeeping account on behalf of each Participant who elects to defer Compensation to the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account. At such times as the Compensation subject to such deferral would otherwise have been paid, the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account shall be credited with a number of Common Stock Units (including fractional Common Stock Units) equal to (a) that portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation that the Participant elects to defer under this Section 5, divided by (b) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Compensation would otherwise have been paid. The Company shall not be required to segregate or earmark Common Stock with respect to such account and Participants shall have no interest in any specific asset as a result of the creation of such account.

 

5.2

Each Common Stock Unit shall be credited with dividend equivalents based on the value of any dividends which would have been paid to the Participant if he or she

 

6


 

had owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of his or her Common Stock Units. Such dividend equivalents shall be converted into additional Common Stock Units for the Participant based upon the Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock on the date on which such dividend is paid.

 

5.3 In the event of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, stock split or other significant corporate event affecting the Common Stock, the Common Stock Units credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect such event. No adjustment may be made pursuant to this Section 5.3 that would prevent any amount payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

5.4 Payments from the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account shall be made only in cash, and only in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

Section 6: Payments

 

6.1 Payments from the amount standing to the Participant’s credit in his or her Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be made due to the first to occur of the Participant’s Retirement or the death of the Participant. If the first to occur is the Participant’s Retirement, payments shall begin on the first day of the month following the Participant’s Retirement; provided, however, that if Retirement occurs prior to the Participant’s 60th birthday, said payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the Participant’s 60th birthday. In the event of the death of a Participant while he or she is a Director, then notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 payment shall be made in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

6.2

Subject to Section 6.3 hereof, payments due to Retirement shall be made in a lump sum or in 60 or 120 monthly installments or in 5 or 10 annual installments, as elected by the Participant in the election form pursuant to which the Compensation in question was deferred. In the absence of an effective election to the contrary, payment due to Retirement shall be made in a lump sum. Where monthly or annual installments were elected, (a) such installments shall be paid at monthly or annual intervals after the initial payment date determined in accordance with Section 6.1, and (b) the amount of any installment shall be determined by dividing the amount credited to the Participant in respect of the Compensation in question as of the day before the installment is to be paid (including any appreciation or depreciation on such Compensation in the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account and the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account, as applicable), by the number of installments remaining to be paid as of that same day. For example, if as of the day before an installment is to be paid the amount credited to the Participant is $5,000, and 5 installments remain to be paid as of that day, the amount of the installment to be paid on the next day is $1,000. If at Retirement a Participant who

 

7


 

elected installment payments has amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account and the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account, such installments shall be paid in proportionate amounts simultaneously from both such accounts. For example, if the amount of an installment to be paid is $1,000, and 75% of the amount credited to the Participant in respect of the Compensation in question is credited to the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account and 25% is credited to the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account, then the Participant shall be paid $750 of the installment from the Deferred Compensation Interest-Bearing Account and $250 from the Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account. Amounts paid which relate to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Phantom Stock Account shall be based upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date preceding the date of payment.

 

6.3 If a Participant dies after Retirement and prior to receiving payment of the full amount credited to his or her Deferred Compensation Accounts, then, notwithstanding the Participant’s election pursuant to Section 6.2, any installments that would have been paid to the Participant in the calendar year in which death occurs if the Participant had lived shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the time or times they would have been paid to the Participant, and the remaining balance shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on a date in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the death of the Participant occurred, which date shall be determined by the Compensation Committee. The amount of such lump sum payment shall be based on the value of the deceased Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on the day preceding the payment date.

 

6.4 In the event of the death of a Participant while he or she is a Director, the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum on a date in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the death of the Participant occurred, which date shall be determined by the Compensation Committee. The amount of such lump sum payment shall be based on the value of the deceased Participant’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on the day preceding the payment date.

Section 7: Administration/Amendment

 

7.1 This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee, whose interpretation of the Plan shall be binding on the Participants.

 

7.2 This Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce or cancel any amount standing to a Participant’s credit in the Deferred Compensation Accounts prior to the effective date of such amendment or termination, and, provided further, that no such amendment or termination may accelerate or defer compensation except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

 

8


Section 8: Section 409A Provisions

 

8.1 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) (“Specified Employee”) due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason.

 

8.2

If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “Plan Participant”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 8.1 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under

 

9


 

this Plan, the Plan Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Plan Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Plan Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

8.3 Any compensation that may be paid pursuant to this Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code, so that none of such compensation will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

***

 

10

Exhibit 10.7

BARNES GROUP INC.

Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program

As Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008

Preamble

The Barnes Group Inc. Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program (the “Program”) was originally adopted effective October 1, 1992 and was previously amended by the Board of Directors effective May 16, 1997 and December 31, 2007.

In accordance with the Board of Directors’ unrestricted right to amend, modify, withdraw or add to any of the benefits, terms or conditions of the Program at any time, the Board of Directors hereby amends and restates the Program effective December 31, 2008.

To the extent the Program is subject to the requirements imposed by Code section 409A on nonqualified deferred compensation plans (and the applicable guidance issued thereunder), the Program is intended to comply with such requirements and the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

The Program, as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008, shall not apply to any amounts (including without limitation taxable benefits) to be paid or provided pursuant to the provisions of the Program as in effect prior to December 31, 2007 that are “grandfathered” from Code section 409A (i.e., that constitute compensation to which Code section 409A does not apply pursuant to Treasury Regulation section


1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance) (“Grandfathered Amounts”). Grandfathered Amounts shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the Program as in effect before December 31, 2007. Effective December 31, 2008, any amounts, other than Grandfathered Amounts, to be paid or provided under the Program shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the Program as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008, which is set forth herein.

Section 1. Purpose

The Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program (SEELIP) is designed to provide an alternative to the Company’s standard group term life insurance plan to officers and selected employees of Barnes Group Inc. that provides increasing cash value and little or no post-retirement income tax liabilities.

Section 2. Definitions

 

2.1 “Affiliate” means a corporation or trade or business that, together with the Company, is a member of: (a) a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 414(b), or (b) a group of trades or businesses under common control, within the meaning of Code section 414(c).

 

2.2 “Base Salary” means annual compensation excluding any bonuses or other special compensation.

 

2


2.3 “Benefits Committee” means the Benefits Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which Committee has the sole authority and discretion to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes.

 

2.4 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.6 “Company” means Barnes Group Inc.

 

2.7 “Death Benefit” means the amount of life insurance provided under the Plan pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

2.8 “Eligible Employee” means: (i) any officer of the Company; or (ii) an employee of the Company who has been designated to participate in the Program by the Board of Directors; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors may exclude any officer of the Company from participation in the Program at any time before an Insurance Policy is issued to such officer under the Program.

 

2.9 “Insurance Policy” means the Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance Policy issued by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to provide the benefits under this Plan, as in force on December 31, 2008, and any successor life insurance policy obtained to provide such benefits. The specific terms of the Insurance Policy that apply to each Participant in the Plan are reflected in an individual certificate issued by the Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to, or on behalf of, each such Participant as the insured.

 

3


2.10 “Life Insurance Company” means Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, or any other insurance carrier that the Company might use for this program.

 

2.11 “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has met insurance underwriting requirements and is issued an Insurance Policy under the terms of this Plan.

 

2.12 “Plan” means the Barnes Group Inc. Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program (SEELIP) , as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

2.13

“Plan Year” means July 1 st through June 30th.

 

2.14 “Reimburse” (including without limitation “Reimburse a Participant”) or “Reimbursement” means a payment by the Company to a Participant, or directly to the Life Insurance Company or federal, state or local taxing authority on behalf of the Participant, as applicable, to pay any Required Insurance Premiums or federal, state or local income taxes attributable to such premium payments or attributable to such payment of income taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, income taxes attributable to premium payments hereunder shall be fully grossed up, so that Participants will not incur any out-of-pocket cost for income taxes attributable to premium payments hereunder.

 

2.15 “Required Insurance Premium” means the insurance premiums, if any, determined on an objective, nondiscretionary basis by the Life Insurance Company in accordance with Section 7.

 

2.16

“Separation from Service” (or “Separates from Service”) means a Participant’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred shall be determined

 

4


 

by the Benefits Committee based on all of the facts and circumstances and in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) and any other relevant guidance issued under Code section 409A.

Section 3. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Committee.

Section 4. Participation in the Plan

 

4.1 Each Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan on the first day of the Plan Year coinciding with or next following his or her date of eligibility for the Company’s group term life insurance plan.

 

4.2 Eligible Employees may apply to become participants in the Plan by completing an application to the Life Insurance Company and submitting any required documentation. Acceptance in the Plan is subject to the Life Insurance Company’s underwriting requirements. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan when an Insurance Policy covering him or her is issued by the Life Insurance Company.

Section 5. Life Insurance Benefits

 

5.1

The basic life insurance benefit equals four (4) times the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary, rounded up to the next $1,000, determined as of the beginning of each Plan Year. In the case of an Eligible Employee for whom Reimbursements may be made after Separation from Service (i.e., an Eligible Employee who

 

5


 

before Separation from Service has attained age 55 and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate), the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary used to calculate his life insurance benefit under the Plan shall not be adjusted after the date the Eligible Employee experiences a Separation from Service.

 

5.2 When a Participant receives an increase in Base Salary, the amount of additional life insurance (equal to four (4) times the increase in Base Salary rounded up to the next $1,000) will be provided through the Company’s group term life insurance plan unless the salary increase is granted on or before, and effective as of, the beginning of a Plan Year, in which case it will be provided under the Plan. The additional life insurance benefit that is provided through the Company’s group term life insurance plan pursuant to the preceding sentence will be provided under the Plan as of the first day of the immediately following Plan Year, subject to the Life Insurance Company’s underwriting requirements and provided that the Eligible Employee does not have a Separation from Service on or before such date.

 

5.3 The owner of the Insurance Policy is the Participant unless otherwise designated by the Participant. The cash value of the Insurance Policy belongs to the owner. Beneficiary designations are made by the owner of the Insurance Policy and may be changed at any time. Upon termination of employment, the Insurance Policy may be continued by the policy owner.

Section 6. Company’s Reimbursement of Premiums and Taxes

 

6


6.1

Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, the Company shall Reimburse a Participant for all Required Insurance Premiums and the federal, state and local income taxes attributable to the Company’s Reimbursement of the Required Insurance Premiums and the income taxes attributable thereto. For purposes of determining the amount of income taxes attributable to the Company’s Reimbursement of the Required Insurance Premiums and the income taxes attributable thereto, the highest marginal rates at which the Participant incurs taxes shall be used. Any Required Insurance Premiums shall be Reimbursed in the quarter of the Plan Year in which Section 7.1 or, if applicable, Section 7.3 below contemplates that they will be paid to the Life Insurance Company. In each calendar year in which Required Insurance Premiums are required to be Reimbursed pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 below, the Company shall Reimburse the Participant for the income taxes attributable to the Reimbursement of such Required Insurance Premiums and the income taxes attributable thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall Reimburse the Participant for the income taxes attributable to the Reimbursement of such Required Insurance Premiums and the income taxes attributable thereto when the Participant remits such income taxes within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v). Within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), the amount of Required Insurance Premiums and income taxes eligible for reimbursement during a Participant’s taxable year may not affect the amount of Required Insurance Premiums and income taxes eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the in-kind benefits provided pursuant to the Plan during a

 

7


 

Participant’s taxable year may not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided pursuant to the Plan in any other taxable year. In addition to any other limitations and restrictions that apply pursuant to the Plan, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, payment of each Reimbursement is subject to the condition that (a) the Participant must be actively employed in the calendar year in which the Reimbursement in question is paid or, if a Reimbursement is paid on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of a calendar year, must be actively employed in such January 1 to March 15 period or in the immediately preceding calendar year, and must not have had a Separation from Service before the calendar year in which the Reimbursement in question is paid, unless the Reimbursement in question is paid on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of a calendar year, in which case must not have had a Separation from Service before the immediately preceding calendar year, or (b) the Participant must have attained age 55 and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate on or before the date on which such Reimbursement is paid and before a Separation from Service.

 

6.2 Except as provided in Section 6.3, the Company shall cease Reimbursing the Required Insurance Premiums and associated income taxes as of the end of the Plan Year quarter in which any of the following occurs:

 

  (a) a Participant Separates from Service, or

 

  (b) a Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy, or

 

  (c) six months after the commencement of an unpaid leave of absence, or

 

8


  (d) two years after the Participant is first absent from work because of a disability.

 

6.3 If a Participant who has at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate attains age fifty-five (55) before a Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall continue to Reimburse any Required Insurance Premiums and associated income taxes in accordance with Section 6.1 during the lifetime of the Participant unless and until the Board of Directors amends the Plan to provide otherwise pursuant to Section 9.1 or the Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy.

 

6.4 If the Company ceases to Reimburse Required Insurance Premiums for any reason, including those in Section 6.2, the policy owner may continue paying the premium on his own, may borrow against the policy to pay premiums, or may cash in the policy.

Section 7. Required Insurance Premiums

 

7.1

Prior to a Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the later of (a) the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or (b) the end of the Plan Year in which the minimum period necessary to avoid having the Insurance Policy classified as a modified endowment contract under Code section 7702A ends, the Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year shall be the quarterly insurance premiums that as of the beginning of such Plan Year are required to be paid to the Life Insurance Company on the first day of each quarter during such Plan Year (i.e., July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1) to provide

 

9


 

the Participant with the Death Benefit under the Insurance Policy through age one hundred (100), assuming that the Insurance Policy is to be funded only with quarterly premiums in the same amount and on the same quarterly payment dates through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the Plan Year in which ends the minimum period necessary to avoid having the Insurance Policy classified as a modified endowment contract under Code section 7702A (hereinafter the “MEC Period”). The Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year shall be determined by the Life Insurance Company in advance of the beginning of such Plan Year, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding. This annual determination by the Life Insurance Company shall be based on the Life Insurance Company’s interest crediting rate, mortality charge rate and administrative charge rate applied to all policyholders of the Life Insurance Company with the same type of Insurance Policy provided under this Plan as of the beginning of the Plan Year in question.

 

7.2 If a Participant who has at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate Separates from Service after attaining age fifty-five (55), but before attaining age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the MEC Period, the Life Insurance Company shall annually make the same determination as described in Section 7.1 through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the Plan Year in which the MEC Period ends, for purposes of determining the Participant’s Required Insurance Premiums.

 

10


7.3 After the end of the Plan Year in which a Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, in which the MEC Period ends, the Required Insurance Premiums (if any) for any Plan Year shall be the quarterly insurance premiums determined by the Life Insurance Company in advance of such Plan Year, that if paid to the Life Insurance Company in substantially equal payments on the first day of each quarter during such Plan Year (i.e., July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1) and the immediately following Plan Year (i.e., over a two-Plan Year period) or, if longer, paid to the Life Insurance Company in substantially equal quarterly payments in such Plan Year and each subsequent Plan Year commencing during the MEC Period, would be required to maintain the Death Benefit through age one-hundred (100), using the same assumptions prescribed in the last sentence of Section 7.1 as of the beginning of such Plan Year; provided, however, that there shall be no such Required Insurance Premiums pursuant to this Section 7.3 for any Plan Year on or before July 1 of which the Participant Separated from Service with less than ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate or before attaining age fifty-five (55). The Required Insurance Premiums determined under this Section 7.3 for any Plan Year (if any) shall be determined as of the beginning of such Plan Year and any Required Insurance Premiums for any subsequent Plan Year shall be based solely on the separate determination for such subsequent Plan Year (i.e., a separate determination will be made for each Plan Year regardless of whether the determination with respect to a prior Plan Year was based on premiums being paid over more than one Plan Year).

 

11


7.4 Subject to the last sentence of Section 6.1 above, if a Participant Separates from Service before attaining age fifty-five (55) or ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate, there shall be no Required Insurance Premiums or other Reimbursements after the quarter of the Plan Year in which such Separation from Service occurs.

 

7.5 Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 7 (other than Section 7.4), if a Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy before his or her death, the Participant will no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan and there shall be no Required Insurance Premiums after the quarter of the Plan Year in which such loan or withdrawal occurs.

Section 8. Sole Life Insurance Benefit

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any benefit materials or summary plan descriptions, a Participant in the Plan shall have no rights to any benefits under any other group life insurance program funded in whole or in part by the Company or any Affiliates.

Section 9. Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Board of Directors reserves the right to amend, modify, withdraw or add to any of the benefits, terms or conditions of the Plan at any time.

 

12


9.2 The Benefits Committee shall, in its sole discretion, interpret and construe the Plan’s terms and provisions and determine an individual’s eligibility for benefits. Any interpretations, constructions or determinations made by the Benefits Committee in good faith shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

9.3 Circumstances not specifically covered in this Plan document will be reviewed by the Benefits Committee and the Benefits Committee in its discretion will apply such rules as it deems appropriate.

Section 10. Section 409A Provisions

 

10.1 A Participant’s right to the Reimbursements provided by Section 6.1 and Section 6.3 shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Code section 409A, including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

10.2

Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payments or benefits under the Plan to or on behalf of a specified employee within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)(“Specified Employee”) are deferred compensation subject to section 409A of the Code and are deemed to be made due to a Separation from Service, then any such payments or benefits that would otherwise be paid or provided during the six-month period following such Separation from Service shall not be paid or provided during such six month period but instead shall be accumulated (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(2)(ii)) and paid or provided on the first day of the seventh month following the date of such Separation from Service (or, if earlier,

 

13


 

within 14 days after the death of the specified employee). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan to which Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment or benefit that is not subject to Code section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or otherwise.

 

10.3

If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “Plan Participant”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 10.2 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors or its Compensation and Management Development Committee (the “CMDC”) at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code section 409A (a

 

14


 

“Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board of Directors or the CMDC. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right or benefit under this Plan, each Plan Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board of Directors or CMDC may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board of Directors or CMDC may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Plan Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Plan Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

10.4

Any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan are intended to qualify for an exclusion from section 409A of the Code

 

15


 

(including without limitation the exclusion for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4)) and/or are intended to meet the requirements of section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

Initially Effective October 1, 1992

As Amended:  5/16/1997

                        12/31/2007

                        12/31/08

 

16

Exhibit 10.8

BARNES GROUP INC.

Enhanced Life Insurance Program

As Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008

Preamble

The Barnes Group Inc. Enhanced Life Insurance Program (the “Program”) was originally adopted effective October 1, 1992 and was previously amended effective May 16, 1997, December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007.

In accordance with the Company’s unrestricted right to amend, modify, withdraw or add to any of the benefits, terms or conditions of the Program at any time, the Company hereby amends and restates the Program effective December 31, 2008.

To the extent the Program is subject to the requirements imposed by Code section 409A on nonqualified deferred compensation plans (and the applicable guidance issued thereunder), the Program is intended to comply with such requirements and the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

The Program as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 shall not apply to any amounts (including without limitation taxable benefits) to be paid or provided pursuant to the provisions of the Program as in effect prior to December 30, 2007 that are “grandfathered” from Code section 409A (i.e., that constitute compensation to which Code section 409A does not apply pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance) (“Grandfathered Amounts”). Grandfathered Amounts shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the Program as in effect before December 30,


2007. Effective December 31, 2008, any amounts, other than Grandfathered Amounts, to be paid or provided under the Program shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the Program as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008, which is set forth herein.

Section 1. Purpose

The Enhanced Life Insurance Program (ELIP) is designed to replace the group term life insurance plan for salaried employees in grades 20 and above (excluding officers) of Barnes Group Inc. with insurance that provides increasing cash value and little or no post-retirement income tax liabilities.

Section 2. Definitions

 

2.1 “Affiliate” means a corporation or trade or business that, together with the Company, is a member of: (a) a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 414(b), or (b) a group of trades or businesses under common control, within the meaning of Code section 414(c).

 

2.2 “Base Salary” means annual compensation excluding any bonuses or other special compensation.

 

2.3 “Benefits Committee” means the Benefits Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which Committee has the sole authority and discretion to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes.

 

2.4 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2


2.6 “Company” means Barnes Group Inc.

 

2.7 “Death Benefit” means the amount of life insurance provided under the Plan pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

2.8 “Eligible Employee” means any salaried employee of the Company in salary grades 20 and above, excluding officers; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Benefits Committee may exclude any employee of the Company from participation in the Program at any time before an Insurance Policy is issued to such employee under the Program.

 

2.9 “Insurance Policy” means the Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance Policy issued by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to provide the benefits under this Plan, as in force on December 31, 2008, and any successor life insurance policy obtained to provide such benefits. The specific terms of the Insurance Policy that apply to each Participant in the Plan are reflected in an individual certificate issued by the Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to, or on behalf of, each such Participant as the insured.

 

2.10 “Life Insurance Company” means Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, or any other insurance carrier that the Company might use for this program.

 

2.11 “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has met insurance underwriting requirements and is issued an Insurance Policy under the terms of this Plan.

 

2.12 “Plan” means the Barnes Group Inc. Enhanced Life Insurance Program (ELIP), as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

2.13 “Plan Year” means July 1st through June 30th.

 

3


2.14 “Reimburse” (including without limitation “Reimburse a Participant”) or “Reimbursement” means a payment by the Company to a Participant, or directly to the Life Insurance Company on behalf of the Participant, as applicable, to pay any Required Insurance Premiums.

 

2.15 “Required Insurance Premium” means the insurance premiums, if any, determined on an objective, nondiscretionary basis by the Life Insurance Company in accordance with Section 7.

 

2.16 “Separation from Service” (or “Separates from Service”) means a Participant’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred shall be determined by the Benefits Committee based on all of the facts and circumstances and in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) and any other relevant guidance issued under Code section 409A.

Section 3. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Committee.

Section 4. Participation in the Plan

 

4.1 All Eligible Employees may participate in the Plan on the first day of the Plan Year coinciding with or next following their date of eligibility for the Company’s group term life insurance plan.

 

4.2

Eligible Employees may apply to become participants in the Plan by completing an application to the Life Insurance Company and submitting any required

 

4


 

documentation. Acceptance in the Plan is subject to the Life Insurance Company’s underwriting requirements. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan when an Insurance Policy covering him or her is issued by the Life Insurance Company.

Section 5. Life Insurance Benefits

 

5.1 Prior to retirement, the life insurance benefit, as of the beginning of each Plan Year, equals three (3) times the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary, rounded up to the next $1,000 for salaried employees in grade 20, and 4 times the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary, rounded up to the next $1,000 for salaried employees in grades 21 and above. In the case of an Eligible Employee for whom Reimbursements may be made for any Plan Year quarter after the quarter in which Separation from Service occurs (i.e., an Eligible Employee who before Separation from Service has attained age 55 and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate), the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary used to calculate his life insurance benefit under the Plan shall not be adjusted after the date the Eligible Employee experiences a Separation from Service. However, the Death Benefit will be reduced in accordance with Section 5.4 below.

 

5.2

When a Participant receives an increase in Base Salary or a promotion from Grade 20 other than in the beginning of the Plan Year, the amount of additional life insurance (equal to 3 or 4 times the increase in Base Salary rounded up to the next $1,000 as defined in 5.1) will be provided through the Company’s group term life insurance plan. The additional life insurance benefit that is provided through

 

5


the Company’s group term life insurance plan pursuant to the preceding sentence will be provided under the Plan as of the first day of the immediately following Plan Year, subject to the Life Insurance Company’s underwriting requirements and provided that the Eligible Employee does not have a Separation from Service on or before such date.

 

5.3 The owner of the Insurance Policy is the Participant unless otherwise designated by the Participant. The cash value of the Insurance Policy belongs to the owner. Beneficiary designations are made by the owner of the Insurance Policy and may be changed at any time. Upon termination of employment, the Insurance Policy may be continued by the policy owner.

 

5.4 At retirement, the Death Benefit will continue at a reduced level equal to 30% of the pre-retirement Death Benefit. Participants are eligible to continue at their own expense all or a part of the 70% portion of the Death Benefit that does not continue into retirement, subject to Life Insurance Company provisions.

Section 6. Company’s Reimbursement of Premiums

 

6.1

Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, the Company shall Reimburse a Participant for all Required Insurance Premiums. Any Required Insurance Premiums shall be Reimbursed in the quarter of the Plan Year in which Section 7.1 or, if applicable, Section 7.3 below contemplates that they will be paid to the Life Insurance Company. Within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), the amount of Required Insurance Premiums eligible for reimbursement during a Participant’s taxable year may not affect the amount of Required Insurance

 

6


Premiums eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the in-kind benefits provided pursuant to the Plan during a Participant’s taxable year may not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided pursuant to the Plan in any other taxable year. In addition to any other limitations and restrictions that apply pursuant to the Plan, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, payment of each Reimbursement is subject to the condition that (a) the Participant must be actively employed in the calendar year in which the Reimbursement in question is paid or , if a Reimbursement is paid on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of a calendar year, must be actively employed in such January 1 to March 15 period or in the immediately preceding calendar year, and must not have had a Separation from Service before the calendar year in which the Reimbursement in question is paid, unless the Reimbursement in question is paid on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of a calendar year, in which case must not have had a Separation from Service before the immediately preceding calendar year, or (b) the Participant must have attained age 55 and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate on or before the date on which such Reimbursement is paid and before a Separation from Service.

 

6.2 Except as provided in Section 6.3, the Company shall cease Reimbursing the Required Insurance Premiums as of the end of the Plan Year quarter in which any of the following occurs:

 

  (a) a Participant Separates from Service, or

 

  (b) a Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy, or

 

7


  (c) six months after the commencement of an unpaid leave of absence, or

 

  (d) two years after the Participant is first absent from work because of a disability.

 

6.3 If a Participant who has at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate attains age fifty-five (55) before a Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall continue to Reimburse any Required Insurance Premiums in accordance with Section 6.1 during the lifetime of the Participant unless and until the Board of Directors amends the Plan to provide otherwise pursuant to Section 9.1 or the Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy.

 

6.4 If the Company ceases to Reimburse Required Insurance Premiums for any reason including those in Section 6.2, the policy owner may continue paying the premium on his own, may borrow against the policy to pay premiums, or may cash in the policy.

Section 7. Required Insurance Premiums

 

7.1

Prior to a Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the later of (a) the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or (b) the end of the Plan Year in which the minimum period necessary to avoid having the Insurance Policy classified as a modified endowment contract under Code section 7702A ends, the Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year shall be the quarterly insurance premiums that as of the beginning of such Plan Year are required to be paid to the Life Insurance Company on the first day of each quarter

 

8


during such Plan Year (i.e., July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1) to provide the Participant with the Death Benefit under the Insurance Policy through age one hundred (100), assuming that the Insurance Policy is to be funded only with quarterly premiums in the same amount and on the same quarterly payment dates through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the Plan Year in which ends the minimum period necessary to avoid having the Insurance Policy classified as a modified endowment contract under Code section 7702A (hereinafter the “MEC Period”). For purposes of determining the Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year commencing prior to a Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the attainment of age sixty-five (65), the Life Insurance Company shall assume that the amount of the Death Benefit described in Section 5.1 shall continue to be provided through the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age sixty-five (65) and that thereafter the reduced Death Benefit described in Section 5.4 shall continue through age one hundred (100). The Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year shall be determined by the Life Insurance Company in advance of the beginning of such Plan Year, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding. This annual determination by the Life Insurance Company shall be based on the Life Insurance Company’s interest crediting rate, mortality charge rate and administrative charge rate applied to all policyholders of the Life Insurance Company with the same type of Insurance Policy provided under this Plan as of the beginning of the Plan Year in question.

 

9


7.2 If a Participant who has at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate Separates from Service after attaining age fifty-five (55), but before attaining age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the MEC Period, the Life Insurance Company shall annually make the same determination as described in Section 7.1 through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, the end of the Plan Year in which the MEC Period ends, for purposes of determining the Participant’s Required Insurance Premiums.

 

7.3

After the end of the Plan Year in which a Participant attains age sixty-five (65), or, if later, in which the MEC Period ends, the Required Insurance Premiums (if any) for any Plan Year shall be the quarterly insurance premiums determined by the Life Insurance Company in advance of such Plan Year, that if paid to the Life Insurance Company in substantially equal payments on the first day of each quarter during such Plan Year (i.e., July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1) and the immediately following Plan Year (i.e., over a two-Plan Year period) or, if longer, paid to the Life Insurance Company in substantially equal quarterly payments in such Plan Year and each subsequent Plan Year commencing during the MEC Period, would be required to maintain the Death Benefit through age one-hundred (100), using the same assumptions prescribed in the last sentence of Section 7.1 as of the beginning of such Plan Year; provided, however, that there shall be no such Required Insurance Premiums pursuant to this Section 7.3 for any Plan Year on or before July 1 of which the Participant Separated from Service with less than ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate or before attaining age fifty-five (55). The Required Insurance Premiums

 

10


determined under this Section 7.3 for any Plan Year (if any) shall be determined as of the beginning of each such Plan Year and any Required Insurance Premiums for any subsequent Plan Year shall be based solely on the separate determination for each such subsequent Plan Year (i.e., a separate determination will be made for each Plan Year regardless of whether the determination with respect to a prior Plan Year was based on premiums being paid over more than one Plan Year). If a Participant continues working beyond age sixty-five (65) (i.e., has not experienced a Separation from Service), for purposes of determining the Required Insurance Premiums for any Plan Year commencing thereafter and prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Life Insurance Company shall assume that the amount of the Death Benefit described in Section 5.1 shall continue to be provided through the end of such Plan Year and that thereafter the reduced Death Benefit described in Section 5.4 shall continue through age one hundred (100).

 

7.4 Subject to the last sentence of Section 6.1 above, if a Participant Separates from Service before attaining age fifty-five (55) or ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an Affiliate, there shall be no Required Insurance Premiums after the quarter of the Plan Year in which such Separation from Service occurs.

 

7.5 Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 7 (other than Section 7.4), if a Participant obtains a loan or withdraws any portion of the cash surrender value under the Insurance Policy before his or her death, the Participant will no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan and there shall be no Required Insurance Premiums after the quarter of the Plan Year in which such loan or withdrawal occurs.

 

11


Section 8. Sole Life Insurance Benefit

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any benefit materials or summary plan descriptions, a Participant in the Plan shall have no rights to any benefits under any other group life insurance program funded in whole or in part by the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Section 9. Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company reserves the right to amend, interpret, modify, withdraw or add to any of the benefits, terms or conditions of the Plan at any time.

 

9.2 The Benefits Committee shall, in its sole discretion, interpret and construe the Plan’s terms and provisions and determine an individual’s eligibility for benefits. Any interpretations, constructions or determinations made by the Benefits Committee in good faith shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

9.3 Circumstances not specifically covered in this Plan document will be reviewed by the Benefits Committee and the Benefits Committee in its discretion will apply such rules as it deems appropriate.

Section 10. Section 409A Provisions

 

10.1

A Participant’s right to the Reimbursements provided by Section 6.1 and Section 6.3 shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of

 

12


Code section 409A, including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

10.2 Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payments or benefits under the Plan to or on behalf of a specified employee within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)(“Specified Employee”) are deferred compensation subject to section 409A of the Code and are deemed to be made due to a Separation from Service, then any such payments or benefits that would otherwise be paid or provided during the six-month period following such Separation from Service shall not be paid or provided during such six month period but instead shall be accumulated (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(2)(ii)) and paid or provided on the first day of the seventh month following the date of such Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the specified employee). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan to which Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment or benefit that is not subject to Code section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or otherwise.

 

10.3

If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “Plan

 

13


Participant”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 10.2 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors or its Compensation and Management Development Committee (the “CMDC”) at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code section 409A (a “Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board of Directors or the CMDC. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right or benefit under this Plan, each Plan Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board of Directors or CMDC may prescribe at any

 

14


time and any such Different Election that the Board of Directors or CMDC may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Plan Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Plan Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

10.4

Any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan are intended to qualify for an exclusion from section 409A of the Code (including without limitation the exclusion for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4)) and/or are intended to meet the requirements of section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income

 

15


pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

Effective October 1, 1992

Amended December 30, 2007

Amended December 31, 2007

Amended December 31, 2008

 

16

Exhibit 10.9

BARNES GROUP INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

as amended and restated to February 3, 2009, effective January 1, 2009

PREAMBLE

This Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “ Supplemental Plan ”) was amended by the Board of Directors of the Company on May 16, 1997 and December 31, 2007. It was further amended effective as of May 30, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009.

The amendments to the Supplemental Plan that were adopted on December 31, 2007 were not intended to enhance (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a)(4)) any benefit or right existing under the Supplemental Plan on or before that date, and the Supplemental Plan as amended on December 31, 2007 was to be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly. To the extent that prior to May 30, 2008 any benefits under the Supplemental Plan as modified or supplemented (if at all) by any written individual agreement with a participant were “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., were compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance), such benefits shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed exclusively by, the provisions of the Supplemental Plan as in effect before May 30, 2008 and such individual agreement, if applicable. To the extent that any benefits under the Supplemental Plan were not “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code prior to May 30, 2008, and to the extent that any benefits are accrued under the Supplemental Plan on and after that date, then effective January 1, 2009, such benefits shall be determined in accordance with, and be governed by, the provisions of the Supplemental Plan as amended effective January 1, 2009, which are set forth below.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the provisions of this Plan document (i.e., as amended effective January 1, 2009) applicable to the computation of benefits, to the commencement date of such benefits, and to the time and form of payment, as well as any other provisions of this Plan document that are impossible or impracticable to apply to benefits already in pay status, shall not apply to benefits in pay status prior to January 1, 2009, to the extent such provisions are not required to apply pursuant to guidance prescribed by the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (including, but not limited to, section XII.F of the preamble to the final regulations under such Section 409A and section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86); rather, the applicable terms of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2009, as modified or supplemented (if at all) by any written individual agreement with a participant in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, construed and supplemented as necessary in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, shall apply


to such benefits. To the extent permissible under applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department guidance thereunder, this paragraph also shall apply to benefits not yet in pay status prior to January 1, 2009 but with respect to which all events necessary to receive the payment have occurred before January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall not apply to any benefits to which the fourth sentence of this Preamble (relating to “grandfathered” benefits) applies.

 

2


SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Benefits Committee” shall mean the Benefits Committee appointed by the Board or its successor.

1.2 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Barnes Group Inc., or its successor.

1.3 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as or it may be amended from time to time.

1.4 “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board or its successor.

1.5 “Company” shall mean Barnes Group Inc. and each subsidiary and affiliated corporation that has adopted the Plan for the benefit of one or more employees.

1.6 “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

1.7 “Plan” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and set forth herein or in any amendment hereto.

1.8 “Qualified Plan” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Salaried Retirement Income Plan as amended and in effect from time to time, a pension plan which is intended to satisfy the requirements for qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code.

1.9 “RBEP” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, as amended and in effect from time to time.

1.10 “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” from the Company and all corporations and other trades or businesses aggregated with the Company, as determined under rules set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h), as in effect from time to time, or a successor thereto. If there is a question as to whether a Participant’s employment has been terminated or his or her employment relationship remains intact on account of the types of absences described in (a), (b), and (c) below, the following rules (to be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)) shall apply:

(a) The employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or

 

3


by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

(b) For purposes of this Section 1.10, a leave of absence constitutes a “bona fide” leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, where (i) a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, and (ii) such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, a 29-month period of absence shall be substituted for the six-month period described in paragraph (a) hereof, regardless of whether the Participant retains a contractual right to reemployment, unless the employment relationship is otherwise terminated by the Company or the Participant.

1.11 “Specified Employee” shall mean a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) as in effect from time to time, as determined in accordance with Section 5 below.

1.12 “Spouse” shall mean the individual to whom the Participant is legally married by civil or religious ceremony under the laws of the state in which the Participant is legally domiciled on the date the determination of whether there is a Spouse is being made.

1.13 “SSORP” shall mean the Barnes Group Inc. Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

4


SECTION 2

PURPOSE OF PLAN

2.1 Purpose. The Plan is intended to provide supplemental retirement benefits to selected executives of the Company. Such benefits shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company may enter into one or more grantor trusts (sometimes known as “rabbi trusts”) for the purpose of financing part or all of its obligations under the Plan.

 

5


SECTION 3

ENTITLEMENT TO A BENEFIT

3.1 Participant’s Entitlement to a Benefit. Subject to Section 6.8, an individual shall be entitled to a benefit under Section 4 of this Plan if he or she meets one of the following criteria:

(a) The individual is an Executive Officer of Barnes Group Inc. (as determined by the Committee) on or after November 16, 1979, who has a Separation from Service (whether as an Officer or as a non-Officer) at or after age 55 with a vested benefit under the Qualified Plan and with 10 or more years of service; or

(b) The individual is an employee of the Company who has been designated to participate in this Plan by the Committee.

The Committee shall determine how “years of service” are determined for purposes of this Plan and, consistent with any applicable written employment or similar agreement between the Company and a Participant, may provide credit for both periods of employment with the Company and affiliates of the Company and other credit.

In no event shall a benefit be provided under this Supplemental Plan except on account of a Participant’s Separation from Service. (Thus, for example, no benefit shall be paid on account of death, disability, or other reasons.) An individual entitled to a benefit hereunder is a “ Participant .”

 

6


SECTION 4

BENEFITS

4.1 Benefit Components. The Plan provides a Qualified Plan component, a SSORP component, and a RBEP component, determined in the manner set forth below. A Participant who does not have a Spouse on the date the payment of benefits hereunder actually commences (with regard to Section 5.1) shall receive the Qualified Plan component only. A Participant who has a Spouse on such date shall receive (a) the Qualified Plan component and the SSORP component, if he or she participates in the SSORP, or (b) the Qualified Plan component and the RBEP component, if he or she participates in the RBEP, with “participation” determined by the Committee in the event of any ambiguity.

4.2 Qualified Plan Component. This component shall be the product, determined as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date hereunder, of (a) the Participant’s Qualified Plan Benefit, times (b) one (1.0) minus the 50% contingent annuitant factor applicable under the Qualified Plan for the ages of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse (or, if the Participant has no Spouse, for an assumed Spouse with the same age as the Participant).

4.3 SSORP Component. This component shall be the product, determined as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date hereunder, of (a) the Participant’s SSORP Benefit, if any, times (b) one (1.0) minus the 50% contingent annuitant factor applicable under the Qualified Plan for the ages of the Participant and the Spouse.

4.4 RBEP Component. This component shall be the product, determined as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date hereunder, of (a) the Participant’s RBEP benefit, if any, times (b) one (1.0) minus the 50% contingent annuitant factor applicable under the Qualified Plan for the ages of the Participant and the Spouse.

4.5 Definition of Terms. For purposes of determining the benefits payable pursuant to this Section 4, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Qualified Plan Benefit” shall mean the amount of pension benefit that is or would be payable to the Participant under the Qualified Plan, expressed in the form of a single life annuity, as of the Benefit Commencement Date under this Supplemental Plan (but not including any amount accrued under the Qualified Plan after a Separation from Service, within the meaning of this Plan, on or after May 30, 2008), whether or not the Participant actually receives his or her Qualified Plan benefits in that form and at that time.

(b) “SSORP Benefit” shall mean the amount of retirement benefit that is or would be payable to the Participant under the SSORP, expressed in the form of a single life annuity, as of the Benefit Commencement Date under this

 

7


Supplemental Plan (but not including any amount accrued under the SSORP after a Separation from Service, within the meaning of this Plan, on or after May 30, 2008), whether or not the Participant actually receives his or her SSORP benefits in that form.

(c) “RBEP Benefit” shall mean the amount of retirement benefit that is or would be payable to the Participant under the RBEP, expressed in the form of a single life annuity, as of the Benefit Commencement Date under this Supplemental Plan (but not including any amount accrued under the RBEP after a Separation from Service, within the meaning of this Plan, on or after May 30, 2008), whether or not the Participant actually receives his or her RBEP benefits in that form.

4.6 Form of Benefit. Except as provided in Sections 4.8 and 4.9, the benefit payable to a Participant under this Supplemental Plan shall be payable solely in the form of a single life annuity providing monthly payments, with the first payment to be due on the Benefit Commencement Date specified below but actually commencing within the 90-day period beginning on the Benefit Commencement Date (subject to Section 5.1) and ending with the last payment made to the Participant prior to his or her death. Consistent with Section 5.1, any payment due for a month prior to the month in which benefits actually commence shall be paid when benefits actually commence, with no adjustment for interest.

4.7 Benefit Commencement Date. The Benefit Commencement Date under this Supplemental Plan shall be as follows:

(a) If the Participant is entitled to a SSORP Component, the Benefit Commencement Date for both the Participant’s Qualified Plan Component and SSORP Component shall be the Participant’s “Benefit Commencement Date” under the SSORP;

(b) If the Participant is entitled to a RBEP Component, the Benefit Commencement Date for both the Participant’s Qualified Plan Component and RBEP Component shall be the Participant’s “Benefit Commencement Date” under the RBEP; and

(c) If the Participant is not entitled to either a SSORP or a RBEP Component but is entitled to a Qualified Plan Component, the Benefit Commencement Date for such Component shall be the first day of the month following the day on which the Participant has a Separation from Service, within the meaning of this Plan; provided, however, that if a Participant becomes entitled to a benefit hereunder prior to his or her 55 th birthday, the Benefit Commencement Date shall be the first day of the month following the Participant’s 55 th birthday.

4.8 Form of Benefit for SSORP, Group II Participants. If a Participant under this Plan is entitled to a SSORP Component and is a Group II Participant in the SSORP, the SSORP Component shall be converted from the form of a single life annuity

 

8


to a lump sum and then paid in five installments, with the first installment paid within the 90-day period beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 4.7 (but subject to Section 5.1) and the last four installments paid on anniversaries of the Benefit Commencement Date. The Participant’s Qualified Plan Component shall be paid in the form of a life annuity, pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4. Determination of the amounts payable hereunder in installments shall be made by the Committee, in consultation with the Company’s actuary, and in accordance with a methodology that is substantially similar to that used for computing installments under the SSORP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any installments payable hereunder shall be discontinued, with no installment or other form of payment provided to a beneficiary or any other person, in the event of a Participant’s death before the receipt of five installments.

4.9 Lump Sum Cashout. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, a lump sum may be paid to a Participant within 90 days of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date (subject to Section 5.1) in satisfaction of his or her interest under this Supplemental Plan if the value thereof as of the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, program, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2). The Committee shall document its decision to make a lump sum payment hereunder on or before the date of the payment.

 

9


SECTION 5

SECTION 409A PROVISIONS

5.1 Six-Month Delay Rule. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a Specified Employee due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service; and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount (and only to any amount) to be paid pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason, including, without limitation, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) (relating to welfare benefit plans), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or the “grandfather” rules incorporated in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a).

5.2 Specified Employees. If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “ Plan Participant ”) is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 5.1 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under this Plan, each Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any

 

10


such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

5.3 Installments Rule. If any Participant or beneficiary has any right under this Plan to “a series of installment payments that is not a life annuity” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), then such right shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

5.4 General 409A Provisions. Any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code or to comply with Section 409A of the Code, so that none of such compensation will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company and any other person or entity with any responsibility for the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Board) do not represent, warrant or guarantee that any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor do the Company and other persons and entities with any responsibility for the Plan make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts are includible in a Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, the payment of benefits will be accelerated to the extent determined by the Committee and permitted by Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(vii).

 

11


SECTION 6

ADMINISTRATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Administration . The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret and construe the terms of this Plan, and to administer it, and the Committee’s interpretations and construction thereof, and actions thereunder, including, but not limited to determining the amount or recipient of any benefits to be made therefrom, shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. The Board, the Committee, the Benefits Committee, their individual members, and such persons’ agents and representatives of the Board shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

6.2 Expenses of Administration . All expenses incurred in connection with the execution of this Plan and in carrying out the provisions hereof shall be paid by the Company.

6.3 Information from Participant . Each Participant shall furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request for purposes of the proper administration of the provisions of this Plan.

6.4 No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge any of its Participants, with or without cause. Any benefit payable under this Plan shall not be deemed salary, earnings, or other compensation to the Participant for the purpose of computing benefits to which he may be entitled under any qualified retirement plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.

6.5 Restrictions on Alienation and Assignment. Neither a Participant nor any other person having or claiming to have an interest under this Plan shall have the right to assign, transfer, hypothecate, encumber, commute or anticipate any interest in any payments hereunder, and such payments shall not in any way be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach the sum for payment of any such claim against the Participant or other person.

6.6 Facility of Payment . If the Committee shall find, upon receipt of medical evidence or legal representations satisfactory to the Committee, that any Participant or other person to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due hereunder (unless a prior and valid claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal representative) may be paid to such person’s spouse, child, parent or brother or sister, or

 

12


to any person or persons determined by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant. Any payment shall be a complete discharge of all liability hereunder.

6.7 Failure to Claim Amounts Payable . In the event that any amount shall become payable hereunder to a person and, after written notice from the Company mailed to such person’s last known address as shown in the Company’s records and after diligent effort, the Company is unable to locate such person, the Company shall apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for direction as to the distribution of such amount.

6.8 Amendment and Termination . The Board reserves the right to amend and/or terminate the Plan at any time for whatever reasons it may deem appropriate (or for no reason), except that no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the benefits payable to any person who has begun to receive benefits hereunder and no such amendment or termination may accelerate or defer the payment of compensation except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

6.9 Gender and Number . All the words and terms used herein, regardless of the number and gender in which they shall be used, shall be deemed to include any other number, singular and plural, and any other gender, masculine and feminine, as the context may require.

6.10 Law Applicable . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent not superseded by federal law.

6.11 Delegation of Authority. The Board, the Committee, and the Benefits Committee may delegate the responsibilities allocated to them under the terms of this Plan to others, including, but not limited to, a Board delegation to the Committee or the Benefits Committee, a Committee or Benefits Committee delegation to one or more members, and a delegation by the Board or one of the committees to Company employees. As long as the delegation is lawful, neither an employee nor any other person shall have the right to raise any questions relating to such delegation of authority and responsibility for interpreting, construing, and administering the Plan.

6.12 Releases. Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each payment to a person hereunder shall be contingent on the person having executed and delivered to the Company, at such time and times in advance of the payment date as the Committee or its delegate may specify, any covenant agreement and release of claims that the Committee or its delegate may require, and on any such covenant and release of claims having become irrevocable by their terms in advance of the payment date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee or its delegate may require a covenant and release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following the Participant’s Separation from Service, and another release to be executed and delivered to the Company within a specified period of time following another event or date as the Committee or its delegate may specify. Amounts not paid hereunder due to a failure to execute any covenant or release required by the Committee shall be treated as forfeited.

 

13

Exhibit 10.10

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

(as amended December 31, 2008)

THIS AGREEMENT, dated [                  ] , is made by and between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                  ] (the “Executive”), and is amended on December 31, 2008 to read in its entirety as follows.

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continued employment of key management personnel; and

WHEREAS, the Board recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . The definitions of capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in the last Section hereof.

2. Term of Agreement . The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect through December 31, [          ] ; provided , however , that commencing on January 1, [          ] and each January 1 thereafter, the Term shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than September 30 of the preceding year, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice not to extend the Term; and further provided , however , that if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term, the Term shall expire no earlier than twenty-four (24) months beyond the month in which such Change in Control occurred.


3. Company’s Covenants Summarized . In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees, under the conditions described herein, to pay the Executive the Severance Payments and the other payments and benefits described herein. Except as provided in Section 9.1 hereof, no Severance Payments shall be payable under this Agreement unless the Executive has a Separation from Service following a Change in Control and during the Term and such Separation from Service is described in the first sentence of Section 6.1. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

4. The Executive’s Covenants . The Executive agrees that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a Potential Change in Control during the Term, the Executive will remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (i) a date which is six (6) months from the date of such Potential Change of Control, (ii) the date of a Change in Control, (iii) the date of termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for Good Reason or by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or (iv) the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. Compensation Other Than Severance Payments .

5.1 Following a Change in Control and during the Term, during any period that the Executive fails to perform the Executive’s full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Company shall pay the Executive’s full salary to the Executive at the rate in effect at the commencement of any such period, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive under the terms of any compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company during such period, until the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Disability; provided, however, that the amounts received under this Section 5.1 shall be reduced by any amounts received by the Executive with respect to the same period of time under any long term disability plan of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, payments pursuant to this Section 5.1 are contingent on the Executive’s continued full-time employment until such time as (a) a Change in Control occurs during the Term, and

 

Page 2 of 37 pages


(b) the Executive fails to perform full-time duties as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and are payable only for so long as the Executive continues to fail to perform full-time duties as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness or, if sooner, until the earlier of (i) the end of the Term, or (ii) the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Disability.

5.2 For the Executive’s services following a Change in Control and during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive’s full salary to the Executive through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or, if higher, the rate in effect from time to time after the Change in Control and prior to any reduction thereof, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive through the Date of Termination under the terms of the Company’s compensation and benefit plans, programs or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect from time to time after the Change in Control and prior to any reduction thereof.

5.3 If the Executive has a Separation from Service following a Change in Control and during the Term, and such Separation from Service is (A) an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or (B) a Separation from Service by the Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive after the Separation from Service the Executive’s normal post-termination compensation and benefits as such payments become due. Such post-termination compensation and benefits shall be determined under, and paid in accordance with, the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation or benefit plans, programs and arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to any adverse change therein after the Change in Control; provided that nothing in this Section 5.3 shall alter the terms of any stock option or any equity-based award. Nothing herein shall reduce or otherwise adversely affect any compensation and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled after Separation from Service under any of the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation or benefit plans, programs and arrangements as in effect from time to time before or after a Change in Control.

5.4 In the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Term, (A) the Company shall, within five (5) days after such Change in Control, pay to the Executive a lump sum cash amount equal to the product of (i) the target annual bonus or incentive award applicable to the Executive under each of the Company’s annual

 

Page 3 of 37 pages


bonus or incentive compensation plans (such target award to be determined pursuant to the provisions of each such plan or, if no such provisions exist in the case of any such plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board, as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control, in its sole discretion), in respect of the year in which such Change in Control occurs and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of months (including fractions thereof) from the first day of the year in which the Change in Control occurs to the date on which the Change in Control occurs, and the denominator of which shall be twelve (12); and (B) all options held by the Executive to acquire Company stock shall immediately become vested and exercisable in full, and all other Company stock-based awards held by the Executive shall vest and be paid at such time or times on or after the date on which such Change in Control occurs, and to such extent, as shall be set forth in the award agreement documenting such awards (it being understood and agreed that any stock-based award agreements will provide for vesting and payment of such awards in connection with a Change in Control at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable to comply with or qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code). The lump sum cash amount payable pursuant to Section 5.4(A) above shall be credited against any annual bonus or incentive award to which the Executive may be entitled for the year in which the Change in Control occurs pursuant to the Performance-Linked Bonus Plan for Selected Executive Officers or any other annual bonus or incentive plan in which the Executive participates in such year, provided that such annual bonus or incentive award qualifies (or will qualify) for treatment as a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) or is otherwise not subject to Section 409A of the Code, it being the intention hereof that, between Section 5.4(A) above and any annual bonus or incentive award plan pursuant to which the Executive is entitled to an annual bonus or incentive award for the year in which the Change in Control occurs, the Executive will receive any annual bonus or incentive award to which the Executive may be entitled for the year in which the Change in Control occurs but not less than the lump sum cash amount payable pursuant to Section 5.4(A) above.

6. Severance Payments .

6.1 Subject to Section 6.2 and Section 12(B) hereof, if the Executive has a Separation from Service following a Change in Control and during the Term, and such Separation from Service is an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or is a Separation from Service by the Executive for Good Reason, then the Company shall pay the Executive the amounts, and provide

 

Page 4 of 37 pages


the Executive the benefits, described in this Section 6.1 (“Severance Payments”), in addition to any payments and benefits to which the Executive is entitled under Section 5 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 6.1 unless the Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company within 45 days after the Separation from Service a release (substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto) in favor of the Company and others set forth on said Exhibit A, relating to all claims or liabilities of any kind relating to the Executive’s employment and termination of employment with the Company, and the Executive shall not have revoked such release within 7 days after executing it. Subject to Section 12(B) hereof, any payments and benefits that, but for the preceding sentence, would be paid or provided pursuant to this Section 6.1 before the 8 th day after the Executive executes the release shall be paid or provided on the 8 th day after the Executive executes the release (or, if such 8 th day is on a weekend or a holiday, on the next business day), provided that the Executive did not revoke the release.

(A) Cash Severance Payments .

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount, in cash, equal to the severance pay to which the Executive would be entitled under the Barnes Group Inc. Executive Separation Pay Plan as amended on December        , 2008 (the “Executive Separation Pay Plan”) if the Separation from Service were a Separation from Service for which severance benefits were payable under that Plan and the provisions of Section 4.5 thereof did not apply. For the avoidance of doubt, the severance pay to which the Executive would be entitled if the Separation from Service were a Separation from Service for which severance benefits were payable under the Executive Separation Pay Plan and the provisions of Section 4.5 thereof did not apply is twelve months of base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service. Such amount shall be paid at the same times at which it would be paid under the Executive Separation Pay Plan if the provisions of Section 4.5 thereof did not apply, and in the same installments. However, if the Separation from Service for which the amount described in this Section 6.1(A)(i) is payable takes place during the two years following the occurrence of a “change in control event” with respect to the Executive (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)), then in that event the Company shall pay the Executive the aforementioned amount in a lump sum within five (5) days of such Separation from Service; and

 

Page 5 of 37 pages


(ii) The Company shall pay to the Executive within five (5) days of such Separation from Service a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the excess of (a) over (b) where (a) is 2 times the sum of (I) the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if higher, in effect immediately prior to any reduction thereof, and (II) the highest of (A) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive in respect of the three fiscal years ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which occurs the Separation from Service, (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive in respect of the three fiscal years ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which occurs the Change in Control or (C) the target bonus in respect of the fiscal year in which occurs the Separation from Service, and (b) is the amount payable pursuant to Section 6.1(A)(i) above.

(B) Pro-Rata Bonus for Year of Termination . Within five (5) days of such Separation from Service, the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash amount (the “Pro-Rata Bonus”) equal to the product of (i) the target annual bonus or incentive award applicable to the Executive under each of the Company’s annual bonus or incentive compensation plans (such target award to be determined pursuant to the provisions of each such plan or, if no such provisions exist in the case of any such plan, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion), in respect of the year in which such Separation from Service occurs and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of months (including fractions thereof) from the first day of the year during which such Separation from Service occurs to the date on which such Separation from Service occurs, and the denominator of which shall be twelve (12); provided , however , that if such Separation from Service occurs during the same year in which the Change in Control occurs, the Pro Rata Bonus shall be offset by any payments received by the Executive pursuant to Section 5.4(A) hereof.

(C) Vesting of Unvested Non-Qualified Plan Accruals Prior to the Date of Termination . If the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control in any of the Company’s non-qualified employee pension benefit plans (including without limitation the Company’s Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and any non-qualified defined contribution employee pension benefit plan but excluding any severance pay plan) and on the Date of Termination was not fully vested in benefits accrued through the Date of Termination under any such plan in

 

Page 6 of 37 pages


which s/he was so participating, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.1(C) benefits equal to the benefits accrued by the Executive under those plans prior to the Date of Termination that are not vested on that date that would vest under those plans if the Executive’s age and service credit for vesting purposes were equal to the Executive’s age and service credit as calculated under the provisions of such plans as of the Date of Termination plus the lesser of (i) 24 months, or (ii) the number of months (including fractions of a month) from the Date of Termination to the date of death of the Executive. The intent of this provision is to give the Executive 24 months of age and service credit for vesting under such non-qualified employee pension benefit plans in excess of the Executive’s actual age and service credit as of the Date of Termination as determined under such plans, if and to the extent that such plans do not otherwise give the Executive age and service credit for vesting for the 24 month period following the Date of Termination and if and to the extent that the Executive survives during that 24 month period. Any benefits resulting from the additional age and service credit for vesting provided hereby shall be payable at the time and in the form of payment applicable to the Executive’s benefits under the non-qualified employee pension benefit plan(s) in question. For the avoidance of doubt, any benefits payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(C) in respect of the Executive’s unvested benefits under the Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan shall be payable at the time and in the form of payment that would apply if such benefits were payable under the Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, any benefits payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(C) in respect of the Executive’s unvested benefits under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan shall be payable at the time and in the form of payment that would apply if such benefits were payable under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, and so on.

(D) Payments in Respect of Unvested Qualified Defined Benefit Plan Accruals Prior to the Date of Termination . If the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control in any of the Company’s qualified defined benefit employee pension benefit plans (including without limitation the Company’s Salaried Retirement Income Plan)(“Qualified Plan”) and on the Date of Termination was not fully vested in benefits accrued through the Date of Termination under any such plan in which s/he was so participating, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.1(D) benefits equal to the benefits accrued by the Executive under those plans prior to the

 

Page 7 of 37 pages


Date of Termination that are not vested on that date that would vest under those plans if the Executive’s age and service credit for vesting purposes were equal to the Executive’s age and service credit as calculated under the provisions of such plans as of the Date of Termination plus 24 months. The intent of this provision is to give the Executive 24 months of age and service credit for vesting under such qualified defined benefit employee pension benefit plans in excess of the Executive’s actual age and service credit as of the Date of Termination as determined under such plans, if and to the extent that such plans do not otherwise give the Executive age and service credit for vesting for the 24 month period following the Date of Termination, and provided that the Executive survives to the payment date set forth in the next sentence. Any benefits resulting from the additional age and service credit for vesting provided by the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(D) shall be paid in an actuarial equivalent lump sum on March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, but only if the Executive survives to that March 1 date. Nothing herein shall alter any Qualified Plan or any rights the Executive may have under any Qualified Plan.

(E) Payments in Respect of Unvested Account Balances as of the Date of Termination under Qualified Defined Contribution Plans . If the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control in any of the Company’s qualified defined contribution employee pension benefit plans (including without limitation a 401(k) plan or a qualified profit-sharing plan) and on the Date of Termination was not fully vested in any amount (including without limitation investment gains and losses) that had been credited to the Executive through the Date of Termination (the “Unvested Account Balance”) under any such plan in which s/he was so participating, then, on March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Company shall pay the Executive, if s/he is then surviving, an amount equal to the portion of the Unvested Account Balance that would vest during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination (and that will not in fact vest under the qualified defined contribution plan in question), if such plan were to remain in effect during such 24 month period and the Executive were able to and did continue to earn age credit and service credit for vesting purposes under such plan until the last day of such 24 month period; provided that, if and to the extent necessary to comply with the contingent benefit rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(e)(6), this sentence shall not apply to the Executive’s Unvested Account Balance under a 401(k) plan

 

Page 8 of 37 pages


unless the Executive made the maximum elective deferrals under Section 402(g) of the Code or the maximum elective contributions permitted under the terms of such 401(k) plan in the years for which the employer contributions from which the Unvested Account Balance was derived were credited. The intent of this provision is to pay the Executive the portion of the Unvested Account Balance that, disregarding any investment gains or losses and any plan amendment or termination that may occur after the Date of Termination, would vest if the Executive were able to and did continue to earn age credit and vesting service credit under the qualified defined contribution plan in question during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination, provided that the Executive survives to the March 1 payment date set forth above in this Section 6.1(E) and, in the case of any Unvested Account Balance in a 401(k) plan, provided that the contingent benefit rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(e)(6) is satisfied. Nothing herein shall alter any qualified defined contribution employee pension benefit plan or any rights the Executive may have under any such plan.

(F) Defined Benefit Plan Accruals for 24 Months After Date of Termination .

(i) If the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control in any of the Company’s qualified or non-qualified defined benefit employee pension benefit plans (including without limitation the Company’s Salaried Retirement Income Plan, Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but excluding any severance pay plan), then, on March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Company shall pay the Executive, if s/he is then surviving, a lump sum amount which is actuarially equivalent to the vested benefits which the Executive would accrue during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination under the qualified and non-qualified defined benefit employee pension benefit plans in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “Relevant Plans”), if — (a) the Relevant Plans were to remain in effect during such 24 month period and the Executive were able to and did continue to earn age credit, service credit and compensation credit for benefit accrual and vesting purposes under such plans during such 24 month

 

Page 9 of 37 pages


period (in addition to the Executive’s age, service credit and compensation credit through the Date of Termination), and (b) the Executive’s compensation for purposes of those plans for the year in which the Change in Control occurred included, if and to the extent it is not otherwise included (but only if and to the extent that bonuses are pensionable pursuant to those plans) a bonus in the amount payable pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof paid in equal installments ratably over the portion of that year that precedes the Change in Control, and (c) the Executive’s compensation for purposes of those plans for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs included, if and to the extent it is not otherwise included (but only if and to the extent that bonuses are pensionable pursuant to those plans) a bonus in the amount payable pursuant to Section 6.1(B) hereof paid in equal installments ratably over the portion of the year in which the Date of Termination occurs that precedes the Date of Termination, and (d) the Executive’s compensation during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination for purposes of those plans consisted of salary equal to 2 times the amount referred to in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(I) hereof paid in equal installments ratably over that 24 month period and (if and to the extent that bonuses are pensionable pursuant to those plans) a bonus equal to 2 times the amount referred to in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(II) hereof paid in equal installments ratably over that 24 month period. Actuarial equivalence shall be determined using the actuarial factors and assumptions applicable to the plan in question.

(ii) In calculating the vested benefits which the Executive would accrue during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination under the Company’s Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan (“SSORP”) pursuant to Section 6.1(F)(i) above, the offset for Qualified Plan benefits under the SSORP shall take into account (as if they were payable under the Qualified Plan) any benefits payable pursuant to this Section 6.1(F) in respect of Qualified Plan benefits. “Qualified Plan” as used in this Section 6.1(F) shall have the same meaning as in the SSORP. The intent of the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(F)(ii) is to ensure that the Qualified Plan benefits that are offset in determining the SSORP benefits that would be accrued during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination pursuant to Section 6.1(F)(i) above take into account the Executive’s Qualified Plan benefits as enhanced by the benefits payable in respect of the Qualified Plan pursuant to this Section 6.1(F).

 

Page 10 of 37 pages


(iii) In calculating the vested benefits which the Executive would accrue during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination under the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) pursuant to Section 6.1(F)(i) above, any benefits payable pursuant to this Section 6.1(F) in respect of the Qualified Plan, the Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan (“RBEP”) or the SSORP shall be taken into account. The intent of the preceding sentence is to ensure that the vested SERP benefits that would be accrued during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination pursuant to Section 6.1(F)(i) above are based on the Executive’s Qualified Plan benefits, RBEP benefits and SSORP benefits as enhanced by the benefits payable in respect of those plans pursuant to this Section 6.1(F).

(G) Defined Contribution Plan Accruals for 24 Months After Date of Termination . If the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control in any of the Company’s qualified or non-qualified defined contribution employee pension benefit plans (including without limitation a 401(k) plan or a qualified profit-sharing plan), then, on March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Company shall pay the Executive, if s/he is then surviving, an amount equal to the employer contributions (if any) that would have been credited to the Executive and would have vested during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination (but are not so credited or vested) under any qualified or non-qualified defined contribution employee pension benefit plan in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, if (i) the Executive were able to and did continue to earn age credit, service credit and compensation credit for benefit accrual and vesting purposes under such plan during that 24 month period, and (ii) the Executive’s compensation for purposes of that plan for the year in which the Change in Control occurred included, if and to the extent it is not otherwise included, a bonus (but only if and to the extent that bonuses are eligible for employer contributions under such plan) in the amount payable pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof paid in equal installments ratably over the portion of that year that precedes the Change in Control, and (iii) the Executive’s

 

Page 11 of 37 pages


compensation during the 24 month period following the Date of Termination for purposes of that plan consisted of salary equal to 2 times the amount referred to in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(I) hereof paid in equal installments ratably over that 24 month period and bonus (if and to the extent that bonuses are eligible for employer contributions under such plan) equal to 2 times the amount referred to in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(II) hereof paid in equal installments ratably over that 24 month period, and (iv) in the case of any contributory defined contribution employee pension benefit plan such as a 401(k) plan, the Executive were able to and did contribute the maximum matchable employee contributions to the plan during the 24 month period after the Date of Termination, and (v) the same employer contributions were made to the plan during that 24 month period as a percentage of Compensation and, in the case of a contributory plan, as a percentage of employee contributions, as were made in respect of the last full plan year preceding the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, preceding the Change in Control, and (vi) the same qualified plan limits on compensation, contributions and benefits that applied in respect of such last full plan year continued to apply during the 24 months following the Date of Termination. No payment shall be made pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the employer contributions that would have been credited to the Executive and would have vested under a 401(k) plan unless the Executive made the maximum elective deferrals under Section 402(g) of the Code or the maximum elective contributions permitted under the terms of the 401(k) plan in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, in the year in which the Date of Termination occurs or, if the 401(k) plan in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Change in Control was more favorable to the Executive than the 401(k) plan in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination, in the year in which the Change in Control occurred. The preceding sentence is intended to apply only if and to the extent the preceding sentence is necessary to comply with the contingent benefit rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(e)(6), and it shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

(H) Perquisite Allowance . If immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control the Company was paying the Executive a cash allowance in lieu of a company-provided car, cell phone usage, club membership or other perquisites (a “Perquisite Allowance”), then, on March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date

 

Page 12 of 37 pages


of Termination occurs, the Company shall pay the Executive, if s/he is then surviving, an amount equal to 24 times the average monthly Perquisite Allowance the Company was paying the Executive immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(I) Health Care Benefits . For the twenty-four month period immediately following the Date of Termination or until the earlier death of the Executive (the “Benefits Period”), the Company shall continue to provide the Executive with the same medical and dental coverage which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “Health Care Benefits”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for the same medical and dental expenses which were subject to payment or reimbursement under the medical and dental insurance coverage which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Health Care Benefits shall be provided in such a manner that such benefits will be excluded from the Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes. The receipt of the Health Care Benefits shall be conditioned on the Executive continuing to pay the applicable premiums for such Health Care Benefits during the Benefits Period. The applicable monthly premium shall be the monthly COBRA premium as in effect at the Company from time to time with respect to the coverage provided under Section 4980B of the Code. Except as permitted by Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(B), the amount of medical and dental expenses that are subject to Section 409A of the Code and not excluded therefrom as involuntary separation pay or otherwise and that are subject to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 6.1(I) during any taxable year of the Executive may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and shall be reimbursed at the time required by the plan applicable to the Executive immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control but in no event later than the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.

(J) Additional Payments . During the Benefits Period, and subject to Section 12(B) below (relating to the six month delay applicable to Specified Employees), the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the monthly premium cost set forth in Section 6.1(I) above, minus an

 

Page 13 of 37 pages


amount equal to the monthly employee contribution rate that is paid by Company employees for the applicable level of such coverage immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, which payment shall be paid in advance on the first payroll day of each month, commencing with the first such payroll day that coincides with or next follows the Date of Termination. Each month, when the Company pays the amount required by the preceding sentence, the Company shall also pay the Executive a tax gross-up on the amount paid pursuant to the preceding sentence, i.e., an amount sufficient after taxes on the tax gross-up paid pursuant to this sentence to reimburse the Executive for any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed upon the Executive as a result of the Company’s payment of the amount required by the preceding sentence. For purposes of determining the amount of the tax gross-up to be paid pursuant to this Section 6.1(J) or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement or any other plan or arrangement pursuant to which the Executive is entitled to receive a tax gross-up after a Change in Control and during the Term, the Executive shall notify the Company from time to time of the highest effective marginal rates at which the Executive’s income is taxed under any applicable Federal, state, local and foreign laws and such rates shall be conclusive on the Company for purposes of determining the amount of the tax gross-up to be paid, and in no event shall the Executive be required to disclose his tax returns to the Company or otherwise for the purpose of determining the amount of the tax gross-up to be paid.

(K) SEELIP Benefits . If the Executive was a participant in the Company’s Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control, then during the Benefits Period the Company shall provide the Executive with the same benefits, if any, under the Company’s Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “SEELIP”), at the same times, that the Company would have provided if the SEELIP had remained in effect and the Executive’s active employment and participation in the SEELIP had continued (and no Separation from Service had occurred) until the end of the Benefits Period and the Executive’s annual base salary during the Benefits Period for purposes of the SEELIP had been equal to the amount referred to in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(I) hereof. In no event shall this Section 6.1(K) entitle the Executive to benefits that duplicate any SEELIP benefits

 

Page 14 of 37 pages


that the Executive is entitled to receive at the same time other than pursuant to this Section (K). If any premiums or other “Reimbursements” (as such term is defined in the SEELIP as amended in December 2008) that would be payable by the Company pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(K) during the six month period following the Separation from Service are not paid during that six month period due to the six month delay imposed by Section 12(B) hereof, then (i) the Company shall timely provide the Executive with the opportunity to pay the SEELIP premiums during that six month period and, if the Executive chooses to do so, the Company shall cooperate as needed to enable the Executive to do so, and (ii) at the time provided by Section 12(B) hereof (i.e., the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service) the Company shall pay such premiums or other Reimbursements in accordance with the SEELIP. Premiums and other Reimbursements eligible for reimbursement pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(K) during the Executive’s taxable year may not affect the premiums and other Reimbursements eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and any in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Section 6.1(K) or otherwise during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided pursuant to this Section 6.1(K) or otherwise in any other taxable year. For the avoidance of doubt, in accordance with the SEELIP, (a) all income taxes that are attributable to the premiums that are required to be paid by the Company during the Benefits Period pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(K) shall be fully grossed up by the Company, and (b) such tax gross ups shall be paid in the calendar year in which the Company pays the related premiums and, in the case of premiums paid in the last calendar year that commences during the Benefits Period, may be paid during the portion of that last calendar year that falls after the Benefits Period).

(L) Death and Disability Benefits . During the Benefits Period, the Company shall cause the Executive to continue to participate in all death benefit plans (other than the SEELIP, which is already addressed above) and disability benefit plans in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided that to the extent such participation in any such plan is barred or otherwise not feasible, the Company shall arrange to provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive (and, if applicable, the Executive’s dependents) outside such plan.

 

Page 15 of 37 pages


(M) Tax-Free Benefits . If immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control the Executive was participating in any welfare benefit plan or perquisite plan not addressed above (including without limitation the Executive Health Exams Policy), and during the Benefits Period benefits may be provided to the Executive under such plan as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, (or may be provided to the Executive outside of such plan), that would be excludable from income when and if received, then the Company shall continue to provide such benefits to the Executive during the Benefits Period.

(N) In-Kind Benefit and Reimbursement Plans and Tax Gross-Ups . If immediately prior to the Separation from Service or the Change in Control the Executive was receiving in-kind benefits within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(p) or reimbursements pursuant to any Company plan not addressed above in this Section 6.1, other than reimbursements of direct business expenses (such as automobile mileage and travel, entertainment and other business expenses), or was receiving tax gross-ups within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v) under any Company plan not addressed above in this Section 6.1, then in accordance with such plan (other than continued service requirements) as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, the Executive shall continue to receive in-kind benefits, and reimbursements for expenses incurred, during the Benefits Period and to receive tax gross-ups for taxes incurred during the Benefits Period; provided that, with respect to any such in-kind benefits and reimbursements, other than reimbursements that pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v) or otherwise do not provide for a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during the Executive’s taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)), and the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before (a) the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred, or (b) such earlier date as the reimbursement plan may require, and any such tax gross-up shall be paid by the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the Executive remits the related taxes or by such earlier date as the plan which provides for such tax gross-up may require. For the avoidance

 

Page 16 of 37 pages


of doubt, for purposes of this agreement the term “plan” shall include the Company’s perquisite policies (including, without limitation, the Financial Planning Assistance Policy) and any other “plan” as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(1).

(O) Other Welfare Plans, Benefits and Perquisites . If immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change in Control the Executive participated in any welfare benefit plan not addressed above (other than a severance pay plan) or was receiving benefits or perquisites not addressed above, and the Executive is not otherwise entitled to participate in such welfare benefit plan or to receive such benefits or perquisites during the Benefits Period, then during the Benefits Period the Executive shall continue to participate in the welfare benefit plan in which s/he was participating or to receive the benefits or perquisites s/he was receiving immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control, in accordance with the terms of such welfare benefit plan or plan providing such benefits or perquisites (other than continued service requirements); provided that if the Executive’s continued participation in such welfare benefit plan or in the plan providing such benefits or perquisites is barred or otherwise not feasible, the Company shall provide such benefits outside the plan; and, provided further, that this sentence shall not apply if and to the extent that any payments to be made and benefits to be provided pursuant to this sentence would not qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code (including without limitation an exclusion provided by Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)) or comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall be required by any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 to grant stock options or other stock-based awards to the Executive after the Date of Termination. Benefits receivable by the Executive pursuant to Sections 6.1(F) through (O) hereof shall be forfeited to the extent benefits of the same type are made available to the Executive during the twenty-four (24) month period following the Date of Termination, other than by the Company or an Affiliate, in connection with the Executive’s performance of services for an enterprise (including without limitation a non-profit enterprise) not affiliated with the Company (and any such benefits made available to the Executive shall be reported to the Company by the Executive). In the event that payment is made pursuant to Section 6.1(F), 6.1(G) or 6.1(H) hereof and benefits of the same type are thereafter made available to the Executive during the twenty-four (24) month period following the Date of Termination, other than by the Company or an Affiliate, in connection

 

Page 17 of 37 pages


with the Executive’s performance of services for an enterprise not affiliated with the Company, the Executive shall repay to the Company the portion of the payment previously made in respect of benefits of the same type, that corresponds to the portion of the 24 month period during which benefits of the same type are so made available to the Executive. For the avoidance of doubt, if any of the perquisites in lieu of which a Perquisite Allowance is paid pursuant to Section 6.1(H) hereof are made available to the Executive during the twenty-four (24) month period following the Date of Termination, other than by the Company or an Affiliate, in connection with the Executive’s performance of services for an enterprise not affiliated with the Company, and repayment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Perquisite Allowance shall be allocated among the perquisites in lieu of which it was paid in a reasonable manner such that repayment is required only of the portion of the Perquisite Allowance that is reasonably allocable to the perquisite(s) that are so made available to the Executive.

6.2 (A) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the termination of the Executive’s employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits, including the Severance Payments, being hereinafter called “Total Payments”) would be subject (in whole or part), to the Excise Tax, then, the Severance Payments shall first be reduced in the following order: (i) Section 6.1(A)(ii), (ii) Section 6.1(F), (iii) Section 6.1(G), (iv) Section 6.1(H), (v) Section 6.1(L), (vi) Section 6.1(M), (vii) Section 6.1(A)(i), (viii) Section 6.1(O), (ix) Section 6.1(N), (x) Section 6.1(K), (xi) Section 6.1(J), (xii) Section 6.1(I), (xiii) Section 6.1(D), (xiv) Section 6.1(E), (xv) Section 6.1(B), and (xvi) Section 6.1(C), and the payments pursuant to Section 5.4(B) above that are deemed to be contingent on the Change in Control for purposes of the Excise Tax shall thereafter be reduced in the order of those payments the highest proportion of which is deemed to be contingent on the Change in Control (i.e., reducing first those payments that are deemed to be entirely contingent on the Change in Control and reducing last those payments the smallest proportion of which is deemed to be contingent on the Change in Control), to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax, but only if (A) is greater than or equal to (B), where (A) equals the reduced amount of such Total Payments minus the aggregate amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and (B) equals the unreduced amount of such Total Payments minus the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and (2) the

 

Page 18 of 37 pages


amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments; provided , however , that the Executive may elect to change the order in which any of the foregoing payments is reduced as long as both payments being changed (I) are short-term deferrals within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) the “applicable 2  1 / 2 month period” of which (within the meaning of that Treasury Regulation) end on the same date, or (II) are not short-term deferrals but are otherwise not deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code (whether due to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise), and as long as such change in order does not affect the time at which any payment that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code would be reduced or the amount by which any payment that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code would be reduced at any time.

(B) For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Executive shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account, (ii) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“Tax Counsel”) reasonably acceptable to the Executive and selected by the accounting firm (the “Auditor”) which was, immediately prior to the Change in Control, the Company’s independent auditor, does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the Base Amount allocable to such reasonable compensation, and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

(C) At the time that payments are made under this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such calculations including, without limitation, any opinions or other advice the Company has received from Tax Counsel, the Auditor or other advisors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing shall be attached to the statement).

 

Page 19 of 37 pages


6.3 The payments provided in subsections (A)(ii) and (B) of Section 6.1 hereof and, if applicable, the last sentence of subsection (A)(i) of Section 6.1 hereof, shall be made on the fifth (5 th ) day following the Separation from Service or, if such 5 th day is a weekend or a holiday, on the next business day; provided , however , that if the amounts of such payments, and the limitation on such payments set forth in Section 6.2 hereof, cannot be finally determined on or before such day, the Company shall pay to the Executive on such day an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company of the minimum amount of such payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest on the unpaid remainder (or on all such payments to the extent the Company fails to make such payments when due) at 120% of the rate provided in section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the Separation from Service. In the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such excess shall constitute a loan by the Company to the Executive, payable on the fifth (5th) business day after demand by the Company (together with interest at 120% of the rate provided in section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code).

7. Termination Procedures and Compensation During Dispute .

7.1 Notice of Termination . After a Change in Control and during the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 10 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. Further, a Notice of Termination for Cause is required to include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board which was called and held for the purpose of considering such termination (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition of Cause herein, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. In the event of an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability following a Change in Control and during the Term, the Company will provide the Executive with a Notice

 

Page 20 of 37 pages


of Termination at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Date of Termination and, if it fails to do so, will pay the Executive’s salary in lieu of notice on the Date of Termination or within ten (10) days thereafter, in addition to all other amounts payable to the Executive hereunder. In the event of a Separation from Service by the Executive following a Change in Control and during the Term, the Executive will provide the Company with a Notice of Termination at least fifteen (15) days and not more than sixty (60) days in advance of the Date of Termination.

7.2 Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” means the date on which the Executive has a Separation from Service.

7.3 Certain Disputes Concerning Termination .

If the Executive has a Separation from Service following a Change in Control and during the Term, and such Separation from Service is (a) an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or (b) a Separation from Service by the Executive for Good Reason, and, in the case of (a), the Company disputes by its Notice of Termination or otherwise (including without limitation by its conduct or inaction) that the Executive has had an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or, in the case of (b), the Company disputes by written notice or otherwise (including without limitation by its conduct or inaction) that the Executive has had a Separation from Service for Good Reason, and the Executive pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence, then in that event during the period from the Date of Termination until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Term ends, or (ii) the date on which the dispute is finally resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator (the “Continuation Period”), the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, on the same payroll schedule that was in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, and shall pay the Executive on the first business day of each calendar month during the Continuation Period a bonus amount equal to one-twelfth of the amount described in Section 6.1(A)(ii)(a)(II) above, and shall pay the Executive at the end of each calendar month that ends during the Continuation Period a lump sum amount that is actuarially equivalent to the additional vested pension benefits the Executive would have accrued during such month under any qualified and non-qualified defined benefit employee pension benefit plans in which the Executive was participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination if the Executive had been able to and did continue to earn age credit, service credit for

 

Page 21 of 37 pages


benefit accrual and vesting and compensation credit (based on the salary and bonus amounts paid through the end of such month pursuant to this sentence) during such month and all prior months during the Continuation Period under such plans (in addition to the Executive’s age, service credit and compensation credit under such plans through the Date of Termination and in addition to the 24 months of age credit, service credit and compensation credit referred to in Section 6.1(F) above), and shall continue to provide the Executive with the Perquisite Allowance, if any, that it was providing the Executive immediately prior to the Date of Termination, on the same schedule, and shall make monthly payments on the first payroll day of each month, commencing with the first such payroll day that coincides with or next follows the Date of Termination, equal to the monthly payments the Company is obligated to provide pursuant to Section 6.1(J) above. In addition, for a period immediately following the Benefits Period equal to the length of the Continuation Period, (A) the Company shall continue to provide the Executive with the Health Care Benefits described in Section 6.1(I) above, (B) the Company shall provide the Executive with the same benefits, if any, under the SEELIP, at the same times , that the Company would have provided if the SEELIP had remained in effect and the Executive’s active employment and participation in the SEELIP had continued (and no Separation from Service had occurred) until the end of the period immediately following the Benefits Period equal to the length of the Continuation Period and the Executive’s annual base salary during that period for purposes of the SEELIP had been equal to the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Separation from Service or, if higher, in effect immediately prior to any reduction thereof, and (C) the Company shall continue to provide the Executive with the death and disability coverage described in Section 6.1(L) above, the tax-free benefits described in Section 6.1(M) above, and the in-kind benefits and reimbursements and tax gross-ups described in Section 6.1(N) above, in each case on the same terms and conditions as apply during the Benefits Period. Amounts to be paid and benefits and perquisites to be provided under this Section 7.3 are in addition to all other amounts, benefits and perquisites due under this Agreement (including amounts, benefits and perquisites due under Section 6.1) and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts, benefits or perquisites due under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each payment to be made and benefit to be provided under the first sentence of this Section 7.3 is contingent on there having been, prior to the date on which the payment is to be made or the benefit is to be provided, (A) an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) of the Executive by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or a Separation from Service by the Executive for Good Reason, (B) a dispute by the Company as described above, (C) the Executive’s pursuit of the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence, and (D) no final resolution of such dispute, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator.

 

Page 22 of 37 pages


8. No Mitigation . The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates during the Term, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof or Section 7.1 or 7.3 hereof. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement (other than Sections 6.1(F) through (O) hereof) shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement .

9.1 In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, during the Term the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession during the Term shall be a material breach of this Agreement by the Company and, if such failure occurs before the Executive has a Separation from Service, shall entitle the Executive to compensation, benefits and perquisites from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Executive had an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability following a Change in Control and during the Term, provided that (A) the Executive notifies the Company that such failure has occurred within 90 days of the initial occurrence of such failure or, if later, within 90 days after the Executive first knows or should know of such failure (which notification may but need not be in the form of a Notice of Termination given in respect of such failure), (B) such failure is not corrected within 30 days after the Executive so notifies the Company, and (C) the Executive terminates employment (i.e., has a Separation from Service) after such 30 day period, within 2 years following the initial occurrence of such failure, and before the expiration of the Term.

 

Page 23 of 37 pages


9.2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder (other than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Executive’s estate.

10. Notices . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Executive, to the address inserted below the Executive’s signature on the final page hereof and, if to the Company, to the address set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

 

To the Company:

 

Barnes Group Inc.

 

123 Main Street

 

P.O. Box 489

 

Bristol, CT 06011-0489

 

Attention: [                              ]

 
   

11. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement in whole or in part before a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control occurs and on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date (if any) to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of Section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended, in such respects as the Company may determine to be to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and the Executive hereby consents to any amendments that the Company may be make

 

Page 24 of 37 pages


pursuant to this sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence is not intended to authorize or constitute the Executive’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v), and, if and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything therein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Executive’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or of any lack of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof which have been made by either party; provided , however , that this Agreement shall supersede any agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company only in the event that the Executive has a Separation from Service following a Change in Control, and such Separation from Service is an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or is a Separation from Service by the Executive for Good Reason. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed. The obligations of the Company and the Executive under this Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation, those under Sections 6 and 7 hereof) shall survive such expiration.

12. Code Section 409A .

(A) The Executive’s right to any series of payments, including without limitation taxable benefits, that are to be paid or provided under this Agreement and that is eligible to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including in particular but not limited to the Executive’s right to the series of benefits under Sections 6.1(I) through 6.1(O), shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

Page 25 of 37 pages


(B) Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Executive is a Specified Employee on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and that is payable due to a Separation from Service during the six month period following the Separation from Service shall not be paid before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Executive) and shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the Executive), in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(2)(ii). The preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) (relating to welfare benefit plans), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or otherwise.

(C) If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Executive is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Executive shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 12(B) above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Executive shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 12(B) above shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Executive hereby

 

Page 26 of 37 pages


irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, and (ii) agrees that the Executive’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Executive’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

(D) Any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code (including without limitation the exclusion for certain welfare benefits under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5), the exclusion for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the exclusions for separation pay plans under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)), and/or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Executive’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the payments and benefits that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Executive’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Executive as to the tax consequences of this Agreement.

13. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration .

 

Page 27 of 37 pages


15.1 All claims by the Executive for benefits under this Agreement shall be directed to and determined by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to the Executive in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Executive for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow the Executive to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that the Executive’s claim has been denied.

15.2 Any further dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Hartford, Connecticut in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided , however , that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. The arbitrator shall have the authority to require that the Company reimburse the Executive for the payment of all or any portion of the reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term of this Agreement or at any time within ten years thereafter in connection with such dispute or controversy. The amount of legal fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the legal fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Unless the arbitrator provides otherwise, any legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive that the arbitrator requires the Company to reimburse shall be reimbursed on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to be paid amounts and benefits due under this Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

16. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

(A) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

(B) “Auditor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

 

Page 28 of 37 pages


(C) “Base Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

(D) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

(E) “Benefits Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(I) hereof.

(F) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(G) “Cause” for termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason by the Executive pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive’s duties, (ii) the engaging by the Executive in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise or (iii) the Executive’s conviction for the commission of (a) a felony or (b) any other crime involving moral turpitude. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Company.

(H) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(I) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph (III) below; or

 

Page 29 of 37 pages


(II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(IV) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

 

Page 30 of 37 pages


(I) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(J) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board or a successor committee of the Board.

(K) “Company” shall mean Barnes Group Inc. and, except in determining under Section 16(H) hereof whether or not any Change in Control of the Company has occurred, shall include any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

(L) “Date of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

(M) “Disability” shall be deemed the reason for a Separation from Service, if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of six (6) consecutive months, the Company shall have given the Executive a Notice of Termination for Disability, and, within thirty (30) days after such Notice of Termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties.

(N) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(O) “Excise Tax” shall mean any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code.

(P) “Executive” shall mean the individual named in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(Q) “Good Reason” for a Separation from Service by the Executive shall mean the occurrence (without the Executive’s express written consent) after any Change in Control, of any one of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act, if the Executive notifies the Company that such act or failure to

 

Page 31 of 37 pages


act has occurred within 90 days of the initial occurrence of such act or failure to act (which notification may but need not be in the form of a Notice of Termination given in respect of such act or failure to act), and if such act or failure to act is not corrected within 30 days after the Executive so notifies the Company:

(I) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive’s status as an executive officer of the Company, or a material adverse alteration in the nature or status of the Executive’s responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

(II) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, by five percent (5%) or more or by $20,000 or more;

(III) the relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from the Executive’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided that such relocation increases the Executive’s round trip commuting time by 25% or more, or the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based anywhere other than such principal place of employment (or permitted relocation thereof) except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations;

(IV) any termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1 hereof.

The Executive’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(R) “Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

(S) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) any member of the Barnes family (by blood or marriage) or any entity for the benefit of, or controlled by, a member of the Barnes family (by blood or

 

Page 32 of 37 pages


marriage), (ii) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (v) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(T) “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(i) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(ii) the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control;

(iii) any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates); or

(iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

(U) “Retirement” shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment if such employment is terminated in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy, including early retirement, generally applicable to its salaried employees.

(V) “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means Barnes Group Inc. and all corporations and trades or businesses with which Barnes Group Inc. would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)).

 

Page 33 of 37 pages


(W) “Severance Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

(X) “Specified Employee” shall mean a specified employee within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i), as determined in accordance with Section 12(C) above.

(Y) “Tax Counsel” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

(Z) “Term” shall mean the period of time described in Section 2 hereof (including any extension, continuation or termination described therein).

(AA) “Total Payments” shall mean those payments so described in Section 6.2 hereof.

 

Page 34 of 37 pages


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Executive, has amended this Agreement to read as set forth above on December        , 2008.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
By:     
Name:
Title:
 
Name
EXECUTIVE
Address: (Home)
 
 
 
(Please print carefully)

 

Page 35 of 37 pages


EXHIBIT A - COMPLETE AND PERMANENT RELEASE

TO:                                                        (the “Executive”)

DATE:                                                  

The Executive is hereby offered severance payments and benefits in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Severance Agreement between the Executive and the Company (the “Agreement”) dated as of                      , as amended December        , 2008, in consideration of the Executive’s execution and return of this Complete and Permanent Release (the “Release”).

The Executive’s severance payments and benefits pursuant to the Agreement will be paid and provided only if the Executive executes this release and returns the signed release to the Company within 45 days after the Date of Termination as defined in the Agreement, and if the Executive does not revoke the release. The severance payments and benefits will commence on the 8 th day after the execution and return to the Company of this Release (or, if such 8 th day is on a weekend or a holiday, on the next business day), provided that the Executive has not revoked this Release as hereinafter described. The Executive has seven (7) calendar days from the date that the Executive signs this Release to revoke this Release by giving written notice of the Executive’s intent to do so to the Company. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day period has expired. If the Executive revokes this Release, the Executive will not receive the severance payments and benefits described in the Agreement.

By signing below, the Executive agrees that execution of this Release operates to, and hereby does, release the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, its (and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’) present or former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, representatives and agents (the “Released Parties”) from all claims or demands (the “Claims”) the Executive has had, presently has or may have, based on the Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including any rights or claims the Executive may have based on any facts or events, whether known or unknown by the Executive, including, without limitation, a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have based on the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; any and all laws of any state concerning wages, employment

 

Page 36 of 37 pages


and discharge; any state or local municipality fair employment statutes or laws; or any other law, rule, regulation or ordinance pertaining to employment, terms and conditions of employment, or termination of employment; provided , however , that execution of this Release shall not adversely affect (i) the Executive’s rights to receive benefits under the employee benefit plans and arrangements of the Company, following termination of the Executive’s employment or Separation from Service (as defined in the Agreement); (ii) the Executive’s rights under the Agreement; or (iii) the Executive’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of the Company, any agreement between the Executive and the Company, or the Company’s officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policies. The Executive is advised to consult with an attorney before signing the Release.

The Executive has forty-five (45) calendar days from the date of Separation from Service (as defined in the Agreement) in which to sign and return this Release to the Company.

 

For the Company:
   
   
   

ACCEPTED THIS          DAY OF                          ,                 

 

   
Executive

 

Page 37 of 37 pages

Exhibit 10.13

BARNES GROUP INC. EXECUTIVE SEPARATION PAY PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008

Preamble

The Barnes Group Inc. Executive Separation Pay Plan (the “Plan”) was amended in December 2007 and was further amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 to respond to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations and official guidance thereunder. Any provision of the Plan as so amended and restated to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of the Plan as so amended and restated would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the Plan as in effect before December 31, 2008, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide appropriate benefits to eligible executives of Barnes Group Inc. (the “Company”) whose employment is terminated by the Company.

2. Covered Employees . Full-time salaried employees of the Company who are employed in the United States in salary grades 24 and above, and full-time salaried employees of the Company who are employed in the United States in salary grades 18 through 23 who have at least six months of service, are covered by the Plan. A person is considered to be a full-time employee if the person is regularly scheduled to work at least 30 hours per week.

 

1


3. Payment of Benefits . An employee covered under the Plan is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan if s/he has an “involuntary Separation from Service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1) and such involuntary Separation from Service is without Cause; provided, however, that no benefits will be paid under the Plan if:

 

  (a) the termination action is determined by the Company to be based on misconduct of any type including, but not limited to, violation of any Company rules or policies, or activity which results in the conviction of a felony; or

 

  (b) the termination is the result of the sale of the stock or substantially all of the assets of a business unit of the Company and the employee is offered employment by the purchaser, within 30 days after the closing of the sale, in a position that is at least comparable to, and for compensation and benefits that are, in the aggregate, at least substantially equivalent to, the employee’s position, compensation and benefits with the Company prior to the sale; or

 

  (c)

the employee is a party on December 31, 2008 to a severance agreement with the Company relating to Separation from Service after a “Change in Control” of the Company as defined in the agreement (a “Severance Agreement”), or is an executive officer of the Company hired after that date, and the Separation from Service is both (i) a Separation from Service within two

 

2


 

years following a “Change in Control”, and (ii) either an involuntary Separation from Service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n)(1)) by the Company other than for “Cause” or “Disability”, or a Separation from Service by the employee for “Good Reason”, as such terms in quotation marks are defined in the form of Severance Agreement as amended December 31, 2008. For the avoidance of doubt, the exclusion set forth in this clause (c) shall apply even if the Change in Control referred to in subclause (i) hereof does not occur during the term of the Severance Agreement, and even if no severance benefits are payable pursuant to the Severance Agreement in respect of the Separation from Service and, in the case of an executive officer hired after December 31, 2008, even if the employee is not party to a Severance Agreement.

For purposes of this Plan, (A) a “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)); and (B) “Cause” means misconduct or activity described in (a) above, serious dereliction of duty, or grossly negligent or reckless conduct in connection with one’s employment. An employee who is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan in accordance with Section 2 and the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “terminated employee”.

 

3


4. Severance Pay .

 

4.1 A terminated employee who is entitled to receive benefits under this Plan is eligible to receive severance pay based on the following schedule:

 

  (a) Grades 18-20: four months of base salary plus an additional two weeks of base salary for each year of service over five years up to a maximum total payment of six months of base salary.

 

  (b) Grades 21-23: seven months of base salary.

 

  (c) Grades 24 and above, except for the President and Chief Executive Officer: twelve months of base salary.

The minimum severance pay benefit payable under this Plan shall be one month’s base salary or the amount of accrued vacation, whichever is greater, and shall be paid within thirty days after the terminated employee’s Separation from Service. For purposes of the Plan, “base salary” means the employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the employee’s Separation from Service, and any severance payment shall be calculated on the basis of the employee’s salary grade immediately prior to the employee’s Separation from Service.

 

4.2

Subject to the other provisions of this Section 4 and Section 8.5 below, payment shall be made on the terminated employee’s regularly scheduled payroll payment dates as if no Separation from Service had occurred and he/she had continued as an employee, commencing with the next regularly scheduled payroll payment date after the date on which the terminated employee’s Separation from Service occurs, and continuing on each regularly scheduled payroll payment date thereafter until full payment has been made in accordance with Section 4.1 above, and will be

 

4


 

subject to normal deductions for items such as income taxes, Social Security, and Medicare. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) “regularly scheduled payroll payment dates” means the payroll payment dates per the payroll schedule applicable to the terminated employee immediately prior to the employee’s Separation from Service, and (b) subject to the other provisions of this Section 4 and Section 8.5 below, the amount payable on each such regularly scheduled payment date is the amount of base salary that would have been paid to the terminated employee on that date if no Separation from Service had occurred and the terminated employee had been an employee of the Company on that date, but in no event shall the aggregate payments exceed the severance pay benefit determined in accordance with Section 4.1 above, nor shall payments be made more than twelve calendar months after the calendar month in which an employee’s Separation from Service occurs.

 

4.3

In no event will more than the minimum severance pay benefit (including but not limited to benefits payable pursuant to Section 6 below) be paid or provided unless the terminated employee executes after Separation from Service a release of any claims against the Company in a form approved by the Company’s General Counsel, the executed release is delivered to the Company within 50 days after the Separation from Service or within such lesser period after the Separation from Service as the Company’s General Counsel may require, and the release becomes irrevocable within 60 days after the Separation from Service or within such lesser period after the Separation from Service as the Company’s General Counsel may require. Any severance pay benefits in excess of the minimum severance pay benefit (including but not limited to benefits payable pursuant to Section 6 below)

 

5


 

that, in the absence of this Section 4.3, would be paid or provided pursuant to Section 4.2 above or Section 6 below before the release becomes irrevocable shall be paid or provided after the release becomes irrevocable and within 74 days after the Separation from Service.

 

4.4 The Company may at any time provide in advance of any date after the employee’s Separation from Service occurs that any severance pay benefit payable to the terminated employee pursuant to Section 4.2 above or Section 6 below on or after that date will be forfeited unless on or before that date, (a) the terminated employee executes a second release of claims against the Company and delivers such second release to the Company, and (b) such second release of claims becomes irrevocable.

 

4.5 Severance pay for a terminated employee who was in any of salary grades 18 through 26 shall cease on the date that such terminated employee begins other employment, including but not limited to work for another party. The terminated employee shall promptly notify the Company in writing when he/she commences such employment.

 

4.6 Severance pay for a terminated employee who was in any of salary grades 27 and above shall not cease on the date that such terminated employee begins other employment, including but not limited to work for another party, but shall continue throughout the entire severance period.

5. Accrued Vacation . A terminated employee who executes a release of claims in a form approved by the Company’s General Counsel shall be paid for any unused vacation or paid time off that he/she has accrued in accordance with Company

 

6


policy prior to the Separation from Service. Payment for such accrued unused vacation or paid time off shall be made in a lump sum, net of normal deductions for items such as income taxes, Social Security and Medicare, within thirty days after the employee’s Separation from Service.

6. Other Benefits .

 

6.1

A person may continue participation, on the same terms in effect immediately prior to termination, in the Company’s medical, dental, group life, supplemental life, dependent life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, flexible benefit (i.e., premium pass-through plan, health care reimbursement account and dependent care reimbursement account), and long term disability plans for the period during which he/she receives severance payments. If payments cease during but prior to the end of any month, coverage will continue until the end of the last month during which such terminated employee receives any severance payments. Subject to Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 above and to Section 8.5 below , if immediately prior to the Separation from Service the terminated employee was a participant in the Company’s Enhanced Life Insurance Program (“ELIP”) or Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program (“SEELIP”) who had not yet attained age fifty-five (55) and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an “Affiliate” (as defined in the ELIP and SEELIP), then until the end of the calendar quarter in which the last severance payment is made to the terminated employee pursuant to Section 4 hereof, such terminated employee shall receive the same benefits, if any, under the ELIP or SEELIP as in effect immediately prior to Separation from Service (whichever program, if any, applied to the terminated employee immediately prior to such employee’s Separation from Service), at the same times, that the terminated employee would have received if the ELIP and SEELIP as in effect immediately prior to

 

7


 

Separation from Service had remained in effect and no Separation from Service had occurred and the terminated employee had continued to be actively employed and to receive his or her base salary until the last day of the calendar quarter in which the last severance payment is made to such terminated employee pursuant to Section 4 above; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may reduce the benefits payable pursuant to this sentence at any time, and, provided further, that in no event shall any benefits be paid or provided pursuant to this sentence after the calendar quarter in which the last severance payment is made to the terminated employee pursuant to Section 4 hereof. If prior to the Separation from Service the terminated employee was a participant in the ELIP or SEELIP who had attained age fifty-five (55) and at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and/or an “Affiliate” (as defined in the ELIP and SEELIP), then after the Separation from Service the terminated employee’s entitlement to any benefits under the ELIP or SEELIP shall be determined in accordance with the ELIP or SEELIP (whichever program, if any, applied to the terminated employee immediately prior to such employee’s Separation from Service). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company reserves the right to discontinue or change the terms (including but not limited to the carrier) of any employee benefit plan, including without limitation the ELIP and the SEELIP. After severance payments cease,

 

8


 

COBRA medical and dental coverage and the health care reimbursement account may be continued as required by law. Within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), the amount of any expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, pursuant to this Section 6.1 or otherwise during a terminated employee’s taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, pursuant to this Section 6.1 or otherwise in any other taxable year.

 

6.2 Except to facilitate benefit continuation as provided in Section 6.1 hereof, a person’s status as an employee shall cease upon the termination of employment date and not continue during the period in which severance payments are made absent an agreement with the Company to the contrary. Without limiting the foregoing, employment shall be terminated for purposes of the Retirement Savings Plan, any applicable pension or profit-sharing plan, stock option plans, and for all other purposes upon the termination of employment date.

 

6.3 The right of a terminated employee to any series of installment payments, including without limitation severance payments and taxable benefits, that are to be paid or provided under this Plan, which right is eligible to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including in particular but not limited to the right of a terminated employee to the series of severance payments under Section 4 and benefits (including without limitation ELIP and SEELIP benefits) under Section 6.1, shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

9


7. Administration .

 

7.1 Benefits Committee. The Plan is administered by the Benefits Committee appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The Committee may promulgate rules or regulations for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, interpret and construe the Plan’s terms and conditions, and determine an individual’s eligibility for benefits. Any interpretations, constructions or determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding on all concerned.

 

7.2 Claims Procedure. If any person believes that he/she is not receiving any benefits to which he/she is entitled under the Plan, the person, after reviewing the matter with the human resource representative serving the person’s place of work, may file a written claim with the Director, Leadership and Development, Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06010, or such other person designated by the Benefits Committee, who shall respond to such claim in writing within 45 days after its receipt. If any claim is denied, the claimant may appeal such denial in writing to the Benefits Committee, c/o Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06010. Any such appeal must be filed within 60 days after the denial of the claim. The Benefits Committee shall notify the claimant of its decision in writing within 60 days after receiving the appeal.

 

10


8. Other Provisions .

 

8.1 This Plan may be amended or terminated at any time and in any respect by the vote of a majority of the members of the Benefits Committee or by the unanimous written consent of the members of the Benefits Committee.

 

8.2 The benefits to be provided under this Plan shall not be funded and shall be paid out of the general assets of the Company.

 

8.3 For purposes of determining:

 

  (a) an employee’s eligibility under Section 2 of the Plan;

 

  (b) the schedule of severance pay payments under Section 4 of the Plan; and

 

  (c) the period of continuation of other benefits described in Section 6 of the Plan,

only service since the employee’s last date of hire with the Company shall be counted.

 

8.4 The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced under the laws of the State of Connecticut except to the extent such laws are preempted by federal law.

 

8.5

Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“Specified Employee”) due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a),

 

11


 

would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(4) (relating to welfare benefits), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or otherwise.

 

8.6

If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “Plan Participant”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5)), then the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 8.5 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors of the

 

12


 

Company (the “Board of Directors”) or its Compensation and Management Development Committee (the “CMDC”) at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Six Month Delay”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Identification Method”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “Different Election”), in which case whether the Plan Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board of Directors or the CMDC. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right or benefit under this Plan, each Plan Participant irrevocably (a) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board of Directors or CMDC may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board of Directors or CMDC may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (b) agrees that the Plan Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Plan Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

13


8.7 Any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan are intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code (including without limitation the exclusion for certain welfare benefits under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5), the exclusion for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the exclusions for separation pay plans under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)) and/or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan and any agreement or instrument issued under this Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this Plan or any such agreement or instrument that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any payments that may be made and benefits that may be provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in any Plan Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any Plan Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

 

14


Effective:    May 1, 1992
Revised:    April 5, 2000
   June 29, 2006
   August 29, 2006
   December 30, 2007
   December 31, 2007
   December 31, 2008

 

15

Exhibit 10.14

BARNES GROUP INC.

PERFORMANCE-LINKED BONUS PLAN

For Selected Executive Officers

(as amended on October 22, 2008, effective with respect to awards for 2008)

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The Performance-Linked Bonus Plan For Selected Executive Officers (the “Plan”) is designed to provide cash incentive compensation opportunities to key executives that contribute to the success of Barnes Group Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries. All employees (a) who are executive officers of the Company, (b) whose incentive compensation for any taxable year(s) of the Company commencing on or after January 1, 2001 the Committee (as hereafter defined) anticipates may not be deductible by the Company in whole or in part but for compliance with section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “Code”), and (c) who are selected to participate in the Plan, including members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are such employees, are eligible to participate in the Plan.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or its successor (the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of not less than two directors who are not employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and shall be comprised solely of directors who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code. The Committee shall have authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to: select employees to participate in the Plan; establish and administer the performance objectives and the Award opportunities applicable to each participant and certify whether the goals have been attained; construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; establish, amend, and waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any determination by the Committee pursuant to the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all employees and participants and anyone claiming under or through any of them. Amounts paid or projected to be paid under the Plan are referred to herein as “Awards.”

SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS

 

3.1 “Award Period” shall mean the period of time within which Performance is measured for the purpose of determining whether an Award has been earned.

 

3.2 “CEO” shall mean the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1


3.3 “Covered Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

3.4 “Group” shall mean the Executive Office, Barnes Industrial, Barnes Distribution, or Barnes Aerospace, or any business unit, division, or similar collection of cost centers, profit centers, or international subsidiaries that may be recognized as such by the Committee.

 

3.5 “Individual Target” shall mean a percentage of salary for each individual participating in the Plan. The Committee will establish the Individual Target for each participant no later than the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed.

 

3.6 “Maximum” shall mean a Performance level at or above which the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to such maximum percentage of the Individual Targets as may be established by the Committee for each participant no later than the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed.

 

3.7

“Performance” shall mean the performance objectives established by the Committee in advance, in writing, in terms of an objective formula or standard, with respect to each Group for an Award Period, for the purpose of determining whether, and to what extent, an Award has been earned by the Group for such Award Period. The terms of the objective formula or standard shall preclude discretion to increase the amount of the Award that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the Performance level. Performance objectives shall consist of targeted levels, targeted levels of return on, or targeted levels of growth for, one or more of the following on a consolidated Company, consolidated Group, business unit or divisional level: earnings per share, net income, operating income, performance profit (operating income minus an allocated charge approximating the Company’s cost of capital, before or after tax), gross margin, revenue, working capital, total assets, net assets, stockholders’ equity, or cash flow. The foregoing criteria shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent the Committee directs otherwise within the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed, and may include or exclude any or all of the following items, as the Committee may specify: extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items; discontinued operations; effects of accounting changes; effects of currency fluctuations; effects of financing activities (by way of example, without limitation, effect on earnings per share of issuing convertible debt securities); expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; non-operating items; effects of acquisitions and acquisition expenses; and effects of divestitures and divestiture expenses. Any such performance criterion or combination of such criteria may apply to the participant’s Award opportunity in its entirety or to any designated portion or portions of the Award opportunity, as the Committee may

 

2


 

specify. Unless the Committee determines otherwise at any time prior to payment of a participant’s Award for an Award Period and subject to the Committee’s right to exercise negative discretion pursuant to Section 6.1, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, discontinued operations, effects of accounting changes, effects of currency fluctuations, effects of financing activities, expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives, non-operating items, effects of acquisitions and acquisition expenses, and effects of divestitures and divestiture expenses, any of which affect any Performance criterion applicable to the Award (including but not limited to the criterion of earnings per share) shall be automatically excluded or included in determining the extent to which the Performance level has been achieved, whichever will produce the higher Award.

 

3.8 “Target” shall mean a Performance level above the Threshold and below the Maximum at which the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to 100% of the Individual Targets for the members of the corresponding Group.

 

3.9 “Threshold” shall mean a Performance level at or above which an Award is earned for an Award Period. For Threshold Performance, the amount paid or projected to be paid for an Award Period is equal to such minimum percentage of the Individual Targets as may be established by the Committee no later than the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed.

SECTION 4. GROUP PERFORMANCE LEVELS

If an Award Period is a calendar year, prior to March 31, the Committee shall establish the Threshold, Target and Maximum for each Group, and the method for computing the Award for each participant in the Group for such year if the Threshold, Target or Maximum is attained. If an Award Period is not a calendar year, then the Committee shall establish in writing no later than the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed, the Threshold, Target and Maximum for each Group and the method for computing the Award for each participant in the Group for such Award Period if the Threshold, Target or Maximum is attained. The Committee may also designate one or more intermediate levels of Performance between the Threshold and the Target, and the Target and the Maximum, for a Group, and the percentage of the corresponding Individual Targets that will be available for payment as an Award if Performance equals such intermediate level.

SECTION 5. PARTICIPANTS

If an Award Period is a calendar year, prior to March 31, the Committee shall designate the eligible participants and the respective Groups in which they shall participate. The CEO shall participate in the Executive Office Group for each Award Period. If an Award Period is not a calendar year, then the Committee shall designate the

 

3


eligible participants, and the respective Groups, no later than the earlier of (a) 90 days after the start of the Award Period or (b) a date on which no more than one fourth of the Award Period has elapsed. Except for (i) participants in the Plan during an Award Period who retire, die or become permanently disabled before Awards are paid for that Award Period pursuant to Section 8, whose Awards for that Award Period shall be prorated to the date of such retirement, death or permanent disability if it occurs before the last day of that Award Period, and (ii) participants in the Plan during an Award Period whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for cause (as determined by the Committee) on or after November 1 of that Award Period (October 1 in the case of the 2008 Award Period) and before Awards are paid for that Award Period pursuant to Section 8, whose Awards for that Award Period shall be prorated to the date of such termination if such termination occurs before the last day of that Award Period, a person must be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the date of payment of an Award in order to be eligible to receive an Award. For the avoidance of doubt, a participant’s Award for any Award Period, including but not limited to an Award that is to be prorated pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) shall be determined in accordance with the objective formula or standard that was established by the Committee for the participant’s Group for that Award Period in accordance with the Plan, based on the level of Performance attained in that Award Period, and (B) shall be subject to any exercise of “negative discretion” by the Committee, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(A), and (C) shall be paid at the time and subject to the conditions specified in Section 8.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

 

6.1 After the end of the Award Period and based on the final Performance of each Group, the Committee shall determine the Award for each participant, based in all instances on the participant’s Individual Target and the Performance level achieved. No provision of the Plan shall preclude the Committee from exercising negative discretion with respect to any Award hereunder, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(A).

 

6.2 Subject to Section 7, the Committee shall have the authority to refrain from making an Award to any participant.

SECTION 7. LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no Award in excess of the calculated Award shall be made to any Covered Employee under any circumstances.

Awards at Target shall be greater than Awards at Threshold and less than Awards at Maximum.

Regulations under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, require that a maximum individual Award be established for any Awards to Covered Employees that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation. For purposes of qualifying Awards as performance-based compensation under such regulations, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no Award in excess of $7 million shall be paid to any Covered Employee for services rendered in any calendar year.

 

4


SECTION 8. PAYMENT OF AWARDS

Payment of any Award shall be contingent upon approval by the stockholders of the Company, prior to payment, of the material terms under which the Award is to be paid, in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C)(ii) of the Code and the related Treasury regulations. Unless and until such stockholder approval is obtained, no Award shall be paid.

Payment of any Award shall also be contingent upon the Committee’s certifying in writing that the Performance level and any other material terms applicable to such Award were in fact satisfied, in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C)(iii) of the Code and the related Treasury regulations. Unless the Committee so certifies, such Award shall not be paid.

Awards shall be paid within the 2  1 / 2 months that immediately follow the expiration of the Award Period (i.e., in the case of an Award Period that is a calendar year, on or after January 1 and on or before March 15 of the following calendar year). Awards shall be paid in cash unless otherwise decided by the Committee.

SECTION 9. GENERAL

 

9.1 The interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and its decisions on all questions arising under the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on all Plan participants.

 

9.2 The Plan may be amended at any time, including retroactively, by the Committee.

 

9.3 The Plan supersedes all prior incentive plans, including without limitation the Management Incentive Compensation Plan, for all participants, effective as of January 1, 2001 for the Award Period of calendar year 2001 and Award Periods thereafter.

 

9.4 Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) Awards to Covered Employees under the Plan are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m)(4)(C), and (b) any provision of the Plan that would prevent an Award to any Covered Employee from so qualifying shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention and any provision that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall, to that extent, be disregarded. No provision of the Plan, nor the selection of any eligible employee to participate in the Plan, shall constitute an employment agreement or affect the duration of any participant’s employment, which shall remain “employment at will” unless an employment agreement between the Company and the participant provides otherwise. Both the participant and the Company shall remain free to terminate employment at any time to the same extent as if the Plan had not been adopted.

 

5


9.5 All Awards are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4). The Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out that intention, and any provision of the Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Award will qualify as a short-term deferral, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to any participant as to the tax consequences of any Award or of participation in the Plan.

Approved: 4/12/01

Amended: 10/22/08

 

6

Exhibit 10.15

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

as amended on December 31, 2008

Preamble

The Plan as amended on December 31, 2008, which is set forth below, is intended to apply to Awards that are granted on or after that date as well as to Awards that were granted before that date that are outstanding on that date (“Outstanding Awards”), except for Outstanding Awards that were earned and vested (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6(a)(2)) on December 31, 2004 (“Grandfathered Awards”). Unless a Grandfathered Award is amended to incorporate by reference the terms and conditions of the Plan as amended on December 31, 2008, Grandfathered Awards shall continue on and after that date to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan as in effect before December 31, 2008, as if the Plan had not been amended on that date.

The Plan as amended on December 31, 2008 is effective on that date. However, any provision of the Plan as so amended to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of the Plan as so amended would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the Plan as in effect before that date, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

1. Purposes. The purposes of this Plan are (a) to provide competitive incentives that will enable the Company to attract, retain, motivate and reward persons who render services that benefit the Company or other enterprises in which the Company has a significant interest, and (b) to align the interests of such persons with the interests of the Company’s shareholders generally.

2. Definitions. Unless otherwise required by the context, the following terms, when used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.

(a) “Allied Enterprise” means a business enterprise, other than the Company or a Subsidiary, in which the Committee determines the Company has a significant interest, contingent or otherwise.

(b) “Appreciation-Only Award” means (i) Options and Stock Appreciation Rights the exercise price of which is equal to at least 100% of Fair Market Value on the date on which the Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are granted, and (ii) Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as an alternative to the related Option after the date of grant of such Option, the exercise price of which Stock Appreciation Rights is equal to at least 100% of Fair Market Value on the date on which such Option was granted.

(c) “Award” means an award granted under this Plan in one of the forms provided for in Section 3(a).


(d) “Beneficiary” means a person or entity (including but not limited to a trust or estate), designated in writing by a Service Provider or other rightful holder of an Award, on such forms and in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, to whom such Service Provider’s or other rightful holder’s rights under the Plan shall pass in the event of the death of such Service Provider or other rightful holder. In the event that the person or entity so designated is not living or in existence at the time of the death of the Service Provider or other rightful holder of the Award, or in the event that no such person or entity has been so designated, the “Beneficiary” shall mean the legal representative of the estate of the Service Provider or other rightful holder, or the person or entity to whom the Service Provider’s or other rightful holder’s rights with respect to the Award pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(e) “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(f) “Change in Control” means that any of the following events has occurred:

(i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below; or

(ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors serving on the Board: individuals who, at the beginning of any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the Effective Date), constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or

 

Page 2 of 29


becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

For purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(f),

(A) the term “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act;

(B) the term “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; and

(C) the term “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) any member of the Barnes family (by blood or marriage) or any entity for the benefit of, or controlled by, a member of the Barnes family (by blood or marriage), (ii) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (v) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. References to a particular section of the Code shall include references to any related Treasury Regulations and to successor provisions of the Code.

(h) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Section 12(a) below.

(i) “Common Stock” means common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

(j) “Company” means Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, except for purposes of determining under Section 2(f) hereof whether or not a Change in Control has occurred, shall include its successors.

(k) “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted subject to and in accordance with the

 

Page 3 of 29


provisions of Section 5.III. and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 9).

(l) “Dollar-Denominated Awards” means Performance Unit Awards and any other Incentive Award the amount of which is based on a specified amount of money (other than an amount of money determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock). Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are not Dollar-Denominated Awards.

(m) “Effective Date” means the first date (if any) on which the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan either (i) at a duly held stockholders’ meeting, or (ii) by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the securities of the Company entitled to vote, in accordance with any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(n) “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on a full-time or part-time basis, including an officer or director if he is so employed.

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(p) “Fair Market Value” on a particular date means as follows:

(i) If the principal market for the Common Stock is a national securities exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, the mean between the highest and lowest sale prices per share of Common Stock in trading on such date as reported by Reuters or another source designated by the Committee; or

(ii) If the principal market for the Common Stock is not a national securities exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, the mean between the highest and lowest sale prices per share of Common Stock in trading on such date in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the NASDAQ OTC Bulletin Board, the National Quotation Bureau or such other system then providing quotations with regard to trades in the Common Stock or, if on such date the Common Stock is publicly traded but not quoted by any such system, the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices per share of Common Stock on such date as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Common Stock; or

(iii) If in (i) or (ii) above, as applicable, there were no sales on such date reported as provided above, the mean between the respective prices on the most recent prior day for which sales were so reported.

If the foregoing method of determining fair market value should be inconsistent with Section 422, Section 162(m)(4)(C) or any other provision of the Code, then, with respect to Awards (including in particular but not limited to Incentive Stock Options) and transactions that are intended by the Committee to satisfy Section 422, Section 162(m)(4)(C) or any other provision of the Code, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with Section 422, Section 162(m)(4)(C) or such other provision of the Code and shall mean the value as so determined.

 

Page 4 of 29


(q) “General Counsel” means the General Counsel of the Company serving from time to time.

(r) “Incentive Award” means an amount of money that is paid or a number of shares of Common Stock that are issued, or a right to be paid an amount of money or to be issued a number of shares of Common Stock that is granted, subject to and in accordance with Section 5 and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 4 and Section 9). The term “Incentive Award” does not include Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

(s) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option, including an Option as the context may require, intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(t) “Linked Stock Appreciation Rights” means Stock Appreciation Rights that are linked to all or any part of an Option, subject to and in accordance with Section 8(a), 8(b) and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 9).

(u) “Non-Statutory Stock Option” means an option, including an Option as the context may require, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “Option” means an option granted under this Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock. Options may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options.

(w) “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation that satisfies the requirements applicable to “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m)(4)(C).

(x) “Performance Share Award” means a right granted subject to and in accordance with Section 5 and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.II., 5.II.(d), 6(e) and Section 9) to receive a specified number of shares of Common Stock, and/or an amount of money determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock, at a future time or times if a specified performance goal is attained and any other terms and conditions set forth in the written instrument documenting the Performance Share Award are satisfied.

(y) “Performance Unit Award” means a right granted subject to and in accordance with Section 5 and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.II., 5.II.(d), 6(e) and Section 9) to receive a specified amount of money (other than an amount of money determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock), or shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such specified amount of money, at a future time or times if a specified performance goal is attained and any other terms and conditions set forth in the written instrument documenting the Performance Unit Award are satisfied.

(z) “Plan” means the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan set forth in these pages, as amended from time to time.

 

Page 5 of 29


(aa) “Prior Plan” means the 1991 Barnes Group Stock Incentive Plan approved by stockholders of the Company at the 1991 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, as amended and in effect from time to time.

(bb) “Prior Program” means the Barnes Group Inc. Employee Stock and Ownership Program approved by stockholders of the Company at the 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, as amended and in effect from time to time.

(cc) “Reloaded Option” means a Non-Statutory Stock Option that the Committee provides is to be granted pursuant to Section 7(g) below on the terms and subject to the conditions therein set forth.

(dd) “Restricted Stock Award” means shares of Common Stock which are issued to a Service Provider in accordance with Section 5.I. and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 9) subject to restrictions and/or forfeiture provisions specified by the Committee that will cease to apply at a future time or times if continued employment conditions and/or other terms and conditions set forth in the written instrument documenting the Restricted Stock Award are satisfied.

(ee) “Restricted Stock Unit Award” means shares of Common Stock that will be issued to a Service Provider at a future time or times subject to and in accordance with Section 5.I. below and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 9) if continued employment conditions and/or other terms and conditions set forth in the written instrument documenting the Restricted Stock Unit Award are satisfied.

(ff) “SEC Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Exchange Act, as such rule or any successor rule may be in effect from time to time.

(gg) “Section 16 Person” means a person subject to potential liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to transactions involving equity securities of the Company.

(hh) “Service Provider” means a person who renders, has rendered or who the Committee expects to render services that benefit or will benefit the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, in the capacity of employee, director, independent contractor, agent, advisor, consultant, representative or otherwise, and includes but is not limited to (i) Employees, (ii) personal service corporations, limited liability companies and similar entities through which any such person renders, has rendered or is expected to render such services, and (iii) members of the Board who are not Employees.

(ii) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted subject to and in accordance with Section 8 and the other applicable provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 9).

(jj) “Subsidiary” means a corporation or other form of business association of which

 

Page 6 of 29


shares (or other ownership interests) having more than 50% of the voting power are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary (as defined by the preceding clause) which is also a “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Grants of Awards

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may at any time, and from time to time, grant the following types of awards to any Service Provider:

(i) Incentive Awards, which may but need not be in the form of Dividend Equivalents, Performance Share Awards, Performance Unit Awards, Restricted Stock Awards, or Restricted Stock Unit Awards;

(ii) Options; and

(iii) Stock Appreciation Rights.

Any provision above of this Section 3(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options only to Service Providers who are Employees.

(b) After an Award has been granted,

(i) the Committee may waive any term or condition thereof that could have been excluded from such Award when it was granted, and

(ii) with the written consent of the affected participant, may amend any Award after it has been granted to include (or exclude) any provision which could have been included in (or excluded from) such Award when it was granted unless this Plan indicates when such provision may be included in (or excluded from) such Award, in which case such Award may be amended to include (or exclude) such provision only when this Plan indicates such provision may be included in (or excluded from) such Award,

and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such waiver or amendment; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not waive any term or condition pursuant to clause (i) above or include (or exclude) any provision pursuant to clause (ii) above if doing so would — (A) be inconsistent with any other provision of this Plan, or (B) cause an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that the Committee intends when it grants the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to qualify as an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), to fail to qualify as such, or (C) constitute an acceleration or deferral of compensation that violates Section 409A of the Code, or would otherwise violate Section 409A of the Code, or (D) cause an Award that is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code to fail to so qualify, or (E) cause an Award which is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code to fail to qualify as such.

 

Page 7 of 29


(c) The Committee may (but need not) grant any Award linked to another Award, including, without limitation, Options linked to Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents linked to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and Dividend Equivalents linked to other Incentive Awards. Linked Awards may be granted as either alternatives or supplements to one another. The terms and conditions of any such linked Awards shall be determined by the Committee, subject to the provisions of the Plan.

(d) No Service Provider may exercise any rights in or to or with respect to any Award unless and until a written instrument (in paper or electronic form) approved by a duly authorized officer of the Company and setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award is delivered or made available to the Service Provider by the Company and is returned to the designated Company representative subscribed by the Service Provider within the time, if any, prescribed therefor by the Committee or its delegate. Any such instrument shall be consistent with this Plan and incorporate it by reference. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d) are intended to impose a condition governing the exercise of an Award, and not a condition on the granting of the Award (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation sections 1.409A-1(b)(5)(vi)(B)(2) & (3) and 1.421-1(c)(2) & (3)). Subscribing such instrument and returning it to the Company, or accepting any benefits under the Award, shall constitute the Service Provider’s irrevocable agreement to and acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Award set forth in such instrument and the terms and conditions of the Plan applicable to such Award.

(e) [LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

(f) The Committee may grant Awards that qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, as well as Awards that do not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Plan shall be interpreted, administered and construed to permit the Committee to grant Awards that qualify as Performance-Based Compensation as well as Awards that do not so qualify, and any provision of the Plan that cannot be so interpreted, administered or construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

(g) The Plan is intended to enable the Committee to grant Options that qualify for the tax treatment applicable to incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, as well as Options and other Awards that do not qualify for such tax treatment. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Plan shall be interpreted, administered and construed to enable the Committee to grant Options that qualify for the tax treatment applicable to incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code as well as Options and other Awards that do not qualify for such tax treatment, and any provision of the Plan that cannot be so interpreted, administered or construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

4. Stock Subject to this Plan; Award Limits

(a) Subject to the provisions below of Sections 4(c) and 4(d) and Section 10,

(i) the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be

 

Page 8 of 29


issued pursuant to Awards is 950,000 shares of Common Stock, plus (A) the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that remain available on the Effective Date for grants of awards under the Prior Plan, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that remain available on the Effective Date for grants of awards under the Prior Program, plus (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that become available after the Effective Date for grants of awards under either the Prior Plan or the Prior Program pursuant to the terms of the Prior Plan or the Prior Program, less (D) the number of shares of Common Stock necessary to satisfy any awards that the Company is obligated to grant under either the Prior Plan or the Prior Program after the Effective Date pursuant to agreements in force prior to the Effective Date which are not amended to provide for the awards to be granted under the Plan. Not more than 50% of such maximum aggregate number of shares may be issued pursuant to Awards that are not Appreciation-Only Awards, and not more than 475,000 of such maximum aggregate number of shares may be issued pursuant to Options that are Incentive Stock Options; and

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during any calendar year to any Employee or other Service Provider is 500,000 shares of Common Stock; and

(iii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any and all Awards other than Appreciation-Only Awards and Dollar-Denominated Awards may be granted in any one calendar year to any Employee or other Service Provider is 250,000 shares of Common Stock; and

(iv) no Employee or other Service Provider may receive more than seven million dollars (or the equivalent thereof in shares of Common Stock, based on Fair Market Value on the date as of which the number of shares is determined) in payment of Dollar-Denominated Awards that are granted to such Employee or other Service Provider in any one calendar year.

If, after any Award is earned or exercised, the issuance or transfer of shares of Common Stock or payment of money is deferred, any amounts equivalent to dividends or other earnings during the deferral period (including shares which may be distributed in payment of any such amounts) shall be disregarded in applying the per Employee or other Service Provider limitations set forth above in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 4(a). If, in connection with an acquisition of another company or all or part of the assets of another company by the Company or a Subsidiary, or in connection with a merger or other combination of another company with the Company or a Subsidiary, the Company either (A) assumes stock options or other stock incentive obligations of such other company, or (B) grants stock options or other stock incentives in substitution for stock options or other stock incentive obligations of such other company, then the stock options or other stock incentive obligations so assumed or granted in substitution by the Company shall not be granted (or be deemed granted) under the Plan and therefore none of the shares of Common Stock that are issuable or transferable pursuant to such stock options or other stock incentives that are assumed or granted in substitution by the Company shall be charged against the limitations set forth in this Section 4(a) above.

 

Page 9 of 29


(b) Shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards may be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, shares of Common Stock held in the treasury, whether acquired by the Company specifically for use under this Plan or otherwise, or shares issued or transferred to, or otherwise acquired by, a trust or other legal entity pursuant to Section 13(d) below, as the Committee may from time to time determine, provided, however, that any shares acquired or held by the Company for the purposes of this Plan shall, unless and until issued or transferred to a trust or other legal entity pursuant to Section 13(d) below or to a Service Provider or other rightful holder of an Award in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Award, be and at all times remain treasury shares of the Company, irrespective of whether such shares are entered in a special account for purposes of this Plan, and shall be available for any corporate purpose.

(c) Subject to Section 4(e) below, the maximum aggregate number of shares set forth in Section 4(a)(i) above shall be charged only for the number of shares which are actually issued under the Plan; if any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award shall not be issued to a Service Provider and shall cease to be issuable to a Service Provider because of the termination, expiration, forfeiture or cancellation, in whole or in part, of such Award or the settlement of such Award in cash or for any other reason, or if any such shares shall, after issuance, be reacquired by the Company because of a Service Provider’s failure to comply with the terms and conditions of an Award, the shares not so issued, or the shares so reacquired by the Company, as the case may be, shall no longer be charged against the limitations provided for in Section 4(a)(i) above and may again be made subject to Awards.

(d) Subject to Section 4(e) below, if the purchase price of shares subject to an Option is paid in shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of clause (iv) of Section 7(b) below, or if shares of Common Stock that are issued or issuable pursuant to an Award are withheld by the Company in accordance with Section 13(f) below in full or partial satisfaction of withholding taxes due in respect of the Award or due in respect of the grant, exercise, vesting, distribution or payment of the Award, the number of shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the purchase price of the shares subject to the Option, or the number of shares that are withheld by the Company in payment of such withholding taxes, shall be added back to the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards under Section 4(a)(i) above, so that the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards under Section 4(a)(i) above shall have been charged only for the net number of shares that were issued by the Company pursuant to the Option exercise or the Award.

(e) If and to the extent that the General Counsel determines that Section 4(c) or Section 4(d) above or Section 8(f) below shall cause the Company or the Plan to fail to satisfy the rules or listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange as in effect from time to time, or shall prevent Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan from qualifying as Incentive Stock Options under Code Section 422, then to that extent (and only to that extent) Section 4(c), Section 4(d) or Section 8(f) shall be disregarded. For example, if the General Counsel determines that one or more of the aforementioned Sections of the Plan will prevent Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan from qualifying as Incentive Stock Options under Code Section 422 if such Sections of the Plan are applied in determining the number of shares of Common Stock that are available from time to time

 

Page 10 of 29


to be issued pursuant to Options that are Incentive Stock Options, and determines that such Sections of the Plan will not prevent Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan from qualifying as Incentive Stock Options under Code Section 422 if such Sections of the Plan are applied in determining the number of shares of Common Stock that are available from time to time to be issued pursuant to Options that are Non-Statutory Stock Options or other Awards that are not Incentive Stock Options, then such Sections of the Plan shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock that are available from time to time to be issued pursuant to Options that are Incentive Stock Options, but not for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock that are available from time to time to be issued pursuant to Options that are Non-Statutory Stock Options or other Awards that are not Incentive Stock Options.

5. Incentive Awards

I. Generally . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(e), Incentive Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) Incentive Awards may be granted in lieu of, or as a supplement to, any other compensation that may have been earned by the Service Provider prior to the date on which the Incentive Award is granted. The amount of an Incentive Award may be based upon (i) a specified number of shares of Common Stock or the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock, or (ii) an amount of money not determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock. Any Incentive Award may be paid in the form of money or shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the payment date, or a combination of money and such shares, as the Committee may provide. Dividend Equivalents, Performance Share Awards, Performance Unit Awards, Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards are specific forms of Incentive Awards, but are not the only forms in which Incentive Awards may be made.

(b) Any shares of Common Stock that are to be issued pursuant to an Incentive Award, and any money to be paid in respect of an Incentive Award, may be issued or paid to the Service Provider at the time such Award is granted, or at any time subsequent thereto, or in installments from time to time, as the Committee shall determine when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable). In the event that any such issuance or payment shall not be made to the Service Provider at the time an Incentive Award is granted, the Committee may but need not grant Dividend Equivalents in respect of the Award, or may provide that, until such shares are issued or money is paid in respect of the Award or until the Award is forfeited, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may impose, the Award shall earn amounts equivalent to interest or another investment return specified by the Committee, which amounts may be paid as earned or deferred and reinvested, and which amounts may be paid either in money or shares of Common Stock, all as the Committee may provide when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable).

(c) Incentive Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of the shares issued or transferred pursuant to such Award, and conditions calling for forfeiture of the Award or the shares issued

 

Page 11 of 29


pursuant thereto in designated circumstances, as the Committee may determine when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable); provided, however, that upon the issuance of shares pursuant to any such Award, the recipient shall, with respect to such shares, be and become a shareholder of the Company fully entitled to receive dividends, to vote and to exercise all other rights of a shareholder except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award. In the case of a Restricted Stock Award, the recipient shall pay the par value of the shares to be issued pursuant to the Award unless such payment is not required by applicable law.

II. Performance Share Awards and Performance Unit Awards

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee may grant any Service Provider a Performance Share Award and/or a Performance Unit Award. The Committee may but need not provide that a specified portion of the Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award will be earned if the specified performance goal applicable to the Award is partially attained.

(b) Subject to Section 6(b) below, the specified performance goal applicable to a Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award may but need not consist, without limitation, of any one or more of the following: completion of a specified period of employment with or other service that benefits the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, achievement of financial or operational goals, and/or the occurrence of a specified circumstance or event. The performance goal applicable to Performance Share Awards and Performance Unit Awards, and the other terms and conditions of such awards, need not be the same for each award or each Service Provider to whom an award is granted. A Service Provider may (but need not) be granted Performance Share Awards and Performance Unit Awards each year, and the performance period applicable to any such Award may overlap with one or more years included in the performance period applicable to any earlier- or later-granted Award. Subject to Section 6(d) below, the Committee may retain discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the performance objectives applicable to Performance Share Awards and Performance Unit Awards.

(c) Subject to Section 6(e) below, when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable) the Committee may but need not provide that, if the Service Provider’s death or disability or another circumstance or event specified by the Committee occurs before the performance goal applicable to a Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award is attained, and irrespective of whether the performance goal is thereafter attained, the Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award will be earned in whole or in part (as the Committee may specify).

(d) The Committee may but need not provide for a Service Provider’s Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award to be forfeited in whole or in part if such Participant’s employment by or other service that benefits the Company, a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise terminates for any reason before shares are issued or money is paid (as applicable) in full settlement of such Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award.

 

Page 12 of 29


(e) Except as otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing a Performance Share Award or Performance Unit Award, Performance Share Awards and Performance Unit Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary.

III. Dividend Equivalents. The Committee may grant any Service Provider the right to be paid, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify when it grants the right or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable), an amount of money equal to the dividends paid from time to time on a specified number of shares of Common Stock (which may but need not be based on the number of shares that are subject to another Award, including without limitation an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights, and whether or not such other Award is vested or exercisable). When it grants the right or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable), the Committee may provide for such amount of money to be paid on each date on which such dividends are paid or at a subsequent future time or times. If it is not paid on each such date, then, if so provided by the Committee when it grants the right or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable), and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may impose, until such money is paid or forfeited, it shall be credited to the Service Provider on the books of the Company and may earn amounts equivalent to interest or another investment return specified by the Committee, or may earn amounts equivalent to the dividends that would be paid on a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on its dividend payment date equal to such amount. Any such equivalent amounts may be paid as earned or may be deferred and reinvested until a future date or dates, as the Committee may specify when it grants the right or at such other time as complies with Section 409A of the Code (if applicable), provided that any dividends deemed reinvested in shares of Common Stock shall be deemed reinvested at Fair Market Value on the applicable dividend payment date. Dividend Equivalents may be paid in the form of money or shares of Common Stock based on their Fair Market Value on the payment date, or in a combination of money and such shares, as the Committee may provide. Any shares of Common Stock issued in payment of Dividend Equivalents shall be charged against the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards under Section 4(a)(i) above.

6. Performance Measures and Other Provisions Applicable to Performance-Based Compensation Awards

(a) Awards that the Committee intends to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be granted and administered in a manner that will enable such Awards to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

(b) The performance goal applicable to any Award (other than an Appreciation-Only Award) that the Committee intends to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be based on targeted levels of, targeted levels of return on, or targeted levels of growth for, any one or more of the following performance measures on a consolidated Company, consolidated Group, business unit or divisional level, as the Committee may specify: earnings per share, net income, operating income, performance profit (operating income minus an allocated charge approximating the Company’s cost of capital, before or after tax), gross margin, revenue, working capital, total assets, net assets,

 

Page 13 of 29


stockholders’ equity, or cash flow. When it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 162(m) and, if applicable, Section 409A of the Code, the Committee shall select the performance measure or measures on which the performance goal applicable to any such Award shall be based and shall establish the levels of performance at which such Award is to be earned in whole or in part. Any such performance measure or combination of such performance measures may apply to the Service Provider’s Award in its entirety or to any designated portion or portions of the Award, as the Committee may specify. The foregoing performance measures shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAPs”) to the extent that GAAPs define such performance measures, and otherwise shall be determined in accordance with any customary and reasonable definition the Committee approves. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, unless the Committee determines otherwise prior to payment of an Award to which this Section 6(b) applies, and subject to any exercise of “negative discretion” by the Committee, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items; discontinued operations; effects of accounting changes; effects of currency fluctuations; effects of financing activities (by way of example, without limitation, effect on earnings per share of issuing convertible debt securities); expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; non-operating items; effects of acquisitions and acquisition expenses; and effects of divestitures and divestiture expenses, any of which affect any performance goal applicable to such Award (including, without limitation, earnings per share) shall be automatically excluded or included in determining the extent to which the performance goal has been achieved, whichever will produce the higher Award.

(c) Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 6(e), Section 9 and Section 10 below, Awards to which Section 6(b) above applies shall (i) “be paid solely on account of the attainment of one or more preestablished, objective performance goals” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(e)(2) or its successor) over a period of one year or longer, which performance goals shall be based upon one or more of the performance measures set forth in Section 6(b) above, and (ii) be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may impose when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 162(m) and, if applicable, Section 409A of the Code.

(d) The terms of the performance goal applicable to any Award to which Section 6(b) above applies shall preclude discretion to increase the amount of compensation that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal.

(e) An Award to which Section 6(b) above applies may be earned in whole or in part if the Service Provider’s death or disability or a Change in Control or another circumstance or event specified by the Committee occurs before the performance goal applicable to the Award is attained, and irrespective of whether the performance goal applicable to the Award is thereafter attained, but only if and to the extent that (i) the Committee so provides with respect to such Award when it grants the Award or at such other time as complies with Section 162(m) and, if applicable, Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) the Award will nevertheless qualify as Performance-Based Compensation if the performance goal applicable to such Award is attained and the Service Provider’s death or disability, a Change in Control or any such other circumstance or event specified by the Committee does not occur.

 

Page 14 of 29


7. Options. Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(e), Options shall be subject to the following provisions and such other terms and conditions, consistent with the following provisions, as the Committee may provide in the instrument evidencing the Options:

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10, the purchase price per share shall be, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted (or in the case of any optionee who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of his employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) and, in the case of a Non-Statutory Stock Option, not less than the par value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Non-Statutory Stock Option is granted. Subject to the foregoing limitations, the purchase price per share may, if the Committee so provides at the time of grant of an Option, be indexed to the increase or decrease in an index specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of any Option that the Committee intends when it grants the Option to be an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A), the exercise price shall never be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock (disregarding lapse restrictions as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.83-3(i)) on the date the Option is granted within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(vi)(B), and the number of shares subject to the Option shall be fixed on the original date of grant of the Option.

(b) The purchase price of shares subject to an Option may be paid in whole or in part (i) in money, (ii) by bank-certified, cashier’s or personal check subject to collection, (iii) if so provided in the Option and subject to Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as amended from time to time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may impose, by delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell immediately some or all of the shares acquired by exercise of the option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale proceeds (or, in lieu of or pending a sale, loan proceeds) sufficient to pay the purchase price, (iv) if so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified in the Option, in shares of Common Stock which have been owned by the optionee for at least six months or which were acquired on the open market and which are surrendered to the Company actually or by attestation, or (v) if so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified in the Option, by electing to have the Company retain some of the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued pursuant to the Option exercise. Any shares of Common Stock thus surrendered to or retained by the Company shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. If so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as are specified in the Option, in lieu of the foregoing methods of payment, any portion of the purchase price of the shares to be issued may be paid by a promissory note secured by a pledge of the purchased shares in such form and containing such provisions (which may but need not provide for interest and for payment of the note at the election of the Service Provider in money or in shares of Common Stock or other property surrendered to the Company) as the Committee may approve; provided that (A) payment by promissory note may be made only if and to the extent that the General Counsel determines that it is permissible under the Delaware

 

Page 15 of 29


General Corporation Law and Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as amended from time to time, and (B) if the Committee permits any such note to be paid by surrender of shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of such surrender, and (C) if the Committee permits any such note to be paid by surrender of other property, such other property shall be valued at its fair market value on any reasonable basis established or approved by the Committee, and (D) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and any Option that the Committee intends when it grants the Option to be an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A), any such note shall bear interest at the minimum rate required to avoid imputation of interest under federal income tax laws applicable at the time of exercise and (E) any such note shall mature in ten years or such lesser period as may be specified by the Committee.

(c) Options may be granted for such lawful consideration, including but not limited to money or other property, tangible or intangible, or labor or services received or to be received by the Company, as the Committee may determine when the Option is granted. Property for purposes of the preceding sentence shall include an obligation of the Company unless prohibited by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the other provisions of this Section 7, each Option may be exercisable in full at the time of grant or may become exercisable in one or more installments and at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee may determine when it grants the Option or at such other time as may be permissible under Section 409A of the Code (if applicable). Without limiting the foregoing, an Option may (but need not) provide by its terms that it will become exercisable in whole or in part upon the completion of specified periods of service or earlier achievement of one or more performance objectives specified therein, or that it will become exercisable only if one or more performance goals specified therein are achieved. The Committee may at any time accelerate the date on which an Option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) becomes exercisable, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such acceleration. Unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Option, an Option, to the extent it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until the expiration or termination of the Option.

(d) Subject to Section 13(a) below, each Option shall be exercisable during the life of the optionee only by him or his guardian or legal representative, and after death only by his Beneficiary. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, (i) no Option shall be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted, and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option which is granted to any optionee who, at the time such Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of his employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted. If an Option is granted for a term of less than ten years, the Committee may, at any time prior to the expiration of the Option, extend its term for a period ending not later than on the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such extension; provided that the Committee may not extend the term of an Option pursuant to this sentence if doing so would constitute an “extension” of the Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(C). Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(d) and any applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may but need not provide for an Option to be exercisable after termination of the Service Provider’s employment or other service for any period and subject to any terms and conditions that the Committee may determine.

 

Page 16 of 29


(e) An Option may, but need not, be an Incentive Stock Option; provided that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be exercisable for the first time by any Employee during any calendar year (under all plans, including this Plan, of his employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000 unless the Code is amended to allow a higher dollar amount.

(f) Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be issued to the person exercising the Option when the Option is properly exercised. No person exercising an Option shall acquire any rights of a shareholder unless and until the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option are issued to him. If so provided in the instrument evidencing the Option, the shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option may be non-transferable and forfeitable to the Company in designated circumstances and for specified periods of time.

(g) The Committee may (but need not) provide, at the time of grant of an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Statutory Stock Option (the “First Generation Option”), that the Service Provider to whom such First Generation Option is granted shall be granted a Non-Statutory Stock Option (a “Reloaded Option”) if and when (i) such Service Provider exercises all or part of the First Generation Option or a Reloaded Option granted after and descended from the First Generation Option (such First Generation Option or Reloaded Option being hereafter referred to as an “Original Option”) by surrendering shares of Common Stock already owned by him in full or partial payment of the option price under such Original Option and/or (ii) shares of Common Stock are withheld to satisfy tax obligations incident to the exercise of such Original Option. All Reloaded Options are subject to the availability of shares of Common Stock under the Plan at the time of such exercise. A Reloaded Option shall cover a number of shares of Common Stock not greater than the number of shares of Common Stock surrendered in payment of the option price under such Original Option and/or used to satisfy any tax obligation incident to the exercise of such Original Option. Each Reloaded Option shall have an option price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Reloaded Option and shall expire on the stated expiration date of the Original Option. The date of grant of a Reloaded Option shall be the date on which the exercise of the Original Option results in the grant of such Reloaded Option. A Reloaded Option shall be exercisable at any time and from time to time from or after the date of grant of the Reloaded Option (or as the Committee in its sole discretion shall otherwise specify in the written instrument evidencing the Reloaded Option). The written instrument evidencing the Original Option or the Reloaded Option may contain such other terms and conditions as the Committee may in its discretion impose, which, without limitation, may (but need not) (A) make the grant or exercise of Reloaded Options contingent on the achievement of specified levels of stock appreciation on the Original Option or otherwise, (B) limit the number of Reloaded Options that may be granted or the intervals at which Reloaded Options may be granted, and (C) include a restriction on the transferability of the Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Original Option or any Reloaded Option.

 

Page 17 of 29


(h) The Committee shall not have the authority to reduce the purchase price of shares under outstanding Options, except as permitted by Section 10 below (relating to adjustments for changes in capitalization and similar adjustments). If the Committee grants an Option under which the purchase price of the optioned shares is indexed to the increase or decrease in a specified index, as permitted by Section 7(a) above, a reduction in the purchase price resulting from a decrease in the index shall not be deemed to violate the first sentence of this Section 7(h).

(i) No Employee shall make any elective contribution or employee contribution to the Plan (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B)(4) or a successor thereto) during the six months after the Employee’s receipt of a hardship distribution from a plan of the Company or a related party within the provisions of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) containing a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code. The preceding sentence shall not apply if and to the extent that the General Counsel determines it is not necessary to qualify any such plan as a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code.

(j) No option shall be exercisable unless and until the Company (i) obtains the approval of all regulatory bodies whose approval the General Counsel may deem necessary or desirable, and (ii) complies with all legal requirements deemed applicable by the General Counsel.

(k) An Option shall be considered exercised if and when written notice, signed by the person exercising the Option and stating the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, is received by the designated representative of the Company on a properly completed form approved for this purpose by the Committee, accompanied by full payment of the Option exercise price in one or more of the forms authorized in the instrument evidencing such Option and described in Section 7(b) above for the number of shares to be purchased. No Option may at any time be exercised with respect to a fractional share unless the instrument evidencing such Option expressly provides otherwise.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as shall from time to time be determined by the Committee and to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted under the Plan may be linked to all or any part of an Option (“Linked Stock Appreciation Rights”), or may be granted without any linkage to an Option (“Free-Standing Stock Appreciation Rights”). Linked Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted on the date of grant of the related Option or on any date thereafter, as the Committee may determine. The exercise price of Stock Appreciation Rights, the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted, and, in the case of Linked Stock Appreciation Rights, whether the Stock Appreciation Rights are being granted as an alternative or a supplement to the Option to which they are linked, shall be determined on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Rights (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B).

(b) Linked Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either as an alternative or a supplement to the Option to which they are linked (the “related” Option), provided that Linked Stock

 

Page 18 of 29


Appreciation Rights may not be granted as a supplement to an Option that the Committee intends when it grants the Option to be an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as an alternative to the related Option may only be exercised when the related Option is exercisable, and at no time may a number of such Linked Stock Appreciation Rights be exercised that exceeds the number of shares with respect to which the related Option is then exercisable. Upon exercise of Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as an alternative to an Option, the holder shall be entitled to receive the amount determined pursuant to Section 8(e) below. Exercise of each such Linked Stock Appreciation Right shall cancel the related Option with respect to one share of Common Stock purchaseable under the Option. Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as a supplement to the related Option shall entitle the holder to receive the amount determined pursuant to Section 8(e) below if and when the holder purchases shares under the related Option or at any subsequent time specified in the instrument evidencing such Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted for such lawful consideration, including but not limited to money or other property, tangible or intangible, or labor or services received or to be received by the Company, as the Committee may determine when the Stock Appreciation Rights are granted. Property for purposes of the preceding sentence shall include an obligation of the Company unless prohibited by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the other provisions of this Section 8, Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercisable in full at the time of grant or may become exercisable in one or more installments and at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee may determine when it grants the Stock Appreciation Rights or at such other time as may be permissible under Section 409A of the Code (if applicable). Without limiting the foregoing, Stock Appreciation Rights may (but need not) provide by their terms that they will become exercisable in whole or in part upon the completion of specified periods of service or earlier achievement of one or more specified performance objectives, or that they will become exercisable only if one or more specified performance goals are achieved. The Committee may at any time accelerate the date on which Stock Appreciation Rights that ‘do not provide for a deferral of compensation’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B) become exercisable, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such acceleration. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or the instrument evidencing the Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent they become exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until they expire or terminate.

(d) No Free-Standing Stock Appreciation Rights or Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as a supplement to the related Option shall be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Stock Appreciation Rights were granted, and no Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as an alternative to the related Option shall be exercisable after the related Option ceases to be exercisable. If the Committee grants Stock Appreciation Rights for a lesser term than that permitted by the preceding sentence, the Committee may, at any time prior to expiration of the Stock Appreciation Rights, extend their term to the maximum term permitted by the preceding sentence, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such extension; provided that the Committee may not extend the term of Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this sentence if doing so would constitute an “extension” of the Stock Appreciation

 

Page 19 of 29


Rights within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(C). Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(d) and any applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may but need not provide for Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercisable after termination of the Service Provider’s employment or other service for any period and subject to any terms and conditions that the Committee may determine.

(e) Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive an amount of money, or a number shares of Common Stock that have a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Rights, or a combination of money and shares valued at Fair Market Value on such date, as the Committee may determine, equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of such exercise exceeds the Exercise Price (as hereafter defined) of the Stock Appreciation Rights, multiplied by the number of Stock Appreciation Rights exercised; provided that in no event shall a fractional share be issued unless the instrument evidencing such Stock Appreciation Rights expressly provides otherwise. In the case of Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as an alternative to the related Option, the Exercise Price shall be the price at which shares may be purchased under the related Option; provided that, in the case of any such Stock Appreciation Rights that the Committee intends when it grants the Stock Appreciation Rights to be stock appreciation rights that ‘do not provide for a deferral of compensation’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (disregarding lapse restrictions as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.83-3(i)) on the date the rights are granted, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B)(2). In the case of Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted as a supplement to the related Option, and in the case of Free-Standing Stock Appreciation Rights, the Exercise Price shall be the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Rights are granted, unless the Committee specifies a different price when the Stock Appreciation Rights are granted (which shall not be less than the par value of the Common Stock and which may be indexed to the increase or decrease in an index specified by the Committee); provided that, in the case of any such Stock Appreciation Rights that the Committee intends when it grants the Stock Appreciation Rights to be stock appreciation rights that ‘do not provide for a deferral of compensation’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (disregarding lapse restrictions as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.83-3(i)) on the date the rights are granted, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B)(2). When the Committee grants Stock Appreciation Rights other than Stock Appreciation Rights that the Committee intends to be stock appreciation rights that ‘do not provide for a deferral of compensation’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), the Committee may provide that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights at any time during a period commencing on the third business day following the date of release for publication of any annual or quarterly summary statements of the Company’s sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (a “Window Period”), or during the thirty-day period following a Change in Control (a “Change in Control Period”), including, without limitation, upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights which expire before the end of the Window Period or Change in Control Period in which they are exercised (“Expiring Stock Appreciation Rights”), the amount of money or shares which a Section 16 Person shall be entitled to receive in settlement of such exercise shall equal the amount by which the highest

 

Page 20 of 29


Fair Market Value of Common Stock during such Window Period or such Change in Control Period (or, in the case of Expiring Stock Appreciation Rights, the highest Fair Market Value of Common Stock during the portion of such Window Period or Change in Control Period that precedes the expiration of such Stock Appreciation Rights) exceeds the Exercise Price of the Stock Appreciation Rights multiplied by the number of Stock Appreciation Rights exercised but, in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights that relate to an Incentive Stock Option, not in excess of the maximum amount that may be paid under Code Section 422 without disqualifying such Option as an incentive stock option as defined in that Code section. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not apply to Stock Appreciation Rights that the Committee intends when it grants the Stock Appreciation Rights to be stock appreciation rights that ‘do not provide for a deferral of compensation’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B).

(f) Subject to Section 4(e) above, (i) the limitations set forth in Section 4(a)(i) above shall be charged only for the number of shares which are actually issued in settlement of Stock Appreciation Rights; and (ii) in the case of an exercise of Linked Stock Appreciation Rights that were granted as an alternative to the related Option, if the number of shares of Common Stock previously charged against such limitations on account of the portion of the Option that is cancelled in connection with such exercise in accordance with Section 8(b) exceeds the number of shares (if any) actually issued pursuant to such exercise, the excess may be added back to the maximum aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(g) Subject to Section 13(a) below, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable during the life of the Service Provider only by him or his guardian or legal representative, and after death only by his Beneficiary.

(h) The Committee shall not have the authority to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights, except as permitted by Section 10 below (relating to adjustments for changes in capitalization and similar adjustments). If the Committee grants Stock Appreciation Rights the exercise price of which is indexed to the increase or decrease in a specified index, as permitted by Section 8(e) above, a reduction in the exercise price resulting from a decrease in the index shall not be deemed to violate the first sentence of this Section 8(h).

9. Certain Change in Control, Termination of Service, Death and Disability Provisions.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the instrument evidencing an Award provides otherwise, (i) any Award which is outstanding but not yet fully exercisable, vested, earned or payable at the time of a Change in Control shall become fully exercisable, vested, earned and payable at that time; provided that (A) in lieu of becoming exercisable or payable at the time of a Change in Control in accordance with the preceding provisions of this clause (i), any such Award that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall become exercisable or payable when a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the participant (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, and (B) if such Change in Control occurs less than six months after the date on which such Award was granted and if the consideration for which such Award was granted consisted in whole or in part of future services,

 

Page 21 of 29


then (I) if such Award does not constitute deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such Award shall become fully exercisable, vested, earned and payable at the time of such Change in Control only if the participant agrees in writing (if requested to do so by the Committee in writing before such Change in Control) to remain in the employment or other applicable service that benefits the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, at least through the date which is six months after the date such Award was granted, with substantially the same title, duties, authority, reporting relationships, compensation and indemnification as on the day immediately preceding the Change in Control, and (II) if such Award constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such Award shall become vested and earned at the time of such Change in Control only if the participant agrees in writing (if requested to do so by the Committee in writing before such Change in Control) to remain in the employment or other applicable service that benefits the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, at least through the date which is six months after the date such Award was granted, with substantially the same title, duties, authority, reporting relationships, compensation and indemnification as on the day immediately preceding the Change in Control; and (ii) any Option or Stock Appreciation Right that does not provide for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or (B) and which is outstanding at the time of a Change in Control shall remain exercisable for the full balance of its 10 year (or lesser) term, irrespective of any provision that would otherwise cause such Option or Stock Appreciation Right to terminate sooner.

(b) Subject to Section 9(a) above, the Committee may at any time, and subject to such terms and conditions as it may impose:

(i) authorize the holder of an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights following the termination of the participant’s employment or other applicable service that benefits the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, or following the participant’s death or disability, whether or not the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights would otherwise be exercisable following such event, provided that in no event may an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights be exercised after the expiration of their term;

(ii) grant Options and Stock Appreciation Rights which become exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control;

(iii) provide for Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised automatically and only for money in the event of a Change in Control;

(iv) authorize any Award to become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable following (A) the termination of the Service Provider’s employment with or other applicable service that benefits the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, or (B) the Service Provider’s death or disability, whether or not the Award would otherwise become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable following such event;

(v) grant Awards which become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable only in the event of a Change in Control; and

 

Page 22 of 29


(vi) provide in advance or at the time of a Change in Control for money to be paid in settlement of any Award in the event of a Change in Control, either at the election of the participant or at the election of the Committee;

provided that the authority conferred upon the Committee by the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(b) may not be exercised (A) with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that the Committee intends when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is granted to qualify as an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), if and to the extent that such exercise of authority would cause the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to fail to qualify as such, or (B) if such exercise of authority would constitute an acceleration or deferral of compensation that violates Section 409A of the Code or would otherwise violate Section 409A of the Code, or (C) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code, if the exercise of such authority would prevent the Award from so qualifying.

10. Adjustment Provisions. In the event that any recapitalization, or reclassification, split-up, reverse split, or consolidation of shares of Common Stock shall be effected, or the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be, in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company or a sale by the Company of all or a part of its assets, exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or any other entity or person, or a spin-off or a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock or other property (other than normal cash dividends) shall occur, (a) the maximum aggregate number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued in accordance with Section 4(a)(i) above pursuant to (i) Awards thereafter granted, and (ii) Awards thereafter granted that are not Appreciation-Only Awards, (b) the maximum number and class of shares or other securities or property with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or Awards other than Appreciation-Only Awards and Dollar-Denominated Awards, may be granted during any calendar year to any Employee or other Service Provider pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) or 4(a)(iii) above, (c) the number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued under outstanding Awards, (d) the exercise price or purchase price to be paid per share under outstanding and future Awards, and (e) the price to be paid per share by the Company or a Subsidiary for shares or other securities or property issued pursuant to Awards which are subject to a right of the Company or a Subsidiary to reacquire such shares or other securities or property, shall in each case be equitably adjusted; provided that with respect to Incentive Stock Options any such adjustments shall comply with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code, and, provided further, that no such adjustments may be made to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that the Committee intends when it grants the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to qualify as an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), that would cause the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to fail to qualify as such, and, provided further, that no such adjustments may be made to an Award that would prevent any amount payable thereunder that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code or that is intended to qualify as a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) from being objectively determinable under a nondiscretionary formula for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i) and, if applicable, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

Page 23 of 29


11. Effective Date and Duration of Plan; Effect on Prior Plans. The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date. No awards shall be granted under the Prior Plan or the Prior Program on or after the Effective Date, except for awards, if any, that the Company is contractually obligated to grant under the Prior Plan or the Prior Program on or after the Effective Date pursuant to agreements in force prior to the Effective Date which are not amended to provide for the awards to be granted under the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by shareholders of the Company, the Plan (including the preceding sentence) shall be null, void and of no force or effect. If the Plan is approved by shareholders of the Company, Awards may be granted within ten years after the Effective Date, but not thereafter. In no event shall an Incentive Stock Option be granted under the Plan more than ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier.

12. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board consisting of two or more directors appointed from time to time by the Board. No person shall be appointed to or shall serve as a member of such committee unless at the time of such appointment and service he shall be an “independent director” as defined in applicable rules or listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and a “non-employee director” as defined in SEC Rule 16b-3. Unless the Board determines otherwise, such committee shall also be comprised solely of “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(3). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the maximum extent permissible under applicable laws and regulations, including in particular but not limited to Sections 141(c) and 157(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and applicable rules or listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee under the Plan may be exercised with respect to Service Providers who at the time any such authority or responsibility is exercised are not and have never been (i) Section 16 Persons, or (ii) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, by (A) another committee of the Board to which the Board delegates such authority or responsibility, the members of which committee may be officers or employees of the Company and need not be “independent directors”, “non-employee directors” or “outside directors” referred to above, or (B) a Chief Executive Officer of the Company and/or a chairperson of the Committee to whom the Board or the Committee delegates such authority or responsibility. To the extent that the Board or the Committee (as applicable) delegates the authority and responsibility of the Committee pursuant to the foregoing, all references to the Committee in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the committee to which, or the person to whom, such authority and responsibility is so delegated.

(b) The Committee may establish such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and may amend or revoke any rule or regulation so established. The Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, have full power and discretion to interpret, administer and construe the Plan and full authority to make all determinations and decisions thereunder including without limitation the authority and discretion to (i) determine the persons who are Service Providers and select the Service Providers who are to participate in the Plan, (ii) determine when Awards shall be granted,

 

Page 24 of 29


(iii) determine the number of shares and/or amount of money to be made subject to each Award, (iv) determine the type of Award to grant, (v) determine the terms and conditions of each Award, including the exercise price, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights, and whether specific Awards shall be linked to one another and if so whether they shall be alternative to or supplement one another, (vi) make any adjustments pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, and (vii) determine whether or not a specific Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the authority to establish and administer performance goals applicable to Awards, and the authority to certify that such performance goals are attained, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(4). The interpretation by the Committee of the terms and provisions of the Plan and any instrument issued thereunder, and its administration thereof, and all action taken by the Committee, shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company, its stockholders, Subsidiaries, Allied Enterprises, all participants and Service Providers, and upon their respective Beneficiaries, successors and assigns, and upon all other persons claiming under or through any of them.

(c) Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Committee acting under this Plan shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of counsel and shall incur no liability except for gross or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties.

13. General Provisions.

(a) No Award, including without limitation any Option or Stock Appreciation Rights, shall be transferable by the Service Provider or other rightful holder of such Award other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary. The preceding sentence and any other provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may (but need not) permit a Service Provider to transfer any Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B), other than a Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is linked to an Incentive Stock Option, during his lifetime to such other persons and such entities and on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Committee may provide in the written instrument documenting such Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; provided that such transfer would not cause such Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right to fail to qualify as a Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) or 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B).

(b) Nothing in this Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant hereto shall confer upon any person any right to continue in the employment or other service of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Allied Enterprise, or shall affect the right of the Company or a Subsidiary or any Allied Enterprise to terminate the employment or other service of any person at any time with or without cause or assigning a reason therefor.

(c) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred pursuant to an Award unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares have, in the opinion of the General Counsel, been satisfied. Any such issuance or transfer shall be contingent upon the person acquiring the shares giving the Company any assurances the General Counsel may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.

 

Page 25 of 29


(d) No person (individually or as a member of a group) and no Beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him, shall have any right, title or interest in or to any shares of Common Stock (i) issued or transferred to, or acquired by, a trust or other legal entity pursuant to the next sentence of this Section 13(d), (ii) allocated, or (iii) reserved for the purposes of this Plan, or subject to any Award, except as to such shares of Common Stock, if any, as shall have been issued to him. The Committee may (but need not) provide at any time or from time to time (including without limitation upon or in contemplation of a Change in Control) for a number of shares of Common Stock, equal to the number of such shares subject to Awards then outstanding, to be issued or transferred to, or acquired by, a trust (which may but need not be a grantor trust) or other legal entity for the purpose of satisfying the Company’s obligations under such Awards, and, unless prohibited by applicable law, such shares held in trust or in such other legal entity shall be considered authorized and issued shares with full dividend and voting rights, notwithstanding that the Awards to which such shares relate shall not have been exercised or may not be exercisable or vested at that time.

(e) In the event the laws of a foreign country, in which the Company or a Subsidiary or any Allied Enterprise has Service Providers, prescribe certain requirements for stock incentives to qualify for advantageous tax treatment under the laws of that country (including, without limitation, laws establishing options analogous to Incentive Stock Options), the Board of Directors, may restate, in whole or in part, this Plan and may include in such restatement additional provisions for the purpose of qualifying the restated plan and stock incentives granted thereunder under such laws; provided, however, that (i) the terms and conditions of a stock incentive granted under such restated plan may not be more favorable to the recipient than would be permitted if such stock incentive had been granted under the Plan as herein set forth, (ii) all shares allocated to or utilized for the purposes of such restated plan shall be subject to the limitations of Section 4, and (iii) the provisions of the restated plan may give the Board less but not more discretion to amend or terminate such restated plan than is provided with respect to this Plan by the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

(f) The Company and its Subsidiaries and any Allied Enterprises may make such provisions as they may deem appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which they determine they are required to withhold in connection with any Award. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may, subject to such terms and conditions as it may impose, permit or require any withholding tax obligation arising in connection with any Award or the grant, exercise, vesting, distribution or payment of any Award, up to the minimum required federal, state and local withholding taxes, including payroll taxes, to be satisfied in whole or in part, with or without the consent of the Service Provider or other rightful holder of the Award, by having the Company withhold all or any part of the shares of Common Stock that vest or would otherwise be issued or distributed at such time. Any shares so withheld shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of such withholding.

(g) Nothing in this Plan is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of

 

Page 26 of 29


compensation or fringe benefits to directors, officers, employees, consultants or Service Providers generally, or to any class or group of such persons, which the Company or any Subsidiary now has or may hereafter lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any incentive compensation, retirement, pension, group insurance, stock purchase, stock bonus or stock option plan. A Service Provider may be granted an Award whether or not he is eligible to receive similar or dissimilar incentive compensation under any other plan or arrangement of the Company.

(h) The Company’s obligation to issue shares of Common Stock or to pay money in respect of any Award shall be subject to the condition that such issuance or payment would not impair the Company’s capital or constitute a breach of or cause the Company to be in violation of any covenant, warranty or representation made by the Company in any credit agreement to which the Company is a party before the date of grant of such Award.

(i) By accepting any benefits under the Plan, each Service Provider, and each person claiming under or through him, shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all provisions of the Plan and any action or decision under the Plan by the Company, its agents and employees, and the Board of Directors and the Committee.

(j) The validity, construction, interpretation and administration of the Plan and of any determinations or decisions made thereunder, and the rights of all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be governed by, and determined exclusively in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, but without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the period within which any action arising under or in connection with the Plan must be commenced, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof, irrespective of the place where the act or omission complained of took place and of the residence of any party to such action and irrespective of the place where the action may be brought. A Service Provider’s acceptance of any Award shall constitute his irrevocable and unconditional waiver of the right to a jury trial in any action or proceeding concerning the Award, the Plan or any rights or obligations of the Service Provider or the Company under or with respect to the Award or the Plan.

(k) The use of the masculine gender shall also include within its meaning the feminine. The use of the singular shall include within its meaning the plural and vice versa.

14. Amendment and Termination. Subject to any applicable shareholder approval requirements of Delaware or federal law, the New York Stock Exchange or the Code, the Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors at any time and in any respect, including without limitation to permit or facilitate qualification of Options theretofore or thereafter granted (a) as Incentive Stock Options under the Code, or (b) for such other special tax treatment as may be enacted on or after the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, provided that, without stockholder approval, no amendment shall increase the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, or shall permit the exercise price of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to be reduced, except as permitted by Section 7(h), Section 8(h) and Section 10 hereof. The Plan may also be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors. No amendment or termination of this Plan shall adversely affect any Award granted prior to the date of such amendment or termination without the written consent of the holder of such Award.

 

Page 27 of 29


15. Code Section 409A Provisions.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, (i) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made pursuant to this Plan to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“ Specified Employee ”) due to a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“ Separation from Service ”) before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (ii) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (i), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any amount or benefit (and only to any amount or benefit) to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan if and to the extent that such amount or benefit is not subject to Section 409A of the Code for any reason, including, without limitation, Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) (relating to welfare benefit plans), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or the “grandfather” rules incorporated in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6.

(b) If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, a person who participates in or has any legally binding right, contingent or otherwise, under this Plan (a “ Participant ”), is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), then the Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of Section 15(a) above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Participant shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. By participating or continuing to participate in this Plan or accepting any legally binding right under this Plan, the Participant irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of

 

Page 28 of 29


identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Plan, and (ii) agrees that the Participant’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he or she may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Participant’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

(c) If a Participant has any right under this Plan to “a series of installment payments that is not a life annuity” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), then such right shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), in order to maximize the payments (if any) that may be excluded from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to payments due to involuntary separation from service or participation in a window program).

(d) Any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan is intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code or to comply with Section 409A of the Code, so that none of such compensation will be includible in the Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Plan that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any compensation that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Plan will not be includible in the Participant’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Participant as to the tax consequences of this Plan or of participation in this Plan.

***

 

Page 29 of 29

Exhibit 10.20

January 12, 2009

Mr. Francis C. Boyle, Jr.

82 Teeter Rock Road

Trumbull, CT 06611

Dear Frank:

This letter sets forth the terms on which you agree to remain employed by Barnes Group Inc. (the “ Company ”) through February 28, 2010. If the terms set forth herein are agreeable to you, kindly sign this letter and return it to me. When you return the signed letter to me or, if later, when this letter is ratified by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”), it will become an agreement binding on the Company and you effective as of January 12, 2009. The duplicate copy is for your records.

1. You agree to remain in the full-time employ of the Company through February 28, 2010 and to retire effective March 1, 2010. Effective on January 12, 2009, your position and title will change from Vice President, Controller and Acting Chief Financial Officer to Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, which position you agree to hold until you retire on March 1, 2010. As the Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, you will (a) report to the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, (b) assist in the transition of your former duties and responsibilities as Acting CFO to the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, (c) assist in the transition of duties of Vice President, Controller to such person or persons as may be assigned to that position, (d) continue to be responsible for signing the Company’s Annual Report on SEC Form 10-K and any other applicable filings as the Company’s Principal Accounting Officer, and (e) have such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with the position of Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, as the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company may assign to you from time to time.

2. Until May 1, 2009, the Company will continue to pay you salary at the annual rate of $400,000. Effective on May 1, 2009, your salary will revert to its former annual rate of $250,000. You will continue to participate in the Company’s annual incentive program. Your target incentive will remain at 35% of salary with a maximum payout of 105% of salary. However, we will calculate the first four months of your 2009 annual incentive payment based on an annual salary of $400,000, and the balance of the year will be based on an annual salary of $250,000. The payouts to participants are subject to the provisions of the plan, and are scheduled to be paid in late February of the year immediately following the plan year (i.e., payouts for the 2009 plan year are expected to be paid in late February 2010).

 

1


3. If you (a) remain in the full-time employ of the Company through February 28, 2010, (b) discharge your duties and responsibilities described above, and (c) retire on March 1, 2010, then the Company will pay you the sum of $315,000 as follows: $91,875 in a single payment on September 2, 2010 and the balance of $223,125 in seventeen (17) equal monthly installments of $13,125, commencing with the month of October, 2010 and ending with the month of February, 2012. Each monthly payment will be paid during the first 15 days of the month, on a date determined by the Company. For purposes of this letter, you will be deemed to “ retire ” when you have a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(3))(“ Separation from Service ”). For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph you will be deemed to have a Separation from Service on March 1, 2010 if February 28, 2010 is your last day of employment.

4. The Company will not make any payments to you pursuant to paragraph 3 above if you have a Separation from Service for any reason before or after March 1, 2010 (except with the written consent of an authorized officer of the Company given with specific reference to this letter), or if for any reason you fail to perform the duties and responsibilities described above. The only exception is if (a) you have a Separation from Service before March 1, 2010 under circumstances that entitle you to receive benefits under the Executive Separation Pay Plan as amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (the “ Separation Pay Plan ”), and (b) you perform the duties and responsibilities described above until such Separation from Service, in which case, in addition to any benefits that are payable to you under the Separation Pay Plan, the Company will pay you the aforementioned sum of $315,000, at the same times and in the same installments it would have paid it if you had remained in the full-time employ of the Company through February 28, 2010 and retired on March 1, 2010 in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 3 above. Amounts payable pursuant to paragraph 3 above (or the preceding sentence of this paragraph 4) are in addition to any other amounts to which you may be entitled under any compensation or benefit plan of the Company. The payments made pursuant to paragraph 3 above (or this paragraph 4) will not be taken into account in determining your eligibility for or the amount of any other compensation or benefits that may be payable under any compensation or benefit plan or arrangement of the Company or its affiliates, unless (i) the other compensation or benefits in question constitute deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) or (ii) the plan in question is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (a “ Qualified Plan ”) and in either case (i) and (ii) under such plan or arrangement the payments pursuant to paragraph 3 above (or this paragraph 4) are to be taken into account in determining your eligibility for or the amount of such compensation or benefits. If contrary to the preceding sentence such payments are taken into account in determining your eligibility for or the amount of any other compensation or benefits that are payable to you under any compensation or benefit plan or arrangement of the Company or its affiliates, then you hereby waive any right to the resulting additional compensation or benefits. For the avoidance of doubt,

 

2


you are not waiving any right to any compensation or benefit that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code or to any benefits under a Qualified Plan, but you and the Company agree that the payments pursuant to paragraph 3 above (or this paragraph 4) are not taken into account in determining your eligibility for or the amount of any benefits under the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan or any Qualified Plan (including without limitation the Company’s Salaried Retirement Income Plan and Retirement Savings Plan).

5. If requested to do so, the Company will provide references and reasonable assistance in connection with your efforts to be appointed to the board of directors of a publicly-traded company. You agree to execute and deliver such instruments, documents, certificates, and affidavits and supply such other information and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require in order to effectuate or document your retirement, your resignation as an officer and from all other positions with Company, and the termination of your employment with the Company.

6. Notwithstanding any provision of this letter to the contrary, at all times during your employment by the Company you will continue to be an employee at will, subject to termination of employment by the Company at any time and for any reason, but subject to the consequences of such termination of employment set forth in this letter and in any compensation and benefit plan of the Company in which you participate, including without limitation the Separation Pay Plan. All amounts payable pursuant to this letter are subject to the withholding of such amounts as the Company may determine it is required to withhold pursuant to the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction, and are subject to such other deductions as may be authorized by you. Your rights to payments under this letter are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by your creditors or any of your beneficiaries, and any attempt to effectuate any of the foregoing with respect to any of your aforementioned rights shall be null and void and of no force or effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

7. Any provision of this letter to the contrary notwithstanding, if you are a specified employee within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i), as determined in accordance with paragraph 8 below (“ Specified Employee ”) on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment to be paid pursuant to this letter that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and that is payable due to a Separation from Service during the six-month period following the Separation from Service shall not be paid before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of your death) and shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of your death), in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(2)(ii). The preceding sentence shall apply to any amount (and only to any amount) to be paid pursuant to this letter to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any amount if and to the extent that such amount is not subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise.

 

3


8. If at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, you are in Salary Grade 20 or above or meet the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5)), then you shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of paragraph 7 above for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or the Committee at any time prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six-month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six-Month Delay ”) in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i) or the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether you shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of paragraph 7 above shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. You hereby irrevocably (a) consent to any such Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe at any time and any such Different Election that the Board or Committee may make at any time for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six-Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, and (b) agree that your consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (c) waive any right you may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason your consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

9. Any payments that may be made pursuant to this letter are intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A of the Code (including without limitation the exclusion for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4)), and/or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the payments that may be made pursuant to this letter will be includible in your federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. This letter shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intentions, and any provision of this letter that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, any provision of this letter to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the payments that may be paid pursuant to this letter will not be includible in your federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to you as to the tax consequences of this letter. Your right to any series of payments that are to be paid under this letter and that is eligible to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

4


10. No provision of this letter may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee or its duly authorized delegate may unilaterally amend this letter in whole or in part, at any time, in such respects as the Committee or its duly authorized delegate may determine to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and by signing this letter below you hereby consent to any amendments that the Committee or its duly authorized delegate may make pursuant to this sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence is not intended to authorize or constitute your consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v), and, if and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything therein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute your consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

11. This letter contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this letter and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this letter which are not set forth herein.

If you understand and agree to all of the provisions of this letter, please sign it where indicated below and return it to me. When you return the signed letter to me or, if later, when the letter is ratified by the Committee, it will become an agreement binding on the Company and you effective as of January 12, 2009.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ John R. Arrington

John R. Arrington
Senior Vice President, Human Resources

I understand and agree to all of the foregoing:

            /s/ Francis C. Boyle, Jr.

Francis C. Boyle, Jr.

 

5

Exhibit 10.21

Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

231 Roxbury Road

Stamford, CT 06902

Dear Bill:

This letter sets forth the arrangements relating to the termination of your employment with Barnes Group Inc. (the “ Company ”). To signify that you understand and agree to these arrangements, kindly sign this letter where indicated on the last page and return it to me on or before July 21, 2008, whereupon it will become an agreement binding upon the Company and you. This letter will be void and of no force or effect if you do not sign and return it to me on or before that date.

 

1. Resignation . You hereby resign as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective as of 12:01 AM on June 2, 2008. Effective as of that time and date, you also hereby resign from the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), from any committee of the Board of which you are a member, and as an officer, director and fiduciary of, and any other position you may hold with, any of the Company’s employee benefit plans. However, as provided in paragraph 2 below, if the conditions set forth in clauses 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) below are satisfied, you will remain an employee of the Company until August 31, 2008. If the conditions set forth in clauses 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) below are not satisfied, your last day of employment by the Company will be May 31, 2008. However, you hereby agree that, in the event that your last day of employment by the Company is May 31, 2008 in accordance with the preceding sentence, your status as an officer or director of (or any similar position in) any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company of which you are an officer or director (or in which you hold any similar position) on May 31, 2008, other than your status (if any) as an employee of any such entity, will continue until such time (in no event to exceed three months) after May 31, 2008 as the Company or its designee replaces you as such an officer or director (or similar position) or, if sooner, until such time as the Company or its designee requests your resignation as such, which you agree to give promptly.


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

2. Conditions . If you (a) sign the Release of Claims which is Attachment A to this letter (the “ Release ”) on or after June 1, 2008 and on or before July 21, 2008 (the “ First Release ”), and you (b) deliver the signed First Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, and you (c) do not exercise your right to revoke the First Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you (d) sign and deliver to me the Covenant Agreement which is Attachment B to this letter (the “ Covenant Agreement ”) on or before July 21, 2008, then in that event your employment by the Company will not terminate until 11:59 PM on August 31, 2008, and the provisions of this letter (except paragraphs 6, 8, 9(b) and 15(b)) will apply. If you do not sign and deliver the First Release within the periods indicated in clauses (a) and (b) of the preceding sentence, or if you exercise your right to revoke the First Release within 7 days after you sign it, or if you do not sign and deliver to me the Covenant Agreement on or before July 21, 2008 , then your employment by the Company will terminate effective as of 11:59 PM on May 31, 2008, the first two and last two sentences of paragraph 1 above will continue to apply, and none of the provisions of paragraphs 3 through 17 below (except paragraphs 12, 13(b), 14, 15(c) and 16(b)) will apply. Furthermore, by signing this letter, you agree that, if you do not sign and deliver the First Release within the periods indicated in clauses (a) and (b) above of this paragraph 2 or if you exercise your right to revoke the First Release within 7 days after you sign it, or if you do not sign and deliver to me the Covenant Agreement on or before July 21, 2008 , then effective as of June 1, 2008 you will (and hereby do) relinquish any rights you or your contingent annuitant or other beneficiary may then have to any present or future payments under the Company’s Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan as amended (the “ SSORP ”). If you sign and deliver the First Release within the periods indicated in clauses (a) and (b) above of this paragraph 2 and you do not exercise your right to revoke the First Release within 7 days after you sign it, but you do not sign the Covenant Agreement and deliver it to me on or before July 21, 2008, then, in addition to the consequences set forth in the two preceding sentences, you will be entitled to 12 months of severance pay under Section 4.1 of the Company’s Executive Separation Pay Plan as amended (the “ Separation Pay Plan ”) and you will be eligible to continue participation in certain Company benefit plans for 12 months under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, on the terms and subject to the conditions of that Plan.

The provisions of paragraphs 6, 8, 9(b) and 15(b) of this letter will apply only if you (i) sign another facsimile of the Release on or after September 1, 2008 and on or before September 22, 2008 (the “ Second Release ”), and you (ii) deliver the signed Second Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, and you (iii) do not exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you (iv) signed the Covenant Agreement and delivered it to me on or before July 21, 2008. If you do not sign and deliver the Second Release within the periods indicated in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, or if you exercise your right to revoke the Second

 

Page -2-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

Release within 7 days after you sign it, or if you did not sign the Covenant Agreement and deliver it to me on or before July 21, 2008 , none of the provisions of paragraphs 6, 8, 9(b) and 15(b) of this letter will apply. However, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph 1 of this letter will continue to apply, as will the next sentence (if applicable). By signing this letter, you agree that, if you satisfy the conditions set forth in clauses 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) above but you do not sign and deliver the Second Release within the periods indicated in clauses (i) and (ii) above of this paragraph 2 or you exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, then, any provision of this letter, the Separation Pay Plan or the SSORP to the contrary notwithstanding, effective as of September 1, 2008 you will (and hereby do) relinquish any rights you may then have to severance pay under Section 4.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, any rights you may then have to continue participation in Company benefit plans under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, and any rights you or your contingent annuitant or other beneficiary may then have to any present or future payments under the SSORP.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that this letter provides valuable benefits to which you are not entitled if you do not sign the First Release, and valuable additional benefits to which you are not entitled if you do not sign the Second Release. You also acknowledge and agree that the Company is providing the valuable benefits described in this letter in exchange for your signing the First and Second Releases, your not revoking them, your signing the Covenant Agreement, and your compliance with the terms of this letter and the terms of the Covenant Agreement. YOU ARE HEREBY ADVISED TO CONSULT AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS LETTER, THE RELEASE OR THE COVENANT AGREEMENT.

 

3.

Three Months of Continued Employment . Subject to paragraph 2 above, you will continue to be employed by the Company during the three month period from June 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008. During that period, you will report to work (unless you are notified not to do so) at such reasonable location or locations as the Company may direct, you will perform those executive duties that you are assigned to perform, you will render such transition assistance to other Company personnel (including without limitation your successor as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer) and other persons rendering services on behalf of the Company as the Company may request of you, and you will continue to be subject to and to abide by the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct and all other rules and policies of the Company relating to the behavior of Company employees. During that three month period, you will continue to serve as an officer or director of (or in any similar position in) any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company of which you are an officer or director (or in which you hold a similar position) on May 31, 2008, until such time as the Company or its designee replaces you as such an officer or

 

Page -3-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

director (or in that similar position) or, if sooner, until such time as the Company requests your resignation as such, which you agree to give promptly. During that three month period, however, you will not have any authority to act on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their employee benefit plans unless you are notified otherwise in writing by an officer of the Company or his or her delegate. Any provision above of this paragraph 3 to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event are you to perform services pursuant to this paragraph 3 that exceed 20 percent of the average level of services you performed over the 36-month period preceding June 1, 2008 (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)).

 

4. Three Months of Salary Continuation . Subject to paragraph 2 above, during the three month period from June 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008 the Company will continue to pay you salary at the same rate you have been paid heretofore. The first payment will be made on the next regular pay date after May 31, 2008, i.e., on June 2, 2008. The second salary payment will be made on the first regular pay date following the Last Revocation Day, as defined in the First Release. If the first regular pay date following the Last Revocation Day is July 1, then the second salary payment will be made on that date and the third and last salary payment will be made on the next regular pay date, which is August 1, 2008. If the first regular pay date following the Last Revocation Day is August 1, then both the second and third salary payments will be made on that date. For the avoidance of doubt, the regular pay dates during the three month period from June 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008 are: June 2, July 1 and August 1, 2008, and the amount of salary you will be paid, before deductions and withholdings, is $36,666.67 per pay date. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of salary you will be paid during the three month period from June 1 through August 31, 2008 is $110,000.01.

 

5. Three Months of Salary is Three Months of Severance Pay . By signing this letter, you agree that your “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) will take place on June 1, 2008, rather than on September 1, 2008, and that, therefore, you will be entitled to receive severance pay and continue participation in certain Company benefit plans under the Separation Pay Plan, on the terms and subject to the conditions of that Plan, during the 12 months commencing on June 1, 2008, rather than on September 1, 2008. However, you also agree that the salary payable to you during the three month period from June 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008 pursuant to paragraph 4 of this letter will constitute the first three months of that severance pay, and that the Company’s performance of its obligations under paragraph 4 of this letter will fully satisfy and discharge the Company’s obligation to pay you the first three months of severance pay under the Separation Pay Plan.

 

Page -4-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

6. Nine Additional Months of Severance Pay . Subject to paragraph 2 above, the last nine months of severance pay to which you may be entitled under the Separation Pay Plan will be paid to you during the nine month period from September 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009. During that nine month period, the Company will pay you severance pay at a monthly rate equal to what was formerly your monthly rate of salary. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of severance pay you will be paid during that nine month period, before deductions and withholdings, is $330,000.03. However, as provided in paragraph 2 above, the nine months of severance pay will be paid to you only if you sign the Second Release on or after September 1, 2008 and on or before September 22, 2008, you deliver the signed Second Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, you do not exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you signed the Covenant Agreement and delivered it to me on or before July 21, 2008. The first installment of this severance pay will be paid on the first regular pay date following the Last Revocation Day, as defined in the Second Release, i.e., on October 1, 2008. The first installment will consist of the severance payment for the September 1 pay date plus the severance payment for the October 1 pay date. The balance of the severance payments will be paid on regular pay dates after the October 1 pay date, until May 31, 2009. The regular pay dates during the nine month period from September 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009 are: September 1, October 1, November 3, December 1, January 5, February 2, March 2, April 1 and May 1, 2009. The amount of severance pay you will be paid, before deductions and withholdings, is $36,666.67 per pay date. By signing this letter agreement, you acknowledge and agree that (a) the Company’s performance of its obligations under paragraph 4 above and this paragraph 6 will fully satisfy and discharge the Company’s obligation to pay you severance pay under Section 4.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, and that (b) you are not entitled to any severance pay under any other plan or arrangement of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

7. Three Months of Employee Benefits and Fringe Benefits .

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph 2 above, during the three month period from June 1 through August 31, 2008, inclusive, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the employee welfare benefit plans and fringe benefit plans of the Company in which you were eligible to participate immediately prior to the effective time of your resignation as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, including without limitation the Senior Executive Enhanced Life Insurance Program as amended (the “ SEELIP ”), subject in all events to the terms and conditions of those plans. You are required to continue making any premium and/or other employee contributions required by those benefit plans in order to maintain coverage during such period. Fringe benefit plans in which you will continue to be eligible to participate during this three month period include the

 

Page -5-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

Company policies relating to Company cars, cell phones, club memberships, executive physicals and financial planning. Any expenses incurred during that three month period that are reimbursable pursuant to the aforementioned fringe benefit plans must be submitted to the Company for reimbursement during 2008, and will be reimbursed no later than March 15, 2009. Directors and officers liability insurance coverage and indemnification are addressed by paragraph 19 below.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding paragraph 7(a) above, during the three month period from June 1 through August 31, 2008 and thereafter, (i) you will not participate in the Separation Pay Plan or in any other severance pay plan or arrangement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including without limitation the Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and you dated March 31, 2000 (the “ CIC Agreement ”), which you acknowledge and agree will become null and void and of no further force or effect upon your Separation from Service, because it does not apply if a Separation from Service occurs before a Change in Control (as defined in the CIC Agreement), and (ii) you will not accrue vacation days. In addition, any provision (other than the next sentence) of this letter, the SSORP or the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as amended (the “ SERP ”) to the contrary notwithstanding, during the three month period from June 1 through August 31, 2008 and thereafter, you will not accrue any additional benefits or earn any additional service credit under any defined benefit pension plan, including without limitation the SSORP and the SERP. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, during the three months from June 1 through August 31, 2008, you will be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Barnes Group Inc. Salaried Retirement Income Plan as amended (the “ Qualified Pension Plan ”), on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Qualified Pension Plan. Any additional benefits earned under the Qualified Pension Plan during that three month period will not be taken into account in calculating the SSORP benefits that will be payable to you in accordance with paragraph 11 below.

 

  (c)

Nothing in this letter shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any employee benefit plan or fringe benefit plan without your consent, or shall impose any liability on the Company for doing so. By signing this letter, you agree that the employee benefits to be provided to you during the three month period from June 1 through August 31, 2008 pursuant to paragraph 7(a) above will constitute the first three months of employee benefits to which you are entitled under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, and that the Company’s performance of its obligations under paragraph 7(a) above will fully

 

Page -6-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

satisfy and discharge and exceed the Company’s obligation under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan to make employee benefits available to you during the first three months of the period during which you receive severance payments.

 

8. Nine Additional Months of Certain Employee Benefits .

 

  (a) The last nine months during which you may continue to participate in employee benefit plans under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan run from September 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009. Subject to paragraph 2 above, during that nine month period you may continue to participate in the Company’s medical, dental, group life insurance, supplemental life, dependent life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, flexible benefit reimbursement accounts and long-term disability plans, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of those plans. You are required to continue making any premium and/or other employee contributions required by these benefit plans in order to maintain coverage during such period. In accordance with Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, you will also receive the same benefits under the SEELIP, at the same times that you would have received them, if your employment and eligibility to participate in the SEELIP had continued until June 30, 2009. However, as provided in paragraph 2 above, you may continue to participate in the aforementioned employee benefit plans during that nine month period and will receive the aforementioned SEELIP benefits only if you sign the Second Release on or after September 1, 2008 and on or before September 22, 2008, you deliver the signed Second Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, you do not exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you signed the Covenant Agreement and delivered it to me on or before July 21, 2008.

 

  (b) By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that (i) the employee benefits to be provided to you during the nine month period from September 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009 (or 10 month period ending June 30, 2009, in the case of the SEELIP coverage) pursuant to paragraph 8(a) above will constitute the last nine months of employee benefits (and last 10 months of SEELIP coverage) to which you are entitled under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, (ii) the Company’s performance of its obligations under paragraph 7(a) and paragraph 8(a) above will fully satisfy and discharge the Company’s obligation to make employee benefits available to you under Section 6.1 of the Separation Pay Plan, and (iii) you are not entitled to any employee benefits under any other severance plan or arrangement of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Page -7-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

  (c) On September 1, 2008 you will cease to be eligible to contribute to the Retirement Savings Plan or to accrue any additional benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan. On that date, you will also cease to be eligible to participate in any of the Company’s other employee benefit plans or fringe benefit plans, including the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and any profit-sharing plan, unless stated otherwise in paragraph 8(a) above. You are vested in the Qualified Pension Plan and will be eligible to receive benefits in accordance with the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan. With respect to the Retirement Savings Plan, you can access the Fidelity Website at www.401k.com or the Retirement Benefits Line at 1-800-835-5095 for the necessary information to receive a distribution or rollover of your Savings Plan account to an IRA or another qualified plan.

 

  (d) After May 31, 2009, COBRA medical and/or dental coverage may be continued upon payment by you of the full premium for up to eighteen (18) months or the date on which you become covered for medical and/or dental benefits under another group health plan, whichever occurs first.

 

  (e) You have the option of continuing the SEELIP policy beyond June 30, 2009 at your own expense. Please note that you must notify Bret Maffett at the C. M. Smith Agency at (860) 633-3611 to cancel the policy. If you have any additional questions regarding this benefit, please contact Martin Van Walsum, Director, Global Compensation and Executive Benefits at (860) 973-2165.

 

  (f) Within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A)(3), the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind SEELIP or other benefits provided pursuant to paragraph 7(a) and paragraph 8(a) above during your taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the in-kind SEELIP or other benefits to be provided in any other taxable year. In order to satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v), each tax gross-up payment to be made pursuant to paragraph 7(a) or paragraph 8(a) above (i.e., in connection with the SEELIP or financial planning policy) will be made in your taxable year in which you remit the related taxes.

 

9. Consulting Compensation .

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph 2 above and the provisions below of this paragraph 9(a) and paragraph 9(c), in addition to the payments to be made and benefits to be provided pursuant to paragraphs 4, 7(a) and

 

Page -8-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

7(b) above during the three month period from June 1 to August 31, 2008, and in further consideration of your executing (and not revoking) the First Release and the Covenant Agreement within the time period provided in paragraph 2 above, the Company will pay you additional compensation of $35,000 for each of the three months of June, July and August, 2008 (i.e., $105,000 in the aggregate). The $35,000 payment for each of such three months shall be paid in advance on the regular pay date in such month (which regular pay dates are set forth in paragraph 4 above); provided that any such payment that would otherwise be paid on or before the Last Revocation Day as defined in the First Release shall be paid on the first regular pay date that follows such Last Revocation Day.

 

  (b) Subject to paragraph 2 above and the provisions below of this paragraph 9(b) and paragraph 9(c), in addition to the payments to be made and benefits to be provided pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 8(a) above during the nine month period from September 1, 2008 to May 31, 2009, and in further consideration of your executing (and not revoking) the Second Release and the Covenant Agreement within the applicable time periods provided in paragraph 2 above, the Company will pay you additional compensation of $35,000 for each of the nine months from September, 2008 to May, 2009, inclusive (i.e., $315,000 in the aggregate). The $35,000 payment for each of such nine months shall be paid in advance on the regular pay date in such month (which regular pay dates are set forth in paragraph 6 above); provided that the payment that would otherwise be paid on September 1, 2008 shall be paid on October 1, 2008. For the avoidance of doubt, as provided in paragraph 2 above the Company will make payments pursuant to this paragraph 9(b) only if you sign the Second Release on or after September 1, 2008 and on or before September 22, 2008, you deliver the signed Second Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, you do not exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you signed the Covenant Agreement and delivered it to me on or before July 21, 2008.

 

  (c)

Payments pursuant to paragraph 9(a) and paragraph 9(b) above are also contingent on your making yourself available from time to time during the period from June 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009 to perform such reasonable consulting services and special projects (if any) as the Company may specifically request of you (“ Consulting Services ”). Any such requests shall make reasonable allowances for your other business commitments (including employment obligations) at the time, it being understood, however, that other business commitments (including employment) shall not excuse you from having to perform Consulting Services for the payments pursuant to paragraphs 9(a) and

 

Page -9-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

9(b) above. In no event are you to perform Consulting Services, or services pursuant to paragraph 3 above, or any combination of Consulting Services and services pursuant to paragraph 3 above, that exceed 20 percent of the average level of services you performed over the 36-month period preceding June 1, 2008 (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)). If you fail to perform Consulting Services requested of you even after a reasonable allowance for your other business commitments at the time, or if you become unable to perform Consulting Services by reason of death or disability, then any provision of this letter (including without limitation paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) above) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company’s obligation to make any further payments pursuant to paragraph 9(a) and paragraph 9(b) above shall terminate forthwith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an alleged failure to perform Consulting Services, the Company’s obligation to make the payments pursuant to paragraph 9(a) and paragraph 9(b) above shall not cease unless and until it provides you with written notice of the alleged failure to perform and ten business days within which to cure the alleged failure, and in the event that you allegedly become unable to perform Consulting Services by reason of disability, the Company’s obligation to make the payments pursuant to paragraph 9(a) and paragraph 9(b) shall not cease unless and until it provides you with written notice that you are allegedly unable to perform Consulting Services and ten business days within which to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that you have not become unable to perform.

 

  (d) For the avoidance of doubt, no provision of paragraphs 9(a), 9(b) or 9(c) above shall render you an employee of the Company at any time or for any purpose, or shall entitle you to participate in or to receive contributions under any employee benefit plan or employee compensation plan, nor shall any compensation payable pursuant to paragraph 9(a) or 9(b) above be taken into account in determining your eligibility for or the amount of (i) any severance pay pursuant to the Separation Pay Plan, or (ii) any employee benefits or fringe benefits, whether pursuant to Section 7 or Section 8 above or otherwise. Any Consulting Services to be provided by you shall be performed in the capacity of an independent contractor. As such, unless the Consulting Services by their nature require otherwise, you will be responsible for determining when, where and how to perform the Consulting Services. You agree to comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations that apply to the Consulting Services and the compensation payable pursuant to paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) above, including without limitation Workers Compensation and tax laws and regulations. You agree to hold the Company harmless against any taxes, interest and penalties that may be assessed against the Company as a result of any failure by you to pay income or sales taxes due on the compensation payments payable pursuant to paragraph 9(a) or 9(b) above.

 

Page -10-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

  (e) By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that under Section 1.B. of the Covenant Agreement you will have the same obligations with respect to Confidential Information (as such term is defined therein) that you acquire in connection with the Consulting Services that you will have with respect to Confidential Information that you acquire during your employment by the Company.

 

10.

Section 409A . For purposes of Section 409A, including without limitation Treasury Regulation sections 1.409A-2(b)(2), 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) and 1.409A-1(b)(4), your right to the series of installment payments of salary during the three months commencing June 1, 2008 and severance pay during the nine months commencing September 1, 2008, and your right to the series of taxable benefits provided under this letter during the period commencing on June 1, 2008 and ending on May 31, 2009 or, in the case of the SEELIP payments, ending on June 30, 2009, and your right to the monthly payments pursuant to paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) above, are each to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments, so that those installments that are paid within the “applicable 2  1 / 2 month period” as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4)(i)(A) may be treated as short-term deferrals within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

Notwithstanding any provision of this letter to the contrary, no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) pursuant to this letter (including without limitation any installment of salary or severance pay or taxable benefits) or pursuant to any other deferred compensation plan that is subject to Section 409A in which you participate, may be made before the date that is six months after the date of your Separation from Service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“ Separation from Service ”) (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of your death); provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any amount or benefit to be paid or provided pursuant to this letter or otherwise if and to the extent that such amount or benefit (a) is paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay due to involuntary separation from service) or another Treasury Regulation, or (b) is paid under a welfare benefit plan that is not a nonqualified deferred compensation plan pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) or another Treasury Regulation, or (c) is otherwise not subject to the requirement set forth in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to specified employees), whether because such amount or benefit is “grandfathered” from Section 409A, or is treated as a “short-term deferral”, or is not subject to that requirement for any other reason. The parties hereby characterize your Separation from Service as involuntary within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(n).

 

Page -11-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

11. Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan . Subject to paragraph 2 above, you will be paid an Early Retirement Benefit under the SSORP. Subject to paragraph 7(b) above, the amount of the Early Retirement Benefit will be determined in accordance with the terms of the SSORP. However, any provision of the SSORP or this letter to the contrary notwithstanding, you will not accrue additional benefits under the SSORP after May 31, 2008. In order to comply with Section 409A, any payment of your Early Retirement Benefit that would otherwise be paid on or before December 1, 2008 shall not be paid until December 2, 2008 or, if earlier, the date of your death. For the avoidance of doubt, as provided in the SSORP the Early Retirement Benefit will be paid in the form of a 50% joint and contingent annuity. Any provision of this letter (including the preceding provisions of this paragraph 11) to the contrary notwithstanding, as provided in paragraph 2 above, the Early Retirement Benefits under the SSORP will be paid only if you sign the First Release on or after June 1, 2008 and on or before July 21, 2008, you deliver the signed First Release to me within 7 days after you sign it, you do not exercise your right to revoke the First Release within 7 days after you sign it, and you sign the Covenant Agreement and deliver it to me on or before July 21, 2008. Furthermore, as further provided in paragraph 2 above, you hereby agree that if you do not sign and deliver the Second Release within the periods indicated in clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph 2 above, or if you exercise your right to revoke the Second Release within 7 days after you sign it, then effective as of September 1, 2008 you will (and hereby do) relinquish any rights you or your contingent annuitant or other beneficiary may then have to any present and future payments under the SSORP .

 

12. Annual Incentive .

You recognize and agree that, because your employment will be terminating during the 2008 Award Year under the Performance-Linked Bonus Plan for Selected Executive Officers (the “ PLBP ”), you will not be eligible to receive an award under the PLBP for that Award Year, nor will you be eligible to participate in the PLBP or any other incentive or bonus plan or arrangement for any later year.

 

13. Stock Options .

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph 2 above, your last day of employment will be August 31, 2008 for purposes of determining your rights with respect to any stock options heretofore granted to you that are now outstanding (“ Outstanding Options ”). Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the Outstanding Options, Outstanding Options that do not become exercisable on or before August 31, 2008 will be forfeited at the time your employment terminates. The number of Outstanding Options that will be forfeited consist of 22,500 that were granted on February 13, 2008; 16,666 that were granted on February 14, 2007;

 

Page -12-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

and 7,998 that were granted on February 15, 2006. Outstanding Options that become exercisable on or after June 1, 2008 and on or before August 31, 2008 will be exercisable until August 31, 2009 but not thereafter. The number of Outstanding Options that will become exercisable on or after June 1, 2008 and on or before August 31, 2008 consist of 8,334 that were granted on February 14, 2007 at an option price of $22.335; 8,000 that were granted on February 15, 2006 at an option price of $19.6275; 7,998 that were granted on February 16, 2005 at an option price of $12.615; and 8,666 that were granted on February 11, 2004 at an option price of $14.77. (The foregoing numbers of Outstanding Options and option prices have been adjusted for stock splits since the respective dates of grant). However, in the event of your death before August 31, 2008, all of the Outstanding Options will become exercisable in full and will expire one year after the date of death. The preceding provisions of this paragraph 13(a) are subject to the terms and conditions of the award agreements that document the Outstanding Options, which are unaffected hereby and which will govern in the event of any conflict or inconsistency with this letter.

 

  (b) For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be granted any stock options after May 31, 2008.

 

14. Performance Share Awards .

 

  (a) You recognize and agree that, because your employment will be terminating before December 31, 2008, you will not be eligible to earn any performance share awards heretofore granted to you that relate to the 2008 Performance Year or any later Performance Year (“ Performance Share Awards ”), and that all such awards will terminate upon termination of your employment. The preceding provisions of this paragraph 14 are subject to the terms and conditions of the award agreements that document the Performance Share Awards, which are unaffected hereby and which will govern in the event of any conflict or inconsistency with this letter.

 

  (b) For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be granted any performance share awards after May 31, 2008.

 

15. Performance-Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph 2 above, your last day of employment will be August 31, 2008 for purposes of determining your rights under your Performance-Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated April 14, 2004 (the “ 2004 PARSU Agreement ”). Accordingly, pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) of the 2004 PARSU Agreement, the 12,000 Restricted Stock Units granted to you on April 14, 2004 that have not heretofore become non-forfeitable will become non-forfeitable on June 20, 2008.

 

Page -13-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

(b)

Pursuant to Section 6(b) of your Performance-Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated February 12, 2003 (the “ 2003 PARSU Agreement ”; collectively, with the 2004 PARSU Agreement, the “ PARSU Agreements ”), 12,881 “Transfer-Restricted Shares” were issued to you on May 9, 2007. Pursuant to Section 6(b) of the 2004 PARSU Agreement, 7,026 “Transfer-Restricted Shares” were issued to you on June 20, 2007, and a number of the shares that will be issued to you on June 20, 2008 in payment of the 12,000 Restricted Stock Units that will become non-forfeitable on that date in accordance with paragraph 15(a) above will be issued as “Transfer-Restricted Shares”. Subject to paragraph 2 above, all of the aforementioned Transfer-Restricted Shares will become transferable by you and free of the restrictions set forth in Section 3(b) of the PARSU Agreements as of the 8 th day after you sign the Second Release. The provisions of this paragraph 15(b) and paragraph 15(a) above are subject to the terms and conditions of the PARSU Agreements, which are unaffected by such provisions and which will govern in the event of any conflict or inconsistency with this letter.

 

  (c) For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be granted any Performance-Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Awards after May 31, 2008.

 

16. Other Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph 2 above, your last day of employment will be August 31, 2008 for purposes of determining your rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units heretofore granted to you other than those documented by the PARSU Agreements (“ Other RSUs ”). Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the Other RSUs, Other RSUs that are not scheduled to become non-forfeitable on or before August 31, 2008 will be forfeited at the time your employment terminates. The number of Other RSUs that will be forfeited consist of 5,000 that were granted on February 13, 2008; 6,000 that were granted on February 14, 2007; 7,198 that were granted on February 15, 2006; and 4,500 that were granted on February 16, 2005. Other RSUs that by their terms are scheduled to become non-forfeitable during the period from June 1, 2008 to August 31, 2008 will become non-forfeitable as scheduled. The number of Other RSUs that are scheduled to become non-forfeitable during that period consist of 3,602 that were granted on February 15, 2006 and 4,500 that were granted on February 16, 2005. (The foregoing numbers of Other RSUs have been adjusted for stock splits since the respective dates of grant). The preceding provisions of this paragraph 16(a) are subject to the terms and conditions of the award agreements that document the Other RSUs, which are unaffected hereby and which will govern in the event of any conflict or inconsistency with this letter.

 

Page -14-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

  (b) For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be granted any Restricted Stock Unit Awards after May 31, 2008.

 

17. Final Expenses . Your expense account, and Company credit card and telephone card privileges, will cease as of August 31, 2008. On or before that date, you are to return any such cards or other similar Company property in your possession and submit your final expense account, including an accounting for any advances.

 

18. Vacation . Within 30 days after the termination of your employment (determined in accordance with paragraph 1 above), you will be paid at your present rate for your ten (10) unused vacation days. You will not accrue any further vacation benefits after May 31, 2008.

 

19. Indemnification . The Company’s directors’& officers’ liability insurance policy (the “ D&O Policy ”) covers only the acts and omissions of officers and directors of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. After June 1, 2008 it will thus only cover your acts and omissions that pre-date June 2, 2008 and your acts and omissions during the three month period from June 1 to August 31, 2008 in your capacity as an officer or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company. Nothing in this letter (including the preceding sentence) is intended to enlarge, diminish or otherwise affect any rights you may have to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s bylaws or certificate of incorporation, the laws of the State of Delaware, the D&O Policy, or the indemnification agreement between you and the Company dated March 31, 2000 (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”).

 

20. Return of Company Property . By signing this letter, you agree that you will make arrangements with me, not later than August 21, 2008, to return by August 31, 2008 the Company-leased automobile and any property of the Company which is in your custody, including the laptop computer but excluding the cell phone, and to provide the Company by August 31, 2008 with any passwords and codes within your knowledge or control that are necessary to provide the Company with full access to the laptop and the data, documents, software and programming stored therein. You also agree that, if your employment terminates effective as of May 31, 2008 pursuant to paragraph 2 above, you will make arrangements with me as soon as possible after that date to promptly return the automobile and any other Company property in your custody, including the laptop computer and the cell phone, and to promptly provide the Company with any passwords and codes within your knowledge or control that are necessary to provide the Company with full access to the laptop and the data, documents, software and programming stored therein.

 

Page -15-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

If and when all of the conditions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph 2 above (relating to the First and Second Releases and the Covenant Agreement) are satisfied, (a) the laptop computer that is now in your custody will be returned to you cleansed of any software that is licensed to the Company and of any data, documents and programming that are the property of the Company, (b) you will be entitled to keep the laptop computer (i.e., you will be the owner of the laptop) as so cleansed, and (c) you will be entitled to keep the cell phone (i.e., you will be the owner of the cell phone). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein is intended to give you permission to access, whether through the laptop or otherwise, any computer system of the Company or utilize any software licensed to the Company after the date on which your employment terminates pursuant to paragraph 2 above, nor is anything herein intended to give you permission to access, whether through the laptop or otherwise, any data, documents or programming of the Company after the date on which your employment so terminates. Furthermore, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company is not agreeing to provide or pay for cellular service to the cell phone after August 31, 2008. If you become entitled to keep the cell phone pursuant to the preceding provisions of this paragraph, the Company will make arrangements to terminate cellular service to the cell phone on August 31, 2008, and, you will be solely responsible for arranging and paying for cellular service to the cell phone after August 31, 2008. If your last day of employment is August 31, 2008 pursuant to paragraph 2 but you fail to satisfy all of the conditions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph 2 above (relating to the Second Release), then you agree to return the cell phone to the Company no later than October 1, 2008.

You further agree that on August 28, 2008, or upon earlier request by the Company, you will promptly return to the Company any and all information relating to the Company in your possession or control. You also agree that you will not, directly or indirectly, copy, take, or remove from the Company’s premises, use or disclose to third parties any such information. You also agree to leave intact all electronic Company documents, including those that you developed or helped to develop during your employment, and that you will deliver to the Company on August 28, 2008 or upon earlier request the computer media on which such documents are stored and all passwords and keys necessary to access such documents.

 

21. Cooperation in Litigation; Further Assurances .

 

  (a)

By signing this letter, you agree to cooperate fully with the Company, if requested by the Company or its counsel to do so, in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company. Your full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, your being available to meet with Company counsel to prepare for trial or discovery or any

 

Page -16-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

administrative hearing or mediation or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, and to act as a witness when requested by the Company at reasonable times designated by the Company. The Company and you agree to work in good faith to resolve any scheduling or other issues that arise in connection with such cooperation. The Company will reimburse you for travel, food, and lodging expenses in connection with the aforementioned cooperation, in accordance with the Company’s travel expense policy.

 

  (b) You further agree to execute and deliver such instruments, documents, certificates, and affidavits and supply such other information and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require in order to effectuate or further document your resignation as an officer and director of the Company and your resignation from all other offices, titles and positions with the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and their employee benefit plans, and the termination of your employment with the Company, on the applicable dates provided in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 above.

 

22. Intention as to Tax Consequences; No Warranties . Any payments and benefits that may be paid or provided pursuant to this letter are intended to qualify for an exclusion from Section 409A or to comply with Section 409A, so that none of such payments and benefits will be includible in your federal gross income pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”). The provisions of this letter shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this letter that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the payments and benefits that may be paid or provided pursuant to this letter will not be includible in your federal gross income pursuant to section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to you as to the tax consequences of this letter or any provision of this letter.

 

23. Consent to Certain Amendments .

 

  (a)

By signing this letter, you hereby irrevocably (i) authorize the Compensation and Management Development Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”) and the Board and their respective delegates, and any of them, on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance deadline referred to in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice

 

Page -17-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend this letter and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in paragraph 23(b) below, in any respect that the Compensation Committee, the Board or their respective delegates determine to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A, and (ii) consent in advance to any and all such amendments of this letter and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement that the Compensation Committee, the Board or their respective delegates may adopt on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date, and (iii) agree that your consent to any such amendments of this letter or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (iv) waive any right you may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason your consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (v) recognize and agree that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of this letter or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement that is adopted pursuant to this paragraph 23(a) will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to you as to the tax consequences of any such amendment.

 

  (b) For purposes of paragraph 23(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and you that was entered into effective on or before May 30, 2008 (whether or not paid in full before that date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance).

 

24. Withholding . Any provision of this letter (including without limitation paragraph 9(d) above) to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments and benefits pursuant to this letter are subject to the withholding of such amounts as the Company may determine it is required to withhold by law, and are subject to such other deductions as may be authorized by you.

 

25.

No Admission of Liability . This letter is not an admission by the Company of any liability or wrongdoing, or an admission by the Company that any of its actions or inactions are unjustified, unwarranted, discriminatory, wrongful, or in violation of any federal, state, or local law, and this letter shall not be interpreted as such. The Company disclaims any liability to you or any other person on the part of itself and/or its current or former

 

Page -18-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

directors, officers, employees, representatives, and agents. By signing this letter, you agree and acknowledge that this letter shall not be interpreted to render you to be a prevailing party for any purpose including, but not limited to, an award of attorneys’ fees under any statute or otherwise. This letter is not an admission by you of any liability or wrongdoing, or an admission by you that any of your actions or inactions are unjustified, unwarranted, discriminatory, wrongful, or in violation of any federal, state, or local law, and this letter shall not be interpreted as such. You disclaim any liability to the Company or any other person on the part of yourself, your representatives, and your agents. By signing this letter, the Company agrees and acknowledges that this letter shall not be interpreted to render the Company to be a prevailing party for any purpose including, but not limited to, an award of attorneys’ fees under any statute or otherwise.

 

26. Consequences of Breach . If you breach any of your obligations under this letter, the provisions of Section 1.A. and Section 2 of the Covenant Agreement will apply.

 

27. Advice of Counsel . By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the Company has advised you in writing to consult an attorney before signing this letter, the Covenant Agreement or the Release. You further acknowledge and agree that you are responsible for payment of all of your own legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the review of this letter, the Covenant Agreement and the Release and the resolution of any and all claims you may have against the Company.

 

28. Interpretation and Disputes . This letter shall be interpreted and construed by the Benefits Committee appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”), and any such interpretation or construction shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and you.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Chairman of the Committee within 30 days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) 30 days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within 14 days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. You and the Company specifically understand and agree that the

 

Page -19-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and you agree that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this letter or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

29. General .

 

  (a) This letter shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, estate, legal representatives, heirs and distributees, as the case may be, of the Company and you. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, you may not assign any of your rights or obligations under this letter. Your rights to payments and benefits under this letter are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by your creditors or any of your beneficiaries, and any attempt to effectuate any of the foregoing with respect to any of your aforementioned rights shall be null and void and of no force or effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  (b) Any waiver by a party hereto of the other party’s performance of, or compliance with, the obligations under this letter shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (c) Any term or provision of this letter that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d) This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

  (e)

If this letter is signed by you and delivered to me on or before July 21, 2008, it will not be revocable by unilateral action of either you or the Company, and it may only be amended in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company authorized to do so. This letter contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this letter and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties

 

Page -20-


Dated as of May 30, 2008

Mr. William C. Denninger

 

 

have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this letter which are not set forth herein. This letter supersedes and replaces the letter from me to you dated as of May 30, 2008 that I sent you on June 27, 2008, which shall be null and void and of no force or effect ab initio . For the avoidance of doubt, this letter does not supersede or replace any Release, the Covenant Agreement, the Separation Pay Plan, the SERP, the SSORP, the SEELIP, the PLBP, any stock option agreement, any Performance Share Award agreement, the PARSU Agreements, any Other RSU agreement, the D&O Policy, the Indemnification Agreement, any agreement related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information that was entered into between you and the Company before May 30, 2008, or the Barnes Group Inc. Code of Business Ethics and Conduct.

[This space left blank intentionally]

If you understand and agree to all of the provisions of this letter, please sign it where indicated below and return it to me on or before July 21, 2008, whereupon it will become an agreement binding upon the Company and you effective as of May 30, 2008.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ John R. Arrington
John R. Arrington
Senior Vice President, Human Resources

I understand and agree to all of the foregoing:

 

W. C. Denninger
William C. Denninger

 

Page -21-

Exhibit 10.22

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT between Christopher J. Stephens, Jr. (the “Executive”) and Barnes Group Inc. (the “Company”) effective as of January 12, 2009.

WHEREAS , the Company may from time to time grant to the Executive incentive compensation awards, pursuant to which, among other things, amounts payable shall be dependent upon the achievement of one or more specified financial targets, and in consideration of the Company making such awards to the Executive, the Executive has agreed to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Reimbursement Obligation . The Executive agrees and acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything else contained in any compensatory plan, agreement, program, policy or arrangement, the Executive shall be responsible for reimbursing the Company for some or all of any amounts paid or received (or to be paid or received) in respect of any annual incentive compensation or any long-term incentive compensation awarded to the Executive after January 1, 2009, whether awarded before or after termination of employment, if (i) payment of such compensation was contingent, in whole or in part, upon the achievement of one or more specified financial targets, and (ii) the Company implements a Mandatory Restatement (as defined in Section 3(a) below). For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not relate to the gain recognized on any stock option, the compensation received in respect of any restricted stock or restricted stock unit grant, or any other variety of equity-based compensation that has a vesting schedule based on the passage of time and the continued performance of services, and not on the achievement of any performance objectives. Similarly, this Agreement shall not apply to any award that has or had alternative vesting criteria unrelated to the performance objective affected by the Mandatory Restatement (an “Alternative Vesting Award”) that have otherwise been satisfied at the time of the Mandatory Restatement.

2. Amount of Required Reimbursement . The amount which the Executive shall be obligated to reimburse the Company shall be the amount, if any, by which the compensation paid or received (or to be paid or received) exceeds the amount that would have been paid or received based on the financial results reported in the restated financial statements, in each case as determined in good faith by the Compensation and Management Development Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), as constituted at the time of the relevant action; provided, however, that (i) no repayment will be payable in respect of an Alternative Vesting Award where the alternative vesting criteria have not yet been, but can still be, satisfied and the Compensation Committee has determined in good faith that the likelihood that such criteria will be satisfied is not immaterial; provided that the amount that would otherwise have been repaid to the Company in respect of any portion of such Alternative Vesting Award that does not become vested based on such alternative vesting criteria shall be due and payable promptly after the opportunity to satisfy the alternative vesting criteria has expired; (ii) the amount that the Executive shall be required to reimburse the Company from previously received compensation shall be reduced by the Net Tax Cost (as defined in Section

 

1


3(b) below). to the Executive of such compensation and (iii) to the extent that the price of the Company’s common stock is or was a component of the performance objectives upon which the compensation was payable, the value of the stock taken into account for purposes of re-determining the level of achievement based on the restated financial results will be determined by reducing the reported stock prices during each accounting year affected by the Mandatory Restatement by an amount per share equal to the product of (A) the average weekly earnings per share multiples at which the Company’s common stock traded for the 52 week period for such accounting year multiplied by (B) the amount by which earnings per share for such accounting year was reduced as a result of the Mandatory Restatement. If the Executive concludes that the amount to be repaid to the Company in accordance with subclause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence is excessive and inequitable, he may petition the Compensation Committee to review that determination. If the Compensation Committee agrees with the Executive’s conclusion, it shall, in its sole discretion, specify an amount to be repaid to the Company that it concludes is equitable and appropriate under the circumstances. If the Compensation Committee does not agree that the formula produces a result that is excessive and inequitable, no adjustment shall be made in the amount to be repaid to the Company. The determinations, conclusions and other actions of the Compensation Committee in accordance with the two immediately preceding sentences shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and the Executive, and all persons claiming an interest through either such party.

3. Certain Definitions .

(a) A “Mandatory Restatement” shall mean a restatement of the Company’s financial statements for 2009 or any year thereafter which, in the good faith opinion of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, is required to be implemented pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles, but excluding any restatement which is required with respect to a particular year as a consequence of a change in generally accepted accounting rules effective after the publication of the financial statements for such year. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, a Mandatory Restatement shall not include any restatement that (i) occurs more than three years following the first date on which that the Executive is no longer employed by the Company or (ii) in the good faith judgment of the Audit Committee of the Board (the “Audit Committee”), (A) is required due to a change in the manner in which the Company’s auditors interpret the application of generally accepted accounting principles (as opposed to a change in a prior accounting conclusion due to a change in the facts upon which such conclusion was based), or (B) is otherwise required due to events, facts or changes in law or practice that the Audit Committee concludes were beyond the control and responsibility of the Executive and that occurred regardless of the Executive’s diligent and thorough performance of his duties and responsibilities. In addition, in determining the amounts, if any, that the Executive shall be required to reimburse the Company pursuant to this Agreement (or that would be payable to the Executive in respect of any then in progress awards), all effects, whether positive or negative, of any change in the manner of reporting any transaction or class of transactions that the Audit Committee shall specifically agree to exclude for this purpose shall be disregarded.

(b) “Net Tax Cost” shall mean the net amount of any federal, foreign, state or local income and employment taxes paid by the Executive in respect of the compensation received that is subject to reimbursement, after taking into account any and all available deductions, credits or

 

2


other offsets allowable to the Executive (including, without limitation, any deduction permitted under the claim of right doctrine), and regardless of whether the Executive would be required to amend any prior income or other tax returns. The Executive agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the Company may seek reimbursement of such amounts from the Executive and may recapture such amounts by retaining the compensation or other amounts that would otherwise be due or payable to the Executive.

4. Non-Waiver of Rights . The failure to enforce at any time the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by the other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof, or the right of either party to enforce each and every provision in accordance with its terms.

5. Notices . All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below, or at such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in accordance with this Section 5.

If to the Company:

Barnes Group Inc.

123 Main Street

Bristol, Connecticut

ATTN: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

If to the Employee:

Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.

16 Raymond Lane

Wilton, CT 06897

6. Binding Effect/Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, estates, successors (including, without limitation, by way of merger) and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive shall not assign all or any portion of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

7. Agreement to Arbitrate; Injunctive Relief . THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, DISPUTE, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PARTIES’ DISPUTES”), SHALL BE DECIDED BY A SINGLE ARBITRATOR PURSUANT TO AN ARBITRATION UNDER THE NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (“AAA RULES”) AS MODIFIED HEREBY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING THIS SECTION WITH THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (THE “AAA”) AS WRITTEN

 

3


EVIDENCE OF THE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES TO SO ARBITRATE. THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL REGARDING THIS SECTION, THAT THEY FULLY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, CONTENT AND EFFECT, AND THAT THEY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION AND AGREE TO ARBITRATE ALL PARTIES’ DISPUTES. Any arbitration pursuant to this Agreement shall take place in Hartford, Connecticut (or in such other location as the parties shall mutually agree in writing) before a single arbitrator having no less than ten years experience in employment matters appointed in accordance with the AAA Rules or, if the parties to the arbitration agree, a single retired judge. Notice of any demand for arbitration shall be provided in writing to the other party pursuant to Section 5 hereof and to the AAA (the “Arbitration Notice”). For the purposes of this Agreement, an arbitration shall be deemed to have been commenced at such time as the Arbitration Notice has been delivered to all the other parties pursuant to the provisions of Section 5. The parties shall be entitled to discovery in conjunction with such arbitration (with the scope of discovery to be co-extensive with discovery rights applicable to an equivalent civil action in state court). Any award rendered by the arbitrators (or, if applicable, retired judge) shall be final and binding and may be enforced in the courts of the state in which the arbitration takes place. Each party shall pay half of the fees and expenses of the arbitrator.

8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and plans, written or oral between them as to such subject matter.

9. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or any application thereof to any circumstances, is invalid, in whole or in part, such provision or application shall to that extent be severable and shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Connecticut, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

11. Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. No waiver by either party hereto of any breach by the other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions at the time or at any prior or subsequent time.

12. Headings . The headings contained herein are solely for the purposes of reference, are not part of this Agreement and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by an officer hereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, as of January 28, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
By  

Gregory F. Milzcik

Executive:

/s/ Christopher J. Stephens 1/28/09

Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.

 

5

Exhibit 10.23

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

For Directors

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ NAME OF GRANTEE ], a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ RSU Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the RSU Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 2(a), Section 2(b) or Section 6 below) that would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the RSU Agreement shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and issuance of shares pursuant thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD. Subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Holder an award of                                          restricted stock units (each a “ Restricted Stock Unit ” and, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive, without payment to the Company and at the applicable time or times provided by Section 6 hereof (if any), a number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the

 

Page 1 of 13


 

Company (“ Common Stock ”), equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 hereof, subject, however, to Section 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement. The Award also entitles the Holder to be paid Dividend Equivalents on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2. In no event shall the Holder acquire any rights under this Agreement unless the Holder executes and delivers to the Company, no later than 60 days after the Grant Date, a counterpart of the RSU Agreement duly countersigned by the Holder.

 

2. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.

 

  (a) On a date in January 2009 to be determined by the Company (the “ Money Payment Date ”), the Company will pay the Holder an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) equal to the Fair Market Value on the Money Payment Date of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock (“ Hypothetical Shares ”) that would have been credited to the Holder on the Money Payment Date if on each date on which a dividend (other than a Common Stock dividend) was paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which fell during calendar year 2008 and for which record date Dividend Equivalents were not payable in 2008 (within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86) pursuant to the RSU Agreement (each date on which such a dividend was paid to the holders of Common Stock being hereafter referred to as a “ 2008 Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company had credited the Holder on its books with a number of Hypothetical Shares determined in accordance with the following formula:

(A x B)/C

in which “A” equals (I) plus (II) where (I) is the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that pursuant to the RSU Agreement as in effect before January 1, 2009 were neither forfeited nor paid on or before the dividend record date applicable to such 2008 Dividend Payment Date, and (II) is the aggregate number of Hypothetical Shares (if any) that the Company would have credited to the Holder pursuant to this sentence before such 2008 Dividend Payment Date, “B” equals the dividend per share paid on such 2008 Dividend Payment Date, and “C” equals the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on such 2008 Dividend Payment Date. However, if a dividend is paid in property other than cash or Common Stock, the number of Hypothetical Shares credited to the Holder in respect of such dividend pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth above, except that “B” shall equal the fair market value on the 2008 Dividend Payment Date of the property that was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such 2008 Dividend Payment Date.

 

  (b)

On each date on which a dividend (other than a Common Stock dividend) is paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which falls during the period commencing on January 1, 2009 and ending on the first date on which all of the Restricted Stock Units have either been forfeited pursuant to Section 5 or paid pursuant to Section 6 of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or

 

Page 2 of 13


 

after the Grant Date (a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company shall pay the Holder an amount of money (also “ Dividend Equivalents ”) determined by multiplying (i) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (ii) the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash or Common Stock, the amount of money to be paid to the Holder in respect of such dividend shall be determined by multiplying (A) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (B) the fair market value on such Dividend Payment Date of the property that was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2(b) is contingent on the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continuing until the record date of such Dividend Equivalents, except that if a dividend record date occurs after Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 and before shares are delivered in payment of such Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 6, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents for such record date pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2(b) in respect of the Restricted Stock Units that became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 is contingent on the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continuing until the date on which such Restricted Stock Units became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4.

 

3. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARD. In no event (a) may the Holder sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of the Award or any interest therein, nor (b) shall the Award or any interest therein be subject to anticipation, attachment, garnishment, levy, encumbrance or charge of any nature, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, dispose, anticipate, attach, garnish, levy upon, encumber or charge the Award or any interest therein shall be null and void and the other party to the transaction shall not obtain any rights to or interest in the Award. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall not prevent the Award or any Restricted Stock Unit from being forfeited pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not prevent the Holder from designating a Beneficiary to receive the Award in the event of his or her death in accordance with Section 2(d) of the Plan. Any such Beneficiary shall receive the Award subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, including but not limited to the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 5.

 

4. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Normal Vesting . Subject to Sections 4(b), (c), (d) and (e) and Section 5, one-half of the Restricted Stock Units, rounded up to the nearest whole Restricted Stock Unit, (i.e.,              Restricted Stock Units) will become non-forfeitable on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, and the balance of the Restricted Stock Units (i.e.,              Restricted Stock Units) will become non-forfeitable on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, provided in the case of each of such two installments that the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the anniversary in question.

 

Page 3 of 13


  (b) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Death or Disability . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until his death or Disability occurs (and irrespective of whether a Separation from Service as defined in Section 4(c) below occurs at the time of such Disability), then any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4 before the date on which his death or Disability occurs shall become non-forfeitable on that date. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i).

 

  (c) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Retirement . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5 (including in particular but not limited to Section 5(b)), if the Holder has a “Separation from Service” (as hereafter defined) — (i) before the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and (ii) on or after the date of the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company that coincides with or next follows the Holder’s attainment of age 72, and (iii) under circumstances that do not constitute “cause” as hereafter defined, and (iv) within 30 days after which Separation from Service the Holder executes a covenant not to compete and a release of claims effective as of the date of such Separation from Service, each in a form acceptable to the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof)(any Separation from Service meeting all of the conditions set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 4(c) being hereafter referred to as a “ Separation from Service by Retirement ”), then any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4 before the date of Separation from Service by Retirement shall become non-forfeitable for purposes of Section 5(a) and Section 6 on that date, even though some of the Restricted Stock Units (and some of the shares issued in payment of the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 6 below) may be forfeited after that date if the Holder does not comply with the terms of the covenant and release, as contemplated by Section 5(b) below. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) a “ Separation from Service ” shall mean a “separation from service with the service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(2)(i), where the “service recipient” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)), and where a “separation from service” is determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(5) (if applicable); and (B) “ cause ” shall mean (I) the willful and continued failure by the Holder to substantially perform the Holder’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Holder’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (II) the willful engaging by the Holder in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise.

 

Page 4 of 13


  (d) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Change in Control . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the date, if any, on which a “change in control event” with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs, any of the Restricted Stock Units that are not non-forfeitable when such “change in control event” occurs shall immediately become non-forfeitable. Any such “change in control event” that occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs is hereafter referred to as a “ 409A Change in Control Event ”.

 

  (e) Additional Vesting Provisions . Any provision above of this Section 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Restricted Stock Unit shall not become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4 if, prior to the date (if any) on which such Restricted Stock Unit would become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4, such Restricted Stock Unit was forfeited pursuant to Section 5(c) of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or after the Grant Date. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Agreement or any provision thereof exceed in the aggregate 100% of the Restricted Stock Units unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment referred to in Section 7 of this Agreement or Section 10 of the Plan.

 

5. FORFEITURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Any Restricted Stock Units that have not become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 above on or before the date on which the Holder’s service as a director of the Company terminates shall be forfeited as of that date, and all of the Holder’s rights and interest in and to such forfeited Restricted Stock Units shall thereupon terminate without payment of consideration by the Company.

 

  (b) If the Holder has a Separation from Service by Retirement as defined in Section 4(c) and the Holder executes but fails to comply with the covenant and release referred to in Section 4(c), then any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4(d) before the date of such failure to comply and would not have become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4(a) above before that date if the Holder’s service as a director of the Company had continued until and terminated on that date shall be forfeited, and the Holder shall promptly make restitution to the Company of any shares of Common Stock that were credited to the Holder in payment of such forfeited Restricted Stock Units in accordance with Section 6 below.

 

  (c)

If the Holder, at any time before all of the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its

 

Page 5 of 13


 

Subsidiaries during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on behalf of any business or enterprise other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, any Restricted Stock Units that have not theretofore become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 shall be forfeited unless the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof), in its sole discretion, elects otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5(c) are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

  (d) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder irrevocably consents to any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units required or authorized by this Agreement.

 

6. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. If a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, a share of Common Stock shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Holder’s Beneficiary) in payment of such Restricted Stock Unit on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within sixty (60) days thereafter (which date during that 61 day period shall be determined by the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 on the earliest of (a) a specified date, as provided in Section 4(a) above, (b) the date on which the Holder’s death occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (c) the date on which the Holder’s Disability occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (d) a Separation from Service by Retirement, as provided in Section 4(c) above, or (e) the date on which a 409A Change in Control Event occurs, as provided in Section 4(d) above; provided, in the case of each of the foregoing, that the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the date in question. In lieu of crediting any such share to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent, at the election of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, of the Holder’s Beneficiary), a stock certificate representing such share shall be delivered to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Holder’s Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that the share is issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within sixty (60) days thereafter. All shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Page 6 of 13


Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Holder is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and that is to be paid due to a Separation from Service during the six month period following a Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall not be paid during that six month period but shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the Holder)(the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to specified employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2(b) until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6, which Dividend Equivalents shall be accumulated and deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units at Fair Market Value on the Dividend Payment Date of such Dividend Equivalents (which additional Restricted Stock Units may also accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2(b)) and which shall be paid (in money) on the Delayed Payment Date based on the Fair Market Value of such additional Restricted Stock Units on the Delayed Payment Date. The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

7.

CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS. In addition to any other adjustments that may be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, (a) if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Restricted Stock Units shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (b) in the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award, in lieu of the shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award (the “ Affected Shares ”) and without any payment, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto s/he had owned the Affected Shares and had exchanged the

 

Page 7 of 13


 

Affected Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, and (c) in case of any distribution by the Company of rights or property to stockholders (including without limitation a spin-off), the issuance of stock options to persons other than employees or directors of the Company, the issuance by the Company of securities convertible into Common Stock or into shares of any stock or security into which Common Stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company (other than as specified above in this Section 7) which, in the judgment of the Committee, would effect a dilution or diminution of the Holder’s rights hereunder, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number or kind of shares in respect of this Award, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Award. Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustments may be made pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 10 of the Plan that would prevent the amounts payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

8. TAXES AND WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to deduct from any Dividend Equivalents payable pursuant to this Agreement, and from any shares to be issued pursuant to Section 6, cash and/or shares, valued at Fair Market Value on the date of payment, in an amount necessary to satisfy all Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Dividend Equivalents and/or shares, and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of certificates representing such shares and prior to such shares being credited to a book entry account in the Holder’s name, the amount of any such taxes.

 

9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. However, the Company will not issue any shares or other securities pursuant to this Agreement if their issuance would result in a violation of any such law. If at any time the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof) shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under the Award may be exercised and shares of Common Stock may not be issued pursuant to the Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the dates of vesting or forfeiture of the Award.

 

10. RELATION TO OTHER BENEFITS. The benefits received by the Holder under this Agreement will not be taken into account in determining any other benefits to which the Holder may be entitled under any benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company.

 

11.

AMENDMENTS; INTEGRATED AGREEMENT. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the

 

Page 8 of 13


 

entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

12. RELATION TO PLAN; INTERPRETATION. The Award is granted under the Plan, and the Award and this Agreement are each subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. In the event of any inconsistent provisions between this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted. The titles to Sections of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the title of any Section.

 

13. NO IMPLIED PROMISES. By accepting the Award and executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company, its stockholders and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or, in the exercise by the Company’s stockholders of their voting rights, may in good faith act or omit to act, or cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act, in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Restricted Stock Units from becoming non-forfeitable. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any stockholder of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

14. NOTICES. Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Committee in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Corporate Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

15.

INTERPRETATION AND DISPUTES. The Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof) shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations thereunder, and any such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder and on any person or entity claiming under or through either of them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any determination of whether the Holder has a “Separation from Service by Retirement” or the Holder’s service terminates for “cause” within the meaning of Section 4(c) above shall

 

Page 9 of 13


 

be made by and in the sole discretion of the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof), whose decision shall be final and binding on the Company, the Holder and any person or entity claiming under or through any of them.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (a) the resolution of the dispute; (b) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (c) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

16. GENERAL.

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Holder of a stock certificate for the shares or the date of entry of a credit for the shares in a book entry account in the name of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

Page 10 of 13


  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, a term or condition of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

17. CODE SECTION 409A. Any Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Dividend Equivalents or shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

18. CONSENT TO CERTAIN AMENDMENTS AND PROVISIONS.

 

  (a)

By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the RSU Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 18(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the RSU Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the RSU Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally

 

Page 11 of 13


 

effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the RSU Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 18(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 18(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 18(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b) For purposes of Section 18(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 18 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 18(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option or restricted stock unit award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, and (ii) any restricted stock unit award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan and Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is an employee in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future

 

Page 12 of 13


 

Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the RSU Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  Senior Vice President-Human Resources

 

Page 13 of 13

Exhibit 10.24

Form of

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

For CEO

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

as amended effective December 31, 2008

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

OPTION AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) and             , an employee of the Company or of one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Optionee ”), as amended effective December 31, 2008.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended through December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is extended, but excluding any amendment of such Plan that would constitute a modification or extension of an option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) (the “ Plan ”), and in fulfillment of the Company’s obligations under Section 6.2(vii), Section 6.3 and Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement dated October 19, 2006 between the Company and the Optionee, as amended to date (the “ Employment Agreement ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided for in the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee the option to purchase [# OF OPTIONS GRANTED ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Option ”).

 

1


2. Purchase Price . The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by this Option shall be $            per share which is one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

3. Exercise of Option .

 

  (a) The Option shall vest (i.e., become exercisable) at the rate of 33.3334% of the shares covered by the Option on August 13, 2009 and 33.3333% of such shares on each of August 13, 2010 and August 13, 2011. The number of shares with respect to which the Option vests on any date shall be rounded to the nearest whole Option; provided, that the aggregate number of shares with respect to which the Option vests shall not exceed the number of shares set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

  (b) Subject to Section 4 below and Section 7 of the Employment Agreement, any portion of the Option which has not vested pursuant to Section 3(a) before the date, if any, on which a Change of Control as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement occurs shall vest on that date.

 

4. Termination . The Option shall terminate 10 years after the Grant Date of this Option (the “ Termination Date ”) unless it terminates earlier under the following conditions:

 

  (a) If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than (i) death, (ii) Disability (as defined in Section 4(b)(i) or 4(b)(ii)), or (iii) “cause” (as hereinafter defined), that portion of the Option which is exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment shall terminate on the date of such termination of employment (or one (1) year after such termination of employment if the Optionee’s employment was terminated by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries without “cause”). That portion of the Option which has not yet become exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment shall be forfeited as of such date.

 

  (b) (i) If the Optionee’s employment and the “Employment Term” as defined in Section 1 of the Employment Agreement are terminated by reason of the Optionee’s “Disability” within the meaning of Section 5(d) of the Employment Agreement, or (ii) if the Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of death or Disability as hereafter defined, that portion of the Option which has not yet become exercisable shall become immediately exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment and the Option shall terminate one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement (other than clause (i) of this Section 4(b) and Section 4(d)), “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect from time to time (or, if that plan is not in effect at the time in question, as it was last in effect).

 

2


  (c) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for “cause”, all of the outstanding Options shall terminate on the date of such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, “ cause ” shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Optionee to substantially perform the Optionee’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Optionee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the willful engaging by the Optionee in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding Section 4(a) and Section 4(c), if the Optionee’s employment and the “Employment Term” are terminated by the Company without “Cause” (except by reason of the Optionee’s “Death” or “Disability”) or by the Optionee for “Good Reason”, that portion of the Option which is held by the Optionee as of the date his employment terminates and has not yet become exercisable shall become exercisable on the same basis as if the Optionee continued as an employee through the expiration of the “Severance Period”, and the Option shall terminate one (1) year and one (1) day following the expiration of the “Severance Period”. Any capitalized term that appears in quotation marks in this Section 4(d) shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Employment Agreement.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no portion of the Option may be exercised after the Termination Date.

 

5. Method of Exercising Option . This Option shall be exercised in whole or in part by delivery of written notice to the stock plan administrator of the Company (the “ Administrator ”), in a form satisfactory to the Administrator, specifying the number of shares which will be purchased and the date on which the shares will be purchased (the “ Purchase Date ”). The notice shall be accompanied by full payment for the shares to be purchased.

If the Optionee elects to pay the Purchase Price in whole or in part through proceeds generated by the sale of stock acquired under this Option through a broker under a cashless exercise arrangement referred to in Section 7(b)(iii) of the Plan and approved by the Committee, that part of the Purchase Price to be paid with proceeds of such sale may be paid pursuant to the arrangement approved by the Committee.

Payment for shares being purchased pursuant to the Option may be in whole or in part with shares of Common Stock by either actual delivery of shares or by attestation, provided that such shares have been owned by the Optionee for at least six months or were acquired on the open market. The value of the shares shall be their Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date. Stock certificates representing any shares being actually delivered as payment must be delivered to the Administrator on the Purchase Date.

 

3


In connection with the exercise of the Option, the Common Stock to be issued shall be credited to a book entry account in the name of the Optionee. In lieu of crediting such shares to a book entry account, at the election and expense of the Optionee, stock certificates representing shares purchased will be delivered to the Optionee as soon as administratively practicable after the exercise of the Option.

 

6. Commitments of the Optionee . In the event of any breach by the Optionee of the terms of Section 8 of the Employment Agreement, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, the Option shall immediately expire and shall not be exercisable after such breach. Subject to Section 4(d), if the Optionee, at any time before the Option terminates: (a) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Optionee has worked during the Optionee’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (c) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Optionee’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (d) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (e) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the Option shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel such Option. The obligations in this Section 6 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Optionee and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

7. Non-Transferability . This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than to a Beneficiary, and during the lifetime of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

8. Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any payment or transfer of stock hereunder, appropriate arrangements for the withholding of any Federal, state or local taxes. The Company shall accept whole shares of Stock of equivalent Fair Market Value in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Optionee elects to make payment in such manner.

 

4


9. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Option and executing this Agreement, the Optionee recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Option from vesting or cause all or part of the Option to terminate. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to vest or termination of the Option that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

10. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Optionee shall be given to the Administrator in writing and such notice and any payment by the Optionee hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Administrator at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Optionee. Any notice to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Optionee in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Optionee at such address as the Optionee may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

11. Interpretation and Disputes . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed by the Committee, and any such interpretation or construction shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Optionee. In the event there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

With respect to any claim, demand, dispute, action or cause of action arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee that also arises under or relates to the Employment Agreement, the provisions of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement (rather than the following provisions of this Section 11) shall apply. Any other claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute

 

5


has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Optionee and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Optionee agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

12. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Optionee or adjust the compensation of the Optionee.

 

  (b) The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Optionee of a stock certificate for such shares or the date of entry of a credit for such shares in a book entry account in the name of the Optionee.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Optionee.

 

  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, the obligations under this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

6


  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (g) The Option is intended to qualify as an “Option” that is a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” as defined in the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Optionee and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no equitable adjustment or other change may be made to the Option pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan or otherwise that would cause the Option to fail to qualify as an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A), or that would constitute a modification of the Option under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(B). For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the exercise price nor the number of shares subject to the Option may be equitably adjusted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan to reflect a stock split (including a reverse stock split) or stock dividend unless the conditions set forth in the second sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(H) are satisfied such that there will be no modification of the Option under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(B).

 

  (h) The Option is intended to qualify as an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). The Option and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the Option does not provide for such a deferral of compensation, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Optionee as to the tax consequences of the Option or this Agreement.

 

  (i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Optionee and an officer of the Company (other than the Optionee) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

7


13. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a) By executing this Agreement, the Optionee hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend this Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 13(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Optionee’s consent to any such amendments of this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Optionee’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of this Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 13(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 13(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Optionee as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 13(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Optionee’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Optionee’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b)

For purposes of Section 13(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Optionee that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is

 

8


 

“grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 13 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 13(a). The Optionee recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, the Employment Agreement and (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Optionee after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Optionee before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Optionee accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Optionee agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Optionee is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Optionee shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Optionee may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Optionee shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Optionee

 

9


 

hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Optionee’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Optionee’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.     OPTIONEE
BY:  

 

   

 

  Senior Vice President-Human Resources                         [OPTIONEE]

Approved by the Compensation and Management

Development Committee of the Board of Directors: 02/13/08

As amended effective 12/31/08

 

10

Exhibit 10.25

Form of

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

For employees grade 21 and up

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

as amended effective December 31, 2008

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

OPTION AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) and [ NAME OF OPTIONEE ], an employee of the Company or of one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Optionee ”), as amended effective December 31, 2008.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended through December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is extended, but excluding any amendment of such Plan that would constitute a modification or extension of an option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided for in the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee the option to purchase [# OF OPTIONS GRANTED ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Option ”).

 

2. Purchase Price . The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by this Option shall be $         per share which is one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

1


3. Exercise of Option .

 

  (a) The Option shall vest (i.e., become exercisable) at the rate of 33.3334% of the shares covered by the Option on August 13, 2009 and 33.3333% of such shares on each of August 13, 2010 and August 13, 2011. The number of shares with respect to which the Option vests on any date shall be rounded to the nearest whole Option; provided, that the aggregate number of shares with respect to which the Option vests shall not exceed the number of shares set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

  (b) Subject to Section 4, any portion of the Option which has not vested pursuant to Section 3(a) before the date, if any, on which a Change in Control occurs shall vest on that date. However, if a Change in Control occurs less than six months after the Grant Date and the Committee requests in writing before the date of such Change in Control that the Optionee agree in writing to remain in the employment of the Company through the date which is six months after the Grant Date with substantially the same title, duties, authority, reporting relationships, compensation and indemnification as on the day immediately preceding the Change in Control, then in that event any portion of the Option which has not vested pursuant to Section 3(a) before the date on which such Change in Control occurs shall vest pursuant to this Section 3(b) only if the Optionee executes such written agreement and delivers it to the Company not later than one week after the date of such Change in Control, in which case such portion of the Option shall vest when the Optionee delivers such written agreement or, if later, on the date on which such Change in Control occurs.

 

4. Termination . The Option shall terminate 10 years after the Grant Date of this Option (the “ Termination Date ”) unless it terminates earlier under the following conditions:

 

  (a) If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than (i) death, (ii) Disability (as hereafter defined), or (iii) retirement on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date at age 62 or later with a minimum of five (5) full years of service with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (“ Retirement ”), or (iv) “cause” (as hereinafter defined), that portion of the Option which is exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment shall terminate on the date of such termination of employment (or one (1) year after such termination of employment if the Optionee’s employment was terminated by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries without “cause”). That portion of the Option which has not yet become exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment shall be forfeited as of such date.

 

  (b)

If the Optionee’s employment terminates as a result of death or Disability, that portion of the Option which has not yet become exercisable shall

 

2


 

become immediately exercisable as of the date of such termination of employment and the Option shall terminate one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect from time to time (or, if that plan is not in effect at the time in question, as it was last in effect).

 

  (c) If the Optionee terminates employment by reason of Retirement, that portion of the Option which has not yet become exercisable shall continue to become exercisable as if the Optionee continued as an employee until the Option terminates pursuant to this sentence or Section 4(e) (whichever applies), provided that the Optionee executes a covenant not to compete in a form acceptable to the Committee at the time of Retirement, and complies with the terms of said covenant not to compete, and the Option shall terminate one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment (or five (5) years after such termination of employment if the Optionee executes a release of claims in a form acceptable to the Committee at the time of Retirement).

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for “cause” (even if such termination would otherwise qualify as Retirement), all of the outstanding Options shall terminate on the date of such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, “ cause ” shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Optionee to substantially perform the Optionee’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Optionee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the willful engaging by the Optionee in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise.

 

  (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no portion of the Option may be exercised after the Termination Date.

 

5. Method of Exercising Option . This Option shall be exercised in whole or in part by delivery of written notice to the stock plan administrator of the Company (the “ Administrator ”), in a form satisfactory to the Administrator, specifying the number of shares which will be purchased and the date on which the shares will be purchased (the “ Purchase Date ”). The notice shall be accompanied by full payment for the shares to be purchased.

If the Optionee elects to pay the Purchase Price in whole or in part through proceeds generated by the sale of stock acquired under this Option through a broker under a cashless exercise arrangement referred to in Section 7(b)(iii) of the Plan and approved by the Committee, that part of the Purchase Price to be paid with proceeds of such sale may be paid pursuant to the arrangement approved by the Committee.

 

3


Payment for shares being purchased pursuant to the Option may be in whole or in part with shares of Common Stock by either actual delivery of shares or by attestation, provided that such shares have been owned by the Optionee for at least six months or were acquired on the open market. The value of the shares shall be their Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date. Stock certificates representing any shares being actually delivered as payment must be delivered to the Administrator on the Purchase Date.

In connection with the exercise of the Option, the Common Stock to be issued shall be credited to a book entry account in the name of the Optionee. In lieu of crediting such shares to a book entry account, at the election and expense of the Optionee, stock certificates representing shares purchased will be delivered to the Optionee as soon as administratively practicable after the exercise of the Option.

 

6. Commitments of the Optionee . If the Optionee, at any time before the Option terminates: (a) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Optionee has worked during the Optionee’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (c) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Optionee’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (d) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (e) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the Option shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel such Option. The obligations in this Section 6 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Optionee and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

7. Non-Transferability . This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than to a Beneficiary, and during the lifetime of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

8.

Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any payment or transfer of stock hereunder, appropriate arrangements for the withholding of any Federal, state or local taxes. The Company shall accept

 

4


 

whole shares of Stock of equivalent Fair Market Value in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Optionee elects to make payment in such manner.

 

9. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Option and executing this Agreement, the Optionee recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Option from vesting or cause all or part of the Option to terminate. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to vest or termination of the Option that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

10. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Optionee shall be given to the Administrator in writing and such notice and any payment by the Optionee hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Administrator at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Optionee. Any notice to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Optionee in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Optionee at such address as the Optionee may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

11. Interpretation and Disputes . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed by the Committee, and any such interpretation or construction shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Optionee. In the event there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the

 

5


AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Optionee and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Optionee agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

12. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Optionee or adjust the compensation of the Optionee.

 

  (b) The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Optionee of a stock certificate for such shares or the date of entry of a credit for such shares in a book entry account in the name of the Optionee.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Optionee.

 

  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, the obligations under this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

6


  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (g) The Option is intended to qualify as an “Option” that is a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” as defined in the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Optionee and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no equitable adjustment or other change may be made to the Option pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan or otherwise that would cause the Option to fail to qualify as an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A), or that would constitute a modification of the Option under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(B). For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the exercise price nor the number of shares subject to the Option may be equitably adjusted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan to reflect a stock split (including a reverse stock split) or stock dividend unless the conditions set forth in the second sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(H) are satisfied such that there will be no modification of the Option under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(B).

 

  (h) The Option is intended to qualify as an option that “does not provide for a deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). The Option and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the Option does not provide for such a deferral of compensation, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Optionee as to the tax consequences of the Option or this Agreement.

 

  (i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Optionee and an officer of the Company (other than the Optionee) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

7


13. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a) By executing this Agreement, the Optionee hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend this Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 13(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Optionee’s consent to any such amendments of this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Optionee’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of this Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 13(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 13(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Optionee as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 13(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Optionee’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Optionee’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b)

For purposes of Section 13(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Optionee that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is

 

8


 

“grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 13 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 13(a). The Optionee recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Optionee after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Optionee before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Optionee accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Optionee agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Optionee is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Optionee shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Optionee may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Optionee shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Optionee

 

9


 

hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Optionee’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Optionee’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.   OPTIONEE
BY:  

 

 

 

  Senior Vice President-Human Resources                           [OPTIONEE]

Approved by the Compensation and Management

Development Committee of the Board of Directors: 2/13/08

As amended effective 12/31/08

 

11

Exhibit 10.26

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

For CEO

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and             , a person regularly employed by or providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Holder ”)(the “ RSU Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the RSU Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 6 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the RSU Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), and in fulfillment of the Company’s obligations under Section 6.2(v), Section 6.3 and Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement dated October 19, 2006 between the Company and the Holder(the “ Employment Agreement ”) as in effect on the Grant Date, the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and issuance of shares pursuant thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD. Subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the

 

Page 1 of 13


 

Holder an award of             restricted stock units (each a “ Restricted Stock Unit ” and, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive, without payment to the Company and at the applicable time or times provided by Section 6 hereof (if any), a number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 hereof, subject, however, to Section 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement. The Award also entitles the Holder to be paid Dividend Equivalents on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2. In no event shall the Holder acquire any rights under this Agreement unless the Holder executes and delivers to the Company, no later than 60 days after the Grant Date, a counterpart of the RSU Agreement duly countersigned by the Holder.

 

2. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. On each date on which a dividend (other than a Common Stock dividend) is paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which falls during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the first date on which all of the Restricted Stock Units have either been forfeited pursuant to Section 5 or paid pursuant to Section 6 of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or after the Grant Date (a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company shall pay the Holder an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) determined by multiplying (a) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (b) the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash or Common Stock, the amount of money to be paid to the Holder in respect of such dividend shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (ii) the fair market value on the Dividend Payment Date of the property that was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 is contingent on the Holder’s not having a “Separation from Service” (as hereafter defined) on or before the record date of such Dividend Equivalents, except that if a dividend record date occurs on or after the date on which Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 and before such Restricted Stock Units are paid pursuant to Section 6, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents for such record date pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 in respect of the Restricted Stock Units that became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 is contingent on the Holder’s not having a Separation from Service before the date on which such Restricted Stock Units became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)).

 

Page 2 of 13


3. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARD. In no event (a) may the Holder sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of the Award or any interest therein, nor (b) shall the Award or any interest therein be subject to anticipation, attachment, garnishment, levy, encumbrance or charge of any nature, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, dispose, anticipate, attach, garnish, levy upon, encumber or charge the Award or any interest therein shall be null and void and the other party to the transaction shall not obtain any rights to or interest in the Award. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall not prevent the Award or any Restricted Stock Unit from being forfeited pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not prevent the Holder from designating a Beneficiary to receive the Award in the event of his or her death in accordance with Section 2(d) of the Plan. Any such Beneficiary shall receive the Award subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, including but not limited to the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 5.

 

4. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Normal Vesting Dates . Subject to Sections 4(b), (c), (d) and (e) and Section 5, the Holder must not have a Separation from Service on or before (i) the third anniversary of the Base Date (as hereafter defined) for 33.4% of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable, (ii) the fourth anniversary of the Base Date for an additional 33.3% of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable, and (iii) the fifth anniversary of the Base Date for the balance of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable. The number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable on the third and fourth anniversaries of the Base Date pursuant to the foregoing shall be rounded to the nearest whole Restricted Stock Unit. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Base Date ” means August 13, 2007.

 

  (b) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Death or Disability . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before his death or Disability occurs (and irrespective of whether a Separation from Service occurs at the time of such Disability), then any of the Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable before the date on which his death or Disability occurs shall become non-forfeitable on that date. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i).

 

  (c)

Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Change of Control . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5 below and Section 7 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008, if the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before the date, if any, on which a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as

 

Page 3 of 13


 

of December 31, 2008) occurs, any of the Restricted Stock Units that are not non-forfeitable when such “change in control event” occurs shall immediately become non-forfeitable. Any such “change in control event” that occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008) occurs is hereafter referred to as a “ 409A Change in Control Event ”.

 

  (d) Acceleration of Vesting in Certain Circumstances . Notwithstanding Section 4(a), if the Holder has a Separation from Service by the Company without “Cause” (except by reason of the Holder’s “Death” or “Disability”) or by the Holder for “Good Reason”, then any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable before the date on which such Separation from Service occurs shall become non-forfeitable on that date, but only to the extent that such Restricted Stock Units would have become non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 4(a) had the Holder’s employment continued (and no Separation from Service occurred) through the expiration of the “Severance Period”. Any capitalized term that appears in quotation marks above in this Section 4(d) shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008.

 

  (e) Additional Vesting Provisions . Any provision above of this Section 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Restricted Stock Unit shall not become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4 if, prior to the date (if any) on which such Restricted Stock Unit would become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4, such Restricted Stock Unit was forfeited pursuant to Section 5(b) of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or after the Grant Date. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Agreement or any provision thereof exceed in the aggregate 100% of the Restricted Stock Units unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment referred to in Section 7 of this Agreement or Section 10 of the Plan.

 

5. FORFEITURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a)

Any Restricted Stock Units that have not become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 above on or before the date on which the Holder has a Separation from Service shall be forfeited as of that date, and all of the Holder’s rights and interest in and to such forfeited Restricted Stock Units shall thereupon terminate without payment of consideration by the Company. No Award or other amount payable to the Holder shall be reduced by the amount of any Dividend Equivalents previously paid to the Holder with respect to the forfeited Restricted Stock Units. For purposes of this Agreement, the Holder will not be deemed to have a Separation from Service merely by reason of the transfer of the Holder’s employment from the Company to any Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary, or by reason of an approved leave of absence. However, the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(i) shall apply in determining whether the Holder

 

Page 4 of 13


 

has a Separation from Service in connection with a leave of absence, and in that regard the Holder and the Company hereby elect to substitute a 29-month period of absence for a six-month period in the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of that Treasury Regulation.

 

  (b) In the event of any breach by the Holder of the terms of Section 8 of the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 before such breach shall immediately expire and are forfeited upon such breach. If the Holder, at any time before all of the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on behalf of any business or enterprise other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, any Restricted Stock Units that have not theretofore become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 shall be forfeited unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5(b) are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

  (c) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder irrevocably consents to any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units required or authorized by this Agreement.

 

6.

ISSUANCE OF SHARES. If a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, a share of Common Stock shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Holder’s Beneficiary) in payment of such Restricted Stock Unit on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within thirty (30) days thereafter (which date during that 31 day

 

Page 5 of 13


 

period shall be determined by the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 on the earliest of (a) a specified date, as provided in Section 4(a) above, (b) the date on which the Holder’s death occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (c) the date on which the Holder’s Disability occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (d) the date on which a 409A Change in Control Event” occurs, as provided in Section 4(c) above, or (e) the date on which a Separation from Service described in Section 4(d) above occurs; provided in the case of each of the foregoing that the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before the date in question or, in the case of clause (a) hereof, on the specified date in question. In lieu of crediting any such share to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent, at the election and expense of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, of the Holder’s Beneficiary), a stock certificate representing such share shall be delivered to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Holder’s Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that the share is issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within thirty (30) days thereafter. All shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Holder is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and that is to be paid due to a Separation from Service during the six month period following a Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall not be paid during that six month period but shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the Holder)(the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to specified employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2 until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6, which Dividend Equivalents shall be accumulated and deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units at Fair Market Value on the Dividend Payment Date of such Dividend Equivalents (which additional Restricted Stock Units may also accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2) and which shall be paid (in money) on the Delayed Payment Date based on the Fair Market Value of such additional Restricted Stock Units on the Delayed Payment Date. The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

Page 6 of 13


7. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS. In addition to any other adjustments that may be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, (a) if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Restricted Stock Units shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (b) in the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award, in lieu of the shares that he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award (the “ Affected Shares ”) and without any payment, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto he had owned the Affected Shares and had exchanged the Affected Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, and (c) in case of any distribution by the Company of rights or property to stockholders (including without limitation a spin-off), the issuance of stock options to persons other than employees or directors of the Company, the issuance by the Company of securities convertible into Common Stock or into shares of any stock or security into which Common Stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company (other than as specified above in this Section 7) which, in the judgment of the Committee, would effect a dilution or diminution of the Holder’s rights hereunder, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number or kind of shares in respect of this Award, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Award. Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustments may be made pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 10 of the Plan that would prevent the amounts payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

8. TAXES AND WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to deduct from any Dividend Equivalents payable pursuant to this Agreement, and from any shares to be issued pursuant to Section 6, cash and/or shares, valued at Fair Market Value on the date of payment, in an amount necessary to satisfy all Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Dividend Equivalents and/or shares, and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of certificates representing such shares and prior to such shares being credited to a book entry account in the Holder’s name, the amount of any such taxes. The Company shall accept whole shares of Common Stock of equivalent Fair Market Value in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Holder of the Award elects to make payment in such manner.

 

Page 7 of 13


9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. However, the Company will not issue any shares or other securities pursuant to this Agreement if their issuance would result in a violation of any such law. If at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under the Award may be exercised and shares of Common Stock may not be issued pursuant to the Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the dates of vesting or forfeiture of the Award.

 

10. RELATION TO OTHER BENEFITS. The benefits received by the Holder under this Agreement will not be taken into account in determining any other benefits to which the Holder may be entitled under any profit sharing, retirement or other benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company, including the amount of any life insurance coverage available to any beneficiary of the Holder under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company.

 

11. AMENDMENTS; INTEGRATED AGREEMENT. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

12. RELATION TO PLAN; INTERPRETATION. The Award is granted under the Plan, and the Award and this Agreement are each subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. In the event of any inconsistent provisions between this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted. The titles to Sections of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the title of any Section.

 

13.

NO IMPLIED PROMISES. By accepting the Award and executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors

 

Page 8 of 13


 

of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Restricted Stock Units from becoming non-forfeitable. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

14. NOTICES. Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Committee in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Corporate Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

15. INTERPRETATION AND DISPUTES. The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations thereunder, and any such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder and on any person or entity claiming under or through either of them.

With respect to any claim, demand, dispute, action or cause of action arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee that also arises under or relates to the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time, the provisions of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time (rather than the following provisions of this Section 11) shall apply. Any other claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (a) the resolution of the dispute; (b) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (c) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder

 

Page 9 of 13


shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

16. GENERAL.

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Holder of a stock certificate for the shares or the date of entry of a credit for the shares in a book entry account in the name of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, a term or condition of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (g) By signing this Agreement, the Holder (i) agrees that the provisions of this Agreement, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 4(b), 4(c), 4(d) and Section 6, shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s obligations with respect to the Restricted Stock Units under the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 4.3, 6.2(v), 6.3 and 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as in effect as of the Grant Date, and (ii) waives any claim that the provisions of this Agreement fail to satisfy any provision of the Employment Agreement as in effect at any time on or after the Grant Date.

 

Page 10 of 13


17. CODE SECTION 409A. Any Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Dividend Equivalents or shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

18. CONSENT TO CERTAIN AMENDMENTS AND PROVISIONS.

 

  (a)

By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the RSU Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 18(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the RSU Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the RSU Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the RSU Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 18(a) , or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 18(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that

 

Page 11 of 13


 

the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 18(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b) For purposes of Section 18(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 18 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 18(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, the Employment Agreement and (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately

 

Page 12 of 13


 

follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the RSU Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  Senior Vice President – Human Resources

 

Page 13 of 13

Exhibit 10.27

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

For employees grade 21 and up

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ NAME OF GRANTEE ], a person regularly employed by or providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Holder ”)(the “ RSU Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the RSU Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 6 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the RSU Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and issuance of shares pursuant thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD. Subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Holder an award of [# Restricted Stock Units] restricted stock units (each a “ Restricted Stock Unit ” and, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive,

 

Page 1 of 14


 

without payment to the Company and at the applicable time or times provided by Section 6 hereof (if any), a number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 hereof, subject, however, to Section 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement. The Award also entitles the Holder to be paid Dividend Equivalents on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2. In no event shall the Holder acquire any rights under this Agreement unless the Holder executes and delivers to the Company, no later than 60 days after the Grant Date, a counterpart of the RSU Agreement duly countersigned by the Holder.

 

  2.

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. On each date on which a dividend (other than a Common Stock dividend) is paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which falls during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the first date on which all of the Restricted Stock Units have either been forfeited pursuant to Section 5 or paid pursuant to Section 6 of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or after the Grant Date (a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company shall pay the Holder an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) determined by multiplying (a) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (b) the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash or Common Stock, the amount of money to be paid to the Holder in respect of such dividend shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (ii) the fair market value on such Dividend Payment Date of the property that was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt: the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 is contingent on the Holder’s not having a “Separation from Service” (as hereafter defined) on or before the record date of such Dividend Equivalents, except that (A) if a dividend record date occurs on or after the date on which Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 and before such Restricted Stock Units are paid pursuant to Section 6, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents for such record date pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 in respect of the Restricted Stock Units that became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 is contingent on the Holder’s not having a Separation from Service before the date on which such Restricted Stock Units became non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, and (B) if a dividend record date occurs after Separation from Service by Retirement as defined in Section 4(c) and before all of the Restricted Stock Units have become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents for such record date pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 in respect of the Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable before such Separation from Service is contingent on the Holder’s Separation from Service by Retirement, execution of a covenant not to compete and a release of claims in accordance with Section 4(c), not revoking the release before

 

Page 2 of 14


 

it becomes irrevocable on the 8 th day after s/he executes it, and compliance with such covenant and release on and before the Dividend Payment Date on which such Dividend Equivalents are to be paid, as provided in Section 5(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)).

 

3. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARD. In no event (a) may the Holder sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of the Award or any interest therein, nor (b) shall the Award or any interest therein be subject to anticipation, attachment, garnishment, levy, encumbrance or charge of any nature, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, dispose, anticipate, attach, garnish, levy upon, encumber or charge the Award or any interest therein shall be null and void and the other party to the transaction shall not obtain any rights to or interest in the Award. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall not prevent the Award or any Restricted Stock Unit from being forfeited pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not prevent the Holder from designating a Beneficiary to receive the Award in the event of his or her death in accordance with Section 2(d) of the Plan. Any such Beneficiary shall receive the Award subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, including but not limited to the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 5.

 

4. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Normal Vesting Dates . Subject to Sections 4(b), (c), (d) and (e) and Section 5, the Holder must not have a Separation from Service on or before (i) the third anniversary of the Base Date (as hereafter defined) for 33.4% of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable, (ii) the fourth anniversary of the Base Date for an additional 33.3% of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable, and (iii) the fifth anniversary of the Base Date for the balance of the Restricted Stock Units to become non-forfeitable. The number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable on the third and fourth anniversaries of the Base Date pursuant to the foregoing shall be rounded to the nearest whole Restricted Stock Unit. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Base Date ” means August 13, 2007.

 

  (b)

Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Death or Disability . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before his death or Disability occurs (and irrespective of whether a Separation from Service occurs at the time of such Disability), then any of the Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable before the date on which his death or Disability

 

Page 3 of 14


 

occurs shall become non-forfeitable on that date. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i).

 

 

(c)

Exception for Retirement . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder has a Separation from Service (i) more than eighteen (18) months after the Base Date and before the fifth anniversary of the Base Date by reason of retirement at or after age 62 with a minimum of five (5) years of credited service with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) under circumstances that do not constitute “cause” as hereafter defined (any such Separation from Service being hereafter referred to as “ Separation from Service by Retirement ”), and if, in addition, the Holder executes, within such period of time (in no event to exceed 45 days) after the Separation from Service by Retirement as the Committee may require, a covenant not to compete and a release of claims effective as of the date of Separation from Service by Retirement, each in a form acceptable to the Committee, and does not revoke the release before it becomes irrevocable on the 8 th day after s/he executes it, and complies with the terms of such covenant and release, then any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet become non-forfeitable in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4 as of the date of Separation from Service by Retirement shall thereafter become non-forfeitable in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4 as if the Holder had continued as an employee (and no Separation from Service had occurred) through the earliest of (A) the fifth anniversary of the Base Date, (B) the Holder’s death, (C) the Holder’s Disability, or (D) the date on which a 409A Change in Control Event as defined in Section 4(d) occurs. For purposes of this Agreement, “ cause ” shall mean (I) the willful and continued failure by the Holder to substantially perform the Holder’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Holder’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (II) the willful engaging by the Holder in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise.

 

  (d) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Change in Control . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before the date, if any, on which a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs, any of the Restricted Stock Units that are not non-forfeitable when such “change in control event” occurs shall immediately become non-forfeitable. Any such “change in control event” that occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs is hereafter referred to as a “ 409A Change in Control Event ”.

 

  (e)

Additional Vesting Provisions . Any provision above of this Section 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Restricted Stock Unit shall not become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4 if, prior to the date (if any) on which such Restricted Stock

 

Page 4 of 14


 

Unit would become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4, such Restricted Stock Unit was forfeited pursuant to Section 5(c) of the RSU Agreement as in effect from time to time on or after the Grant Date. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Agreement or any provision thereof exceed in the aggregate 100% of the Restricted Stock Units unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment referred to in Section 7 of this Agreement or Section 10 of the Plan.

 

5. FORFEITURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

 

(a)

Except as provided otherwise in Section 4(c) above or in the second sentence of Section 5(b) below, any Restricted Stock Units that have not become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 above on or before the date on which the Holder has a Separation from Service shall be forfeited as of that date, and all of the Holder’s rights and interest in and to such forfeited Restricted Stock Units shall thereupon terminate without payment of consideration by the Company. Solely for purposes of avoiding a forfeiture pursuant to the preceding sentence in the event of a Separation from Service by Retirement, Restricted Stock Units that have not become non-forfeitable in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 other than Section 4(c) as of the date of the Holder’s Separation from Service by Retirement shall be considered to be non-forfeitable on that date if the Holder executes the covenant not to compete and release referred to in Section 4(c) within such period of time (in no event to exceed 45 days) after the Separation from Service by Retirement as the Committee may require, the covenant and release are effective as of that date, and the Holder does not revoke the release before it becomes irrevocable on the 8 th day after s/he executes it. No Award or other amount payable to the Holder shall be reduced by the amount of any Dividend Equivalents previously paid to the Holder with respect to the forfeited Restricted Stock Units. For purposes of this Agreement, the Holder will not be deemed to have a Separation from Service merely by reason of the transfer of the Holder’s employment from the Company to any Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary, or by reason of an approved leave of absence. However, the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(i) shall apply in determining whether the Holder has a Separation from Service in connection with a leave of absence, and in that regard the Holder and the Company hereby elect to substitute a 29-month period of absence for a six-month period in the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of that Treasury Regulation.

 

 

(b)

If the Holder has a Separation from Service by Retirement as defined in Section 4(c), but the Holder does not execute the covenant and release referred to in Section 4(c) within such period of time (in no event to exceed 45 days) after the Separation from Service by Retirement as the Committee may require, or revokes the release before it becomes irrevocable on the 8 th day after s/he executes it, any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet become non-forfeitable in accordance with the

 

Page 5 of 14


 

provisions of Section 4 other than Section 4(c) as of the date of the Holder’s Separation from Service by Retirement shall be forfeited as of the date of Separation from Service by Retirement. If the Holder executes but fails to comply with such covenant and release, any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet become non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 4 as of the date of such failure to comply shall be forfeited as of that date.

 

  (c) If the Holder, at any time before all of the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on behalf of any business or enterprise other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, any Restricted Stock Units that have not theretofore become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 shall be forfeited unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5(c) are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

  (d) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder irrevocably consents to any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units required or authorized by this Agreement.

 

6.

ISSUANCE OF SHARES. If a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, a share of Common Stock shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Holder’s Beneficiary) in payment of such Restricted Stock Unit on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within sixty (60) days thereafter (which date during that 61 day period shall be determined by the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 on the earliest of (a) a specified date set forth in Section 4(a) above, (b) the date on which the Holder’s death

 

Page 6 of 14


 

occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (c) the date on which the Holder’s Disability occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, or (d) the date on which a 409A Change in Control Event” occurs, as provided in Section 4(d) above; provided in the case of each of the foregoing that the Holder does not have a Separation from Service before the date in question or, in the case of clause (a) hereof, on the specified date in question, or that the Holder has a Separation from Service by Retirement before the date in question, executes the covenant and release referred to in Section 4(c) within such period of time (in no event to exceed 45 days) after the Separation from Service by Retirement as the Committee may require, does not revoke the release before it becomes irrevocable on the 8 th day after s/he executes it, and complies with such covenant and release until the date in question. In lieu of crediting any such share to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent, at the election and expense of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, of the Holder’s Beneficiary), a stock certificate representing such share shall be delivered to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Holder’s Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that the share is issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within sixty (60) days thereafter. All shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Holder is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and that is to be paid due to a Separation from Service during the six month period following a Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall not be paid during that six month period but shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the Holder)(the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to specified employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2 until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6, which Dividend Equivalents shall be accumulated and deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units at Fair Market Value on the Dividend Payment Date of such Dividend Equivalents (which additional Restricted Stock Units may also accrue Dividend Equivalents) and which shall be paid (in money) on the Delayed Payment Date based on the Fair Market Value of such additional Restricted Stock Units on the Delayed Payment Date. The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

Page 7 of 14


7. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS. In addition to any other adjustments that may be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, (a) if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Restricted Stock Units shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (b) in the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award, in lieu of the shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award (the “ Affected Shares ”) and without any payment, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto s/he had owned the Affected Shares and had exchanged the Affected Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, and (c) in case of any distribution by the Company of rights or property to stockholders (including without limitation a spin-off), the issuance of stock options to persons other than employees or directors of the Company, the issuance by the Company of securities convertible into Common Stock or into shares of any stock or security into which Common Stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company (other than as specified above in this Section 7) which, in the judgment of the Committee, would effect a dilution or diminution of the Holder’s rights hereunder, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number or kind of shares in respect of this Award, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Award. Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustments may be made pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 10 of the Plan that would prevent the amounts payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

8. TAXES AND WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to deduct from any Dividend Equivalents payable pursuant to this Agreement, and from any shares to be issued pursuant to Section 6, cash and/or shares, valued at Fair Market Value on the date of payment, in an amount necessary to satisfy all Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Dividend Equivalents and/or shares, and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of certificates representing such shares and prior to such shares being credited to a book entry account in the Holder’s name, the amount of any such taxes. The Company shall accept whole shares of Common Stock of equivalent Fair Market Value in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Holder of the Award elects to make payment in such manner.

 

Page 8 of 14


9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. However, the Company will not issue any shares or other securities pursuant to this Agreement if their issuance would result in a violation of any such law. If at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under the Award may be exercised and shares of Common Stock may not be issued pursuant to the Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the dates of vesting or forfeiture of the Award.

 

10. RELATION TO OTHER BENEFITS. The benefits received by the Holder under this Agreement will not be taken into account in determining any other benefits to which the Holder may be entitled under any profit sharing, retirement or other benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company, including the amount of any life insurance coverage available to any beneficiary of the Holder under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company.

 

11. AMENDMENTS; INTEGRATED AGREEMENT. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

12. RELATION TO PLAN; INTERPRETATION. The Award is granted under the Plan, and the Award and this Agreement are each subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. In the event of any inconsistent provisions between this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted. The titles to Sections of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the title of any Section.

 

13.

NO IMPLIED PROMISES. By accepting the Award and executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors

 

Page 9 of 14


 

of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Restricted Stock Units from becoming non-forfeitable. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

14. NOTICES. Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Committee in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Corporate Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

15. INTERPRETATION AND DISPUTES. The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations thereunder, and any such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder and on any person or entity claiming under or through either of them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any determination of whether the Holder has a “Separation from Service by Retirement” or whether circumstances constitute “cause” within the meaning of Section 4(c) above shall be made by and in the sole discretion of the Committee, whose decision shall be final and binding on the Company, the Holder and any person or entity claiming under or through any of them.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (a) the resolution of the dispute; (b) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (c) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any

 

Page 10 of 14


relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

16. GENERAL.

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Holder of a stock certificate for the shares or the date of entry of a credit for the shares in a book entry account in the name of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, a term or condition of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

17.

CODE SECTION 409A. Any Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the Dividend Equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and

 

Page 11 of 14


 

any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any Dividend Equivalents or shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

18. CONSENT TO CERTAIN AMENDMENTS AND PROVISIONS.

 

  (a) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the RSU Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 18(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code , and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the RSU Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the RSU Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the RSU Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 18(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 18(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 18(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

Page 12 of 14


  (b) For purposes of Section 18(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 18 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 18(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the

 

Page 13 of 14


 

Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the RSU Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  Senior Vice President – Human Resources

 

Page 14 of 14

Exhibit 10.28

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING SECURITIES THAT

HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                         , an employee of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ PSA Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the PSA Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 3 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the PSA Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided for in the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Grant of Performance Share Award . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby awards to the Holder                      performance share awards for the performance period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on December 31, 2010 (the “ Performance Share Awards ” or, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive, without payment to the Company, shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned in the future pursuant to Section 2, Section 4(b) or Section 6 hereof, if any; provided, however, that, except as

 

1


 

provided otherwise in Section 4(b), the Holder must be an employee of the Company on the future date as of which the Performance Share Awards are deemed earned to receive such shares. Except in the event of a Change in Control as provided in Section 4(b) and Section 6, no Performance Share Awards will be deemed earned pursuant to this Agreement, nor will the Holder be entitled to receive any shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, unless the applicable Minimum Performance Goal set forth in Section 2 is attained or exceeded for one or more of the Performance Years in the Award Period (as such terms are defined in Section 2). In no event shall the Award entitle the Holder to receive more than                      1 shares of Common Stock, unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment pursuant to Section 7.

 

2. Performance Goal .

 

  (a) One-third of the Performance Share Awards relate to the Company’s 2008 fiscal year, one-third relate to the Company’s 2009 fiscal year, and one-third relate to the Company’s 2010 fiscal year (such three fiscal years being hereafter referred to, collectively, as the “ Award Period ”, and each, individually, as a “ Performance Year ”). Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2 (including but not limited to Section 2(c) below) and this Agreement, (i) none of the Performance Share Awards that relate to a Performance Year will be earned unless the Company’s consolidated basic earnings per share as determined in accordance with Section 6(b) of the Plan (“ EPS ”) for that Performance Year equal or exceed $        , in the case of Performance Year 2008, or, in the case of each of Performance Years 2009 and 2010, an amount of EPS to be determined in writing by the Committee not later than 90 days after the commencement of that Performance Year (the “ Minimum Performance Goal ”) but not less than $        ; (ii) 125% of the Performance Share Awards that relate to a Performance Year will be earned if the Company’s EPS for that Performance Year equal or exceed $        , in the case of Performance Year 2008, or, in the case of each of the other Performance Years, an amount of EPS to be determined in writing by the Committee not later than 90 days after the commencement of the Performance Year in question (the “ Maximum Performance Goal ”); and (iii) the number of Performance Share Awards that will be earned for performance between the Minimum Performance Goal and the Maximum Performance Goal for a Performance Year will be calculated by multiplying the number of Performance Share Awards that relate to such Performance Year as stated above in this Section 2(a) by the performance factor corresponding to the EPS attained in that Performance Year in the applicable table below.

 

1 [Insert 125% of the number of Performance Share Awards]

 

2


Table for Performance Year 2008:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x             2   =
# Performance Share Awards Earned 3
    

$          or higher

   125 %   __

$          - $         

   100 %   __

$          - $         

   75 %   __

$          - $         

   50 %   __

below   $         

   -0-     -0-

Table for Performance Year 2009:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x             =
# Performance Share Awards Earned 3
    

$          * or higher

   125 %   __

$          * - $          *

   100 %   __

$          * - $          *

   75 %   __

$          * - $          *

   50 %   __

below     $          *

   -0-     -0-

Table for Performance Year 2010:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x             =
# Performance Share Awards Earned 3
    

$          * or higher

   125 %   __

$          * - $          *

   100 %   __

$          * - $          *

   75 %   __

$          * - $          *

   50 %   __

below     $          *

   -0-     -0-

Not later than 90 days after the commencement of each of the Performance Years 2009 and 2010, the Committee shall establish in writing (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(i)) the Minimum Performance Goal, the Maximum Performance Goal and the EPS goals corresponding to the 50%, 75% and 100% performance factors for the Performance Year in question; provided that the Minimum Performance Goal for Performance Year 2009 shall be EPS of $        . Not later than

 

2

[Insert one-third of the total number of Performance Share Awards rounded, in the case of a fractional PSA, to the nearest whole number or, if fewer, to the number of PSAs that remain.]

3 [Number of Performance Share Awards Earned is rounded, in the case of a fraction, to the nearest whole number or, if fewer, 125% of the number of Performance Share Awards that relate to the Performance Year in question].

*

These amounts of EPS are to be determined in writing by the Committee not later than 90 days after the commencement of the Performance Year in question.

 

3


ninety (90) days after the commencement of any Performance Year, and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(a), the Committee may in its discretion change any or all of the EPS goals for that Performance Year and/or performance factors for that Performance Year and/or the calculation of EPS for that Performance Year. Any such change shall be established in writing by the Committee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(i)).

 

  (b) In no event may the Committee, more than ninety (90) days after the commencement of any Performance Year, directly or indirectly, increase the number of Performance Share Awards that will be earned in the event the Minimum Performance Goal, the Maximum Performance Goal or any particular level of EPS between the Minimum Performance Goal and the Maximum Performance Goal is attained in such Performance Year.

 

  (c) Any provision of Section 2(a) or 2(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, Performance Share Awards that may be earned for any Performance Year pursuant to this Section 2 shall not be deemed earned (i) until December 31 of such Performance Year, and (ii) unless the Holder is employed by the Company on December 31 of such Performance Year.

 

3.

Issuance of Shares . A share of Common Stock shall be issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder) in payment of each Performance Share Award that is deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 above or Section 4(b) below. The share shall be issued on a date during the 43 day period beginning on the first day of February and ending on the 15 th day of March immediately following the date on which such Performance Share Award is deemed earned (which date during that 43 day period shall be determined by the Company); provided, however, that if a Change in Control occurs after the date on which such Performance Share Award is deemed earned and before payment is made pursuant to the preceding provisions of this sentence, or if such Performance Share Award is deemed earned at the time of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 4(b) below, such share shall be issued promptly on the date of such Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”) may be made pursuant to this Agreement to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“ Specified Employee ”) due to a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“ Separation from Service ”) before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (b) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (a), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within

 

4


 

14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. The Holder’s right to any series of payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4). In no event, except a Change in Control as a result of which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 hereof, shall any shares be issued in payment of Performance Share Awards unless the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(5)) were in fact satisfied with respect to such Performance Share Awards.

The shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The shares to be issued shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Beneficiary of the Holder). At the election of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, at the election of the Beneficiary), stock certificates representing such shares will be delivered to the Holder (or the Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that such shares are issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, when such shares are required to be issued by the first paragraph of this Section 3 or, if applicable, by Section 6 below.

 

4. Termination .

 

  (a) If the Holder’s employment terminates before December 31 of any Performance Year other than by reason of the Holder’s death or “Disability”, then the Award shall terminate with respect to all of the Performance Share Awards that have not been deemed earned as of the date of such termination, and the Holder will not be entitled to any payout of shares for such unearned Performance Share Awards.

 

  (b)

If the Holder’s employment terminates during the Award Period by reason of the Holder’s death or “Disability”, then (i) on December 31 of the Performance Year in which such employment termination occurs the same number of Performance Share Awards will be deemed earned for that Performance Year that would have been deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 if the Holder’s employment by the Company had continued through the end of that Performance Year; provided that if a Change in Control occurs

 

5


 

after such employment termination and during that Performance Year, then at the time of such Change in Control the Holder shall be deemed to earn the number of Performance Share Awards that relate to that Performance Year pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) above, whether or not the Minimum Performance Goal has been or is thereafter attained or exceeded for that Performance Year; and (ii) the Award shall terminate with respect to all Performance Share Awards that have not otherwise been deemed earned as of the date of such employment termination, and the Holder will not be entitled to any payout of shares for such unearned Performance Share Awards. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect from time to time (or, if that plan is not in effect at the time in question, as it was last in effect).

 

5. Additional Condition . If the Holder, at any time while the Award is outstanding: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the outstanding portion of the Award shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel it. The provisions of this Section 5 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

6.

Exception for Change in Control . Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Holder remains in the continuous employ of the Company from the Grant Date to the date, if any, on which a Change in Control occurs before the last day of the Award Period, all of the Performance Share Awards that relate to the Performance Year in which the Change in Control occurs and any Performance Year thereafter shall thereupon immediately be deemed earned and non-forfeitable, and shares of Common Stock shall promptly be issued in payment thereof on the date on which such Change in Control occurs, whether or not the Minimum

 

6


 

Performance Goal has been or is thereafter attained or exceeded for any Performance Year and whether or not the Holder is thereafter employed by the Company.

 

7. Adjustments Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events .

 

  (a) In the case of a stock dividend or a stock split with respect to the Common Stock, the number of shares subject to the Award shall be increased by the number of additional shares the Holder would have received had he owned outright the shares subject to the Award on the record date for payment of the stock dividend or the stock split.

 

  (b) In the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award, in lieu of the shares that he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award (the “ Affected Shares ”), and without having to make any payment to the Company or otherwise, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto he had owned the Affected Shares and had exchanged the Affected Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer.

 

  (c) In case of any distribution by the Company of rights or property to stockholders (including without limitation a spin-off), the issuance of stock options to persons other than employees or directors of the Company, the issuance by the Company of securities convertible into the Company’s Common Stock or into shares of any stock or security into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company (other than as specified above in this Section 7) which, in the judgment of the Committee, would effect a dilution or diminution of the Holder’s rights hereunder, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number or kind of shares in respect of this Award, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Award.

 

  (d) Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, only adjustments that qualify for the treatment described in Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(C) may be made pursuant to this Section 7.

 

7


8. General Restriction . If at any time the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under this Award may be exercised and no shares of Common Stock may be delivered pursuant to this Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall use reasonable best efforts to effect or obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

9. No Assignment or Transferability . This Award shall not be (i) assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature, whether by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) subject to execution, attachment or similar process, or (iii) transferable by the Holder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary as defined in Section 2(d) of the Plan.

 

10. Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any delivery or transfer of stock hereunder, appropriate arrangements to satisfy any Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment or transfer of stock and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of such stock, the amount of any such taxes which the Company is required to withhold, if any, with respect to such stock. The Company will accept shares of Company stock of equivalent Fair Market Value which would otherwise have been issued to the Holder hereunder, in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Holder elects to make payment in such manner.

 

11. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Award and executing the PSA Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Performance Share Awards from being earned. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to earn Performance Share Awards that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

8


12. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, P. O. Box 489, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

13. Interpretation and Disputes . The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and determine whether the Holder has satisfied the performance goals set forth in Section 2. Any such interpretation, construction or determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder. In the event there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

9


14. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to him of a stock certificate for such shares or the date of entry of a credit for such shares in a book entry account in the name of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to the Holder or any other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which the Company or any of its subsidiaries now has or may hereafter put into effect, including without limitation any retirement, pension, savings or thrift, insurance, death benefit, stock purchase, incentive compensation or bonus plan.

 

  (f) Any shares that may be earned pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code. Any provision of this Agreement that would prevent any such shares from so qualifying shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

 

  (g)

Any shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any shares that may be earned

 

10


 

pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

  (h) This Agreement is intended to document a Performance Share Award granted pursuant to and subject to Section 5.II. and the other applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Holder and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each and every provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

  (i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 15 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

15. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a)

By executing the PSA Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the PSA Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 15(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the PSA Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the PSA Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does

 

11


 

not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the PSA Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 15(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 15(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 15(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b) For purposes of Section 15(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 15 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 15(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31,

 

12


 

the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the PSA Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  Senior Vice President - Human Resources

 

13

Exhibit 10.29

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTINGENT DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT

For officers

CONTINGENT DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     , an employee of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ CDER Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the CDER Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 2 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the CDER Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and the payment of the cash compensation provided for therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Contingent Dividend Equivalent Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants the Holder contingent dividend equivalent rights (the “ Rights ”). The Rights entitle the Holder to receive from the Company the cash payments described in Section 2 below, if (and only if) Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period pursuant to that certain Performance Share Award Agreement between the Company and the Holder dated February 13, 2008, as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the “ PSA Agreement ”). Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement and that are defined in the PSA Agreement or the Plan shall have the meanings assigned to them in the PSA Agreement or, if no meaning is assigned to them in the PSA Agreement, in the Plan.

 

1


2.

Time and Amount of Contingent Dividend Equivalent Payments . On a date during the 43 day period beginning on the first day of February and ending on the 15 th day of March that immediately follows any date on which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period under the PSA Agreement (which date during that 43 day period shall be determined by the Company), or, if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period at the time of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, on the date on which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, or if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned on December 31 of any Performance Year pursuant to Section 2 or Section 4(b) of the PSA Agreement and a Change in Control occurs after such December 31 and before Dividend Equivalents are paid on such Performance Share Awards during the 43 day period described in the first clause of this sentence, then on the date of such Change in Control, the Company will pay the Holder (or in the event of the death of the Holder, the Holder’s Beneficiary) an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) equal to the Fair Market Value on the money payment date of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would have been credited to the Holder if, on each date on which a dividend other than a Common Stock dividend was paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which dividend fell during the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the date on which shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder (or the Holder’s Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 3 or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards(a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company had credited the Holder on its books with a number of shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with the following formula:

(A x B) /C

in which “A” equals the number of such earned Performance Share Awards (in no event other than a Change in Control to exceed forty-one and two-thirds percent (41  2 / 3 %) * of the number of Performance Share Awards stated in Section 1 of the PSA Agreement (rounded, in the case of a fraction, to the nearest whole Performance Share Award, as provided in Section 2(a) of the PSA Agreement) and, in the event of a Change in Control, not to exceed 100% of the number of Performance Share Awards stated in Section 1 of the PSA Agreement, unless in either case the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the PSA Agreement) plus the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock credited to the Holder pursuant to this sentence before such Dividend Payment Date as dividend equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards, “B” equals the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date, and “C” equals the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash, the number of shares of Common Stock credited to the Holder in respect of such dividend pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth above, except that “B” shall equal the fair market value on the Dividend Payment Date of the property which was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date.

 

*

125% of 33  1 / 3 %

 

2


If a dividend record date falls before the date on which shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder (or the Holder’s Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 3 or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards, but the related Dividend Payment Date falls after the date on which the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards may be paid in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 2, then, notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 2, the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards shall to the extent attributable to the dividend that is payable on such Dividend Payment Date be paid on such Dividend Payment Date, unless such Dividend Payment Date falls after the 15 th day of March of the calendar year following the Performance Year in which such Performance Share Awards were deemed earned under the PSA Agreement, in which case it shall be assumed for purposes of the first sentence of this Section 2 that such Dividend Payment Date falls on such 15 th day of March, so that the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards, including the portion thereof attributable to the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date, may (and shall) be paid in full on or before such 15 th day of March. For example, if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period at the time of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, and a dividend record date falls before such Change in Control but the related Dividend Payment Date falls after such Change in Control, the Dividend Equivalents on the Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned at the time of such Change in Control shall be paid at the time of such Change in Control except to the extent of the Dividend Equivalent attributable to the dividend that is payable on the Dividend Payment Date that falls after the Change in Control, to which extent the Dividend Equivalent shall be paid on the Dividend Payment Date in question (assuming that it does not fall after the 15 th day of March of the year following the Performance Year in which the Change in Control occurred). As another example, if (a) Performance Share Awards are deemed earned on December 31, 2008 pursuant to Section 2 of the PSA Agreement, (b) a dividend record date falls on March 10, 2009, (c) shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards on March 12, 2009, and (d) the Dividend Payment Date for the March 10 dividend record date falls on March 21, 2009, the Dividend Equivalents on the Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned on December 31, 2008 shall be paid in full by March 15, 2009, including any Dividend Equivalent attributable to the dividend payable on the March 21, 2009 Dividend Payment Date, which for purposes of calculating the Dividend Equivalents that are payable by March 15, 2009 shall be assumed to fall on March 15, 2009 rather than March 21, 2009.

Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event (except a Change in Control as a result of which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) shall

 

3


any payment be made pursuant to this Section 2 unless the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(5)) applicable to such payment were in fact satisfied. For clarification purposes, (i) Dividend Equivalents paid pursuant to this Agreement shall be non-forfeitable when paid, and (ii) the Holder will not be entitled to receive any Dividend Equivalents under this Agreement unless the Minimum Performance Goal set forth in Section 2 of the PSA Agreement is attained or exceeded for one or more of the Performance Years in the Award Period (as such terms are defined in Section 2 of the PSA Agreement) or unless a Change in Control (within the meaning of Section 4(b) and Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) occurs during the Award Period, and (iii) any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall this Agreement entitle the Holder to receive shares of Common Stock or any property other than money. An example that illustrates the intended operation of this Section 2 appears in the Appendix.

 

3. Additional Condition . If the Holder, at any time while Dividend Equivalents are payable hereunder: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the Rights shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel the Rights. The provisions of this Section 3 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

4. No Assignment or Transferability . The Rights shall not be (i) assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature, whether by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) subject to execution, attachment or similar process, or (iii) transferable by the Holder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary as defined in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

4


5. Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any payment to be made hereunder, appropriate arrangements to satisfy any Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

 

6. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Rights and executing the CDER Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Performance Share Awards from being earned. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to earn Performance Share Awards or Dividend Equivalents that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

7. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, P. O. Box 489, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

8. Interpretation and Disputes . The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations hereunder. Any such interpretation, construction or determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not

 

5


been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

9. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to receive shares of Common Stock or any right as a shareholder of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (d) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to the Holder or any other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which the Company or any of its subsidiaries now has or may hereafter put into effect, including without limitation any retirement, pension, savings or thrift, insurance, death benefit, stock purchase, incentive compensation or bonus plan.

 

  (e)

Any money that is payable pursuant to this Agreement (other than Dividend Equivalents paid on Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned at

 

6


 

the time of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

  (f) Any amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement is intended to qualify as a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that no amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Rights and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Rights or this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”) may be made pursuant to this Agreement to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“ Specified Employee ”) due to a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“ Separation from Service ”) before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (ii) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (i), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall continue to accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2 until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 9(f). The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Dividend Equivalents that are to be paid pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

7


  (g) The Rights are intended to qualify as “Dividend Equivalents” and “Dollar-Denominated Awards” as defined in the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Holder and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each and every provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

  (h) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

10. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a)

By executing the CDER Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the CDER Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 10(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the CDER Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the CDER Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the CDER Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 10(a), or any Different

 

8


 

Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 10(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b) For purposes of Section 10(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 10 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 10(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)),

 

9


 

the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the CDER Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.

BY:

 

 

Senior Vice President – Human Resources

 

10

Exhibit 10.30

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

For CEO

PURSUANT TO THE BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES

ACT OF 1933.

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Gregory F. Milzcik, an employee of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ PSA Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the PSA Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 3 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the PSA Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), and in fulfillment of the Company’s obligations under Section 6.2(v), Section 6.3 and Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement dated October 19, 2006 between the Company and the Holder (the “ Employment Agreement ”) as in effect on the Grant Date, the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as provided for in the Plan.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Performance Share Award . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby awards to the Holder 42,600 performance share awards for the performance period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on December 31, 2010 (the “ Performance Share Awards ” or, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive, without payment to the Company, shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned in the future pursuant to Section 2, Section 4(b), Section 4(c) or Section 6 hereof, if any; provided, however, that, except as provided otherwise in Section 4(b) and Section 4(c), the Holder must be an employee of the Company on the future date as of which the Performance Share Awards are deemed earned to receive such shares. Except if a 409A Change in Control Event (as defined in Section 4(b)) occurs as provided in Section 4(b), Section 4(c)(ii) and Section 6, or if Section 4(c)(i) applies, no Performance Share Awards will be deemed earned pursuant to this Agreement, nor will the Holder be entitled to receive any shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, unless the applicable Minimum Performance Goal set forth in Section 2 is attained or exceeded for one or more of the Performance Years in the Award Period (as such terms are defined in Section 2). In no event shall the Award entitle the Holder to receive more than 53,250 shares of Common Stock, unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment pursuant to Section 7.

 

2. Performance Goal .

 

  (a) One-third of the Performance Share Awards relate to the Company’s 2008 fiscal year, one-third relate to the Company’s 2009 fiscal year, and one-third relate to the Company’s 2010 fiscal year (such three fiscal years being hereafter referred to, collectively, as the “ Award Period ”, and each, individually, as a “ Performance Year ”). Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2 (including but not limited to Section 2(c) below) and this Agreement, (i) none of the Performance Share Awards that relate to a Performance Year will be earned unless the Company’s consolidated basic earnings per share as determined in accordance with Section 6(b) of the Plan (“ EPS ”) for that Performance Year equal or exceed $            , in the case of Performance Year 2008, or, in the case of each of Performance Years 2009 and 2010, $            (the “ Minimum Performance Goal ”); (ii) 125% of the Performance Share Awards that relate to a Performance Year will be earned if the Company’s EPS for that Performance Year equal or exceed $            , in the case of Performance Year 2008, or, in the case of each of the other Performance Years, $            (the “ Maximum Performance Goal ”); and (iii) the number of Performance Share Awards that will be earned for performance between the Minimum Performance Goal and the Maximum Performance Goal for a Performance Year will be calculated by multiplying the number of Performance Share Awards that relate to such Performance Year as stated above in this Section 2(a) by the performance factor corresponding to the EPS attained in that Performance Year in the applicable table below.

 

2


Table for Performance Year 2008:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x 14,200 =
# Performance Share Awards Earned

$           or higher

   125 %   __

$          - $         

   100 %   __

$          - $         

   75 %   __

$          - $         

   50 %   __

below $         

   -0-     -0-

Table for Performance Year 2009:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x 14,200 =
# Performance Share Awards Earned

$          * or higher

   125 %   __

$          * - $          *

   100 %   __

$          * - $          *

   75 %   __

$          * - $          *

   50 %   __

below $          *

   -0-     -0-

Table for Performance Year 2010:

 

EPS

   Performance
Factor
    Performance Factor x 14,200 =
# Performance Share Awards Earned

$          * or higher

   125 %   __

$          * - $          *

   100 %   __

$          * - $          *

   75 %   __

$          * - $          *

   50 %   __

below $          *

   -0-     -0-

Not later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of any Performance Year, and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(a), the Committee may in its discretion raise any or all of the EPS goals for that Performance Year and/or reduce any or all of the performance factors for that Performance Year, it being intended that, by raising the EPS goals and/or reducing the performance factors, the Committee may reduce the number of Performance Share Awards that would otherwise be earned but may not increase it ( i.e. , the Committee may cause Performance Share Awards that would otherwise be earned to be forfeited). Any such change shall be established in writing by the Committee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(i)).

 

* These amounts of EPS may be raised by the Committee not later than 90 days after the commencement of the Performance Year in question.

 

3


  (b) In no event may the Committee directly or indirectly, increase the number of Performance Share Awards that will be earned in the event the Minimum Performance Goal, the Maximum Performance Goal or any particular level of EPS between the Minimum Performance Goal and the Maximum Performance Goal is attained in such Performance Year. The Committee reserves the right to exercise “negative discretion” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(A) with respect to any Performance Share Award that would otherwise be deemed earned pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2. Such negative discretion may be exercised at any time prior to payment of the Award.

 

  (c) Any provision of Section 2(a) or 2(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, Performance Share Awards that may be earned for any Performance Year pursuant to this Section 2 shall not be deemed earned (i) until December 31 of such Performance Year, and (ii) unless the Holder is employed by the Company on December 31 of such Performance Year.

 

3. Issuance of Shares .

 

  (a) A share of Common Stock shall be issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder) in payment of each Performance Share Award that is deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 above or Section 4(b), Section 4(c) or Section 6 below (an “ Earned Performance Share Award ”). The share shall be issued at the time required by the applicable provisions below of this Section 3.

 

 

(b)

A share of Common Stock shall be issued in payment of each unpaid Earned Performance Share Award that pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) above relates to either the 2008 or the 2009 Performance Year on the earliest of the following dates (i), (ii) and (iii) to occur where (i) is a date during the 43 day period beginning on the first day of February and ending on the 15 th day of March immediately following the Performance Year to which such Earned Performance Share Award relates pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) above (which date during that 43 day period shall be determined by the Company), (ii) is the date (if any) on which the Holder has a Separation from Service by the Company without “Cause” (except by reason of the Holder’s “Death” or “Disability”) or a Separation from Service by the Holder for “Good Reason” (within the meaning of Section 4(c) below) during the Performance Year to which the Earned Performance Share Award relates or an earlier Performance Year, and (iii) is the date (if any) on which a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008) occurs. For purposes of

 

4


 

this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service with the employer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), where the “employer” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)).

 

 

(c)

A share of Common Stock shall be issued in payment of each unpaid Earned Performance Share Award that pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) above relates to the 2010 Performance Year on the earliest of the following dates (i) and (ii) to occur where (i) is a date during the 43 day period beginning on the first day of February and ending on the 15 th day of March 2011 (which date during that 43 day period shall be determined by the Company), and (ii) is the date (if any) on which a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008) occurs.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”) may be made pursuant to this Agreement to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“ Specified Employee ”) due to a Separation from Service before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (ii) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (i), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals), Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (relating to separation pay plans), or otherwise.

 

  (e) The Holder’s right to any series of payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

5


  (f) In no event, except a 409A Change in Control Event as a result of which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b), Section 4(c)(ii)(B) or Section 6 hereof, or if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(c)(i), shall any shares be issued in payment of Performance Share Awards unless the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(5)) were in fact satisfied with respect to such Performance Share Awards.

 

  (g) The shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The shares to be issued shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Beneficiary of the Holder). At the election of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, at the election of the Beneficiary), stock certificates representing such shares will be delivered to the Holder (or the Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that the shares are issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, when such shares are required to be issued by the applicable provisions of Section 3(b), Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) above. For the avoidance of doubt, shares will be issued on any date that applies under Section 3(b), 3(c) or 3(d) above only in payment of Performance Share Awards that are unpaid Earned Performance Share Awards on that date.

 

4. Termination .

 

  (a) Except as provided otherwise in Section 4(c), if the Holder’s employment terminates before December 31 of any Performance Year other than by reason of the Holder’s death, then the Award shall terminate with respect to all of the Performance Share Awards that have not been deemed earned as of the date of such termination, and the Holder will not be entitled to any payout of shares for such unearned Performance Share Awards.

 

  (b)

If (i) the Holder’s death occurs during his employment by the Company and during the Award Period (and whether or not the Holder had a Separation from Service before his death during employment), or (ii) the Holder’s “Disability” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i) (“ Disability ”) occurs during his employment by the Company and during the Award Period (and whether or not the Holder has a Separation of Service in connection with such Disability), then (A) on December 31 of the Performance Year in which such death or Disability occurs the same number of Performance Share Awards will be deemed earned for that Performance Year that would have been deemed earned pursuant to Section

 

6


 

2 if the Holder’s employment by the Company had continued (and no death, Disability or Separation from Service occurred) through the end of such Performance Year; provided that if a 409A Change in Control Event (as defined below in this Section 4(b)) occurs after such death or Disability and during that Performance Year, then at the time of such 409A Change in Control Event the Holder shall be deemed to earn the number of Performance Share Awards that relate to that Performance Year pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) above, whether or not the Minimum Performance Goal has been or is thereafter attained or exceeded for that Performance Year; and (B) the Award shall terminate with respect to all Performance Share Awards that have not otherwise been deemed earned as of the date of such death or Disability, and the Holder will not be entitled to any payout of shares for such unearned Performance Share Awards. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ 409A Change in Control Event ” shall be deemed to occur if and when a “change in control event” occurs with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008) occurs.

 

  (c) If the Holder has a Separation from Service by the Company without “Cause” (except by reason of the Holder’s “Death” or “Disability”) or a Separation from Service by the Holder for “Good Reason” and the “Employment Term” is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (except by reason of the Holder’s “Death” or “Disability”) or by the Holder for “Good Reason” (any of the foregoing Separations from Service being hereafter referred to as a “ Covered Separation from Service ”), then (i) any Performance Share Awards that pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) relate to the Performance Year in which such Separation from Service occurs, except Performance Year 2010, or that relate to any Performance Year, other than Performance Year 2010, after the Performance Year in which such Separation from Service occurs, shall be deemed earned as of the date of such Separation from Service, but only to the extent that such Performance Share Awards would have been deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 had the Holder’s employment continued (and no Separation from Service occurred) through the expiration of the “Severance Period” as defined in Section 6.2 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008 and had the EPS for the Performance Year in question equaled (but not exceeded) the EPS corresponding to the 100% performance factor in the table applicable to that Performance Year in Section 2; and (ii) any Performance Share Awards that pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2(a) relate to Performance Year 2010 shall be deemed earned if, when and to the extent that such Performance Share Awards would have been deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 had the Holder’s employment continued (and no Separation from Service occurred) through the expiration of the “Severance Period” as defined in Section 6.2 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008; provided that —

 

7


  (A) for purposes of determining whether and the extent to which such Performance Share Awards would have been deemed earned pursuant to Section 2 had the Holder’s employment continued (and no Separation from Service occurred) through the expiration of the “Severance Period”, (I) if the Covered Separation from Service occurs not later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of Performance Year 2010 ( i.e. , on or before March 31, 2010), any change in the EPS goals or performance factors for Performance Year 2010 pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a) shall be disregarded if and to the extent that the change would cause the Holder to forfeit more of the Performance Share Awards that relate to Performance Year 2010 than the Holder would forfeit if the same EPS goals and performance factors were to apply to those Performance Share Awards as are timely established in writing in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(i) and apply to performance share awards that relate to Performance Year 2010 and were granted on the Grant Date to senior officers who are actively employed when such goals are established (“ Active Officers’ 2010 PSAs ”), and (II) any exercise of negative discretion by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan shall be disregarded (aa) if and to the extent that such exercise of negative discretion would cause fewer than 14,200 Performance Share Awards to be earned for Performance Year 2010, or (bb) if fewer than 14,200 Performance Share Awards are earned for that Performance Year absent such exercise of negative discretion, or (cc) if such exercise of negative discretion would cause the Holder to forfeit a higher percentage of his Performance Share Awards that relate to Performance Year 2010 than the percentage of Active Officers’ 2010 PSAs that is forfeited by senior officers who are actively employed when the negative discretion is exercised; and

 

  (B) if a 409A Change in Control Event occurs after such Separation from Service and before December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2010 falls within the “Severance Period”, then at the time of such 409A Change in Control Event the Holder shall be deemed to earn 14,200 Performance Share Awards for Performance Year 2010, whether or not the Minimum Performance Goal has been or is thereafter attained or exceeded for that Performance Year; and

(iii) the Award shall terminate with respect to all Performance Share Awards that have not otherwise been deemed earned as of the date of such Separation from Service, and the Holder will not be entitled to any payout of shares for such unearned Performance Share Awards. Any capitalized

 

8


term that appears in quotation marks above in this Section 4(c) , except the defined terms “Active Officers’ 2010 PSAs” and “Covered Separation from Service” (which are defined herein), shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008.

 

5. Additional Condition . If the Holder, at any time while the Award is outstanding: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the outstanding portion of the Award shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel it. The provisions of this Section 5 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

6. Exception for 409A Change in Control Event . Any provision of this Agreement other than Section 4(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 7 of the Employment Agreement as amended and restated as of December 31, 2008, if the Holder remains in the continuous employ of the Company from the Grant Date to the date, if any, on which a 409A Change in Control Event occurs before the last day of the Award Period, all of the Performance Share Awards that relate to the Performance Year in which the 409A Change in Control Event occurs and any Performance Year thereafter shall thereupon immediately be deemed earned and non-forfeitable, whether or not the Minimum Performance Goal has been or is thereafter attained or exceeded for any Performance Year and whether or not the Holder is thereafter employed by the Company, and shares of Common Stock shall be issued in payment thereof at the applicable time provided in Section 3 above.

 

9


7. Adjustments Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events .

 

  (a) In the case of a stock dividend or a stock split with respect to the Common Stock, the number of shares subject to the Award shall be increased by the number of additional shares the Holder would have received had he owned outright the shares subject to the Award on the record date for payment of the stock dividend or the stock split.

 

  (b) In the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award, in lieu of the shares that he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award (the “ Affected Shares ”), and without having to make any payment to the Company or otherwise, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto he had owned the Affected Shares and had exchanged the Affected Shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer.

 

  (c) In case of any distribution by the Company of rights or property to stockholders (including without limitation a spin-off), the issuance of stock options to persons other than employees or directors of the Company, the issuance by the Company of securities convertible into the Company’s Common Stock or into shares of any stock or security into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company (other than as specified above in this Section 7) which, in the judgment of the Committee, would effect a dilution or diminution of the Holder’s rights hereunder, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number or kind of shares in respect of this Award, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this Award.

 

  (d) Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, only adjustments that qualify for the treatment described in Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(C) and that would not prevent the amounts payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1) may be made pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.

General Restriction . If at any time the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or

 

10


 

Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under this Award may be exercised and no shares of Common Stock may be delivered pursuant to this Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall use reasonable best efforts to effect or obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

9. No Assignment or Transferability . This Award shall not be (i) assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature, whether by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) subject to execution, attachment or similar process, or (iii) transferable by the Holder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary as defined in Section 2(d) of the Plan.

 

10. Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any delivery or transfer of stock hereunder, appropriate arrangements to satisfy any Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment or transfer of stock and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of such stock, the amount of any such taxes which the Company is required to withhold, if any, with respect to such stock. The Company will accept shares of Company stock of equivalent Fair Market Value which would otherwise have been issued to the Holder hereunder, in payment of the Company’s minimum statutory withholding tax obligations if the Holder elects to make payment in such manner.

 

11. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Award and executing the PSA Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Performance Share Awards from being earned. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to earn Performance Share Awards that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

12.

Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main

 

11


 

Street, P. O. Box 489, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

13. Interpretation and Disputes . The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and determine whether the Holder has satisfied the performance goals set forth in Section 2. Any such interpretation, construction or determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder. In the event there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

With respect to any claim, demand, dispute, action or cause of action arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee that also arises under or relates to the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time, the provisions of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time (rather than the following provisions of this Section 11) shall apply. Any other claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

12


14. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to him of a stock certificate for such shares or the date of entry of a credit for such shares in a book entry account in the name of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  (e) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to the Holder or any other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which the Company or any of its subsidiaries now has or may hereafter put into effect, including without limitation any retirement, pension, savings or thrift, insurance, death benefit, stock purchase, incentive compensation or bonus plan.

 

  (f) Any shares that may be earned pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code. Any provision of this Agreement that would prevent any such shares from so qualifying shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

 

  (g)

Any shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company

 

13


 

does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

  (h) This Agreement is intended to document a Performance Share Award granted pursuant to and subject to Section 5.II. and the other applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Holder and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each and every provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

  (i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 15 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

  (j) By accepting the Award and executing this Agreement, the Holder (i) agrees that the provisions of this Agreement, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 4(b), 4(c), and Section 6, shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s obligations with respect to the Performance Share Awards under the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 4.3, 6.2(v), 6.3 and 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as in effect on the Grant Date, and (ii) waives any claim that the provisions of this Agreement fail to satisfy any provision of the Employment Agreement as in effect at any time on or after the Grant Date.

 

15. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a)

By executing the PSA Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the PSA Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 15(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board

 

14


 

determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the PSA Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the PSA Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the PSA Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 15(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 15(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 15(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b)

For purposes of Section 15(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 15 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 15(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, the Employment Agreement and (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent

 

15


 

award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he may have to

 

16


 

consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the PSA Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

Senior Vice President - Human Resources

 

17

Exhibit 10.31

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTINGENT DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT

For CEO

CONTINGENT DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of February 13, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Gregory F. Milzcik, an employee of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ CDER Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the CDER Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement (including in particular but without limitation any provision of Section 2 below) would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the CDER Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and the payment of the cash compensation provided for therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Contingent Dividend Equivalent Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants the Holder contingent dividend equivalent rights (the “ Rights ”). The Rights entitle the Holder to receive from the Company the cash payments described in Section 2 below, if (and only if) Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period pursuant to Section 2, Section 4(b) or Section 6 of that certain Performance Share Award Agreement between the Company and the Holder dated February 13, 2008, as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the “ PSA Agreement ”). Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement and that are defined in the PSA Agreement or the Plan shall have the meanings assigned to them in the PSA Agreement or, if no meaning is assigned to them in the PSA Agreement, in the Plan.

 

Page 1 of 12


2.

Time and Amount of Contingent Dividend Equivalent Payments . On a date during the 43 day period beginning on the first day of February and ending on the 15 th day of March that immediately follows any date on which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period under Section 2 or Section 4(b) of the PSA Agreement (which date during that 43 day period shall be determined by the Company), or, if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period at the time of a 409A Change in Control Event pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, on the date on which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, or if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned on December 31 of any Performance Year pursuant to Section 2 or Section 4(b) of the PSA Agreement and a 409A Change in Control Event occurs after such December 31 and before Dividend Equivalents are paid on such Performance Share Awards during the 43 day period described in the first clause of this sentence, then on the date of such 409A Change in Control Event, the Company will pay the Holder (or in the event of the death of the Holder, the Holder’s Beneficiary) an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) equal to the Fair Market Value on the money payment date of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would have been credited to the Holder if, on each date on which a dividend other than a Common Stock dividend was paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which dividend fell during the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the date on which shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder (or the Holder’s Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 3 of the PSA Agreement in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards (a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company had credited the Holder on its books with a number of shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with the following formula:

(A x B) /C

in which “A” equals the number of such earned Performance Share Awards (in no event other than a 409A Change in Control Event to exceed forty-one and two-thirds percent (41  2 / 3 %) * of the number of Performance Share Awards stated in Section 1 of the PSA Agreement (rounded, in the case of a fraction, to the nearest whole Performance Share Award, as provided in Section 2(a) of the PSA Agreement) and, in the event of a 409A Change in Control Event, not to exceed 100% of the number of Performance Share Awards stated in Section 1 of the PSA Agreement, unless in either case the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the PSA Agreement) plus the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock credited to the Holder pursuant to this sentence before such Dividend Payment Date as dividend equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards, “B” equals the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date, and “C” equals the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than

 

*

125% of 33  1 / 3 %

 

Page 2 of 12


cash, the number of shares of Common Stock credited to the Holder in respect of such dividend pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth above, except that “B” shall equal the fair market value on the Dividend Payment Date of the property which was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date.

If a dividend record date falls before the date on which shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder (or the Holder’s Beneficiary) in accordance with Section 3 of the PSA Agreement in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards, but the related Dividend Payment Date falls after the date on which the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards may be paid in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 2, then, notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 2, the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards shall to the extent attributable to the dividend that is payable on such Dividend Payment Date be paid on such Dividend Payment Date, unless such Dividend Payment Date falls after the 15 th day of March of the calendar year following the Performance Year in which such Performance Share Awards were deemed earned under the PSA Agreement, in which case it shall be assumed for purposes of the first sentence of this Section 2 that such Dividend Payment Date falls on such 15 th day of March, so that the Dividend Equivalents on such earned Performance Share Awards, including the portion thereof attributable to the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date, may (and shall) be paid in full on or before such 15 th day of March. For example, if Performance Share Awards are deemed earned during the Award Period at the time of a 409A Change in Control Event pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement, and a dividend record date falls before such 409A Change in Control Event but the related Dividend Payment Date falls after such 409A Change in Control Event, the Dividend Equivalents on the Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned at the time of such 409A Change in Control Event shall be paid at the time of such 409A Change in Control Event except to the extent of the Dividend Equivalent attributable to the dividend that is payable on the Dividend Payment Date that falls after the 409A Change in Control Event, to which extent the Dividend Equivalent shall be paid on the Dividend Payment Date in question (assuming that it does not fall after the 15 th day of March of the year following the Performance Year in which the 409A Change in Control Event occurred). As another example, if (a) Performance Share Awards are deemed earned on December 31, 2008 pursuant to Section 2 of the PSA Agreement, (b) a dividend record date falls on March 10, 2009, (c) shares of Common Stock are issued to the Holder in payment of such earned Performance Share Awards on March 12, 2009, and (d) the Dividend Payment Date for the March 10 dividend record date falls on March 21, 2009, the Dividend Equivalents on the Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned on December 31, 2008 shall be paid in full by March 15, 2009, including any Dividend Equivalent attributable to the dividend payable on the March 21, 2009 Dividend Payment Date, which for purposes of calculating the Dividend Equivalents that are payable by March 15, 2009 shall be assumed to fall on March 15, 2009 rather than March 21, 2009.

 

Page 3 of 12


Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event (except a 409A Change in Control Event as a result of which Performance Share Awards are deemed earned pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) shall any payment be made pursuant to this Section 2 unless the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(5)) applicable to such payment were in fact satisfied. For clarification purposes, (i) Dividend Equivalents paid pursuant to this Agreement shall be non-forfeitable when paid, and (ii) the Holder will not be entitled to receive any Dividend Equivalents under this Agreement unless the Minimum Performance Goal set forth in Section 2 of the PSA Agreement is attained or exceeded for one or more of the Performance Years in the Award Period (as such terms are defined in Section 2 of the PSA Agreement) or unless a 409A Change in Control Event (within the meaning of Section 4(b) and Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) occurs during the Award Period, and (iii) any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall this Agreement entitle the Holder to receive shares of Common Stock or any property other than money. An example that illustrates the intended operation of this Section 2 appears in the Appendix.

 

3. Additional Condition . If the Holder, at any time while Dividend Equivalents are payable hereunder: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment by, renders services for or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Holder has worked during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, the Rights shall be canceled, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel the Rights. The provisions of this Section 3 are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

4.

No Assignment or Transferability . The Rights shall not be (i) assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature, whether by operation of law or

 

Page 4 of 12


 

otherwise, (ii) subject to execution, attachment or similar process, or (iii) transferable by the Holder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary as defined in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

5. Withholding of Taxes . The Committee may cause to be made, as a condition precedent to any payment to be made hereunder, appropriate arrangements to satisfy any Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

 

6. No Implied Promises . By accepting the Rights and executing the CDER Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, may in good faith cause the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Performance Share Awards from being earned. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any failure to earn Performance Share Awards or Dividend Equivalents that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

7. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., 123 Main Street, P. O. Box 489, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

8. Interpretation and Disputes . The Committee shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations hereunder. Any such interpretation, construction or determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder.

With respect to any claim, demand, dispute, action or cause of action arising from such interpretation or construction by the Committee that also arises under or relates to the Employment Agreement dated October 19, 2006 between the Company and the Holder (the “ Employment Agreement ”) as in effect from time to time, the provisions of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time (rather than the following provisions of this Section 11) shall apply.

 

Page 5 of 12


Any other claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Administrator within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (i) the resolution of the dispute; (ii) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (iii) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

9. General .

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to receive shares of Common Stock or any right as a shareholder of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon the Beneficiary, estate, legal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Holder.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

Page 6 of 12


  (d) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to the Holder or any other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which the Company or any of its subsidiaries now has or may hereafter put into effect, including without limitation any retirement, pension, savings or thrift, insurance, death benefit, stock purchase, incentive compensation or bonus plan.

 

  (e) Any money that is payable pursuant to this Agreement (other than Dividend Equivalents paid on Performance Share Awards that are deemed earned at the time of a 409A Change in Control Event pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 6 of the PSA Agreement) is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

  (f)

Any amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement is intended to qualify as a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that no amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Rights and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amount that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Rights or this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no “distributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(3)(v)) of deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”) may be made pursuant to this Agreement to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i))(“ Specified Employee ”) due to a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h) (“ Separation from Service ”) before the date that is six months after the date of such Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six month period, the date of his or her death); and (ii) any distribution that, but for the preceding clause (i), would be made before the date that is six months after the date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of his or her Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the date of his or her death). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment

 

Page 7 of 12


 

(and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to Specified Employees) applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall continue to accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2 until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 9(f). The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Dividend Equivalents that are to be paid pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

  (g) The Rights are intended to qualify as “Dividend Equivalents” and “Dollar-Denominated Awards” as defined in the Plan, a copy of which has been or is herewith being supplied to the Holder and the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each and every provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

  (h) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10 below, this Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company (other than the Holder) duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

  (i) By accepting the Rights and executing this Agreement, the Holder (i) agrees that the provisions of this Agreement, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 1 and Section 2, shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s obligations with respect to the Rights under the Employment Agreement as in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date, including in particular but not limited to the provisions of Section 4.3, 6.2(v), 6.3 and 6.4 of the Employment Agreement as in effect on the Grant Date, and (ii) waives any claim that the provisions of this Agreement fail to satisfy any provision of the Employment Agreement as in effect at any time on or after the Grant Date.

 

10. Consent to Certain Amendments and Provisions .

 

  (a)

By executing the CDER Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to

 

Page 8 of 12


 

which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the CDER Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 10(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary, advisable or expedient to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the CDER Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to plan for, respond to, comply with or reflect Section 409A of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the CDER Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective, and (vi) recognizes and agrees that the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any amendment of the CDER Agreement or any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement or the Plan that is made pursuant to this Section 10(a), or any Different Identification Method that the Board or Committee may prescribe or Different Election that the Board or Committee may make in accordance with Section 10(c) below, will have its intended tax effect or will enable compensation to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and that the Company does not make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of any such amendment, Different Identification Method or Different Election. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10(a) is intended to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any amendment that would constitute a modification or extension of a stock option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). If and to the extent that, notwithstanding the foregoing, anything herein would be interpreted or construed to authorize or constitute the Holder’s consent to any such amendment, then to that extent the authorization or consent is hereby rescinded.

 

  (b)

For purposes of Section 10(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from

 

Page 9 of 12


 

Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation to which Section 409A of the Code does not apply, according to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-6 or any other applicable Treasury Department guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 10 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 10(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, the Employment Agreement and (i) any stock option, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, (ii) any restricted stock unit, performance-accelerated restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit or contingent dividend equivalent award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred compensation plan, such as the Company’s Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Supplemental Senior Officer Retirement Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c)

The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code

 

Page 10 of 12


 

Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

Page 11 of 12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, with the consent of the Holder, has amended and restated the CDER Agreement on the date in 2008 indicated in the first paragraph hereof, effective January 1, 2009.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  Senior Vice President - Human Resources

 

Page 12 of 12

Exhibit 10.32

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

T.Albani

PURSUANT TO THE

BARNES GROUP INC.

STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT executed in duplicate as of October 22, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), between Barnes Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Thomas J. Albani , a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Holder ”)(the “ RSU Agreement ”), as amended and restated on December 31, 2008, effective January 1, 2009 (the RSU Agreement as so amended and restated being hereafter referred to as “ the Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ”).

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are set forth herein and shall apply on and after January 1, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, and any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any provision of this Agreement would change the time or form of payment of any amount that is payable under the RSU Agreement, such provision shall “apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008” within the meaning of paragraph .02 of §3 of Notice 2006-79 as modified by Section 3.01(B)(1) of Notice 2007-86, and shall be administered, interpreted and construed accordingly.

In accordance with the provisions of the Barnes Group Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan as amended and in effect from time to time on and after the Grant Date (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) has authorized the execution of this Agreement and issuance of shares pursuant thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD. Subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Holder an award of              restricted stock units (each a “ Restricted Stock Unit ” and, collectively, the “ Award ”). The Award entitles the Holder to receive, without payment to the Company and at the applicable time or times provided by Section 6 hereof (if any), a

 

Page 1 of 12


 

number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 hereof, subject, however, to Section 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement. The Award also entitles the Holder to be paid Dividend Equivalents on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2. In no event shall the Holder acquire any rights under this Agreement unless the Holder executes and delivers to the Company, no later than 60 days after the Grant Date, a counterpart of the RSU Agreement duly countersigned by the Holder.

 

2. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.

On each date on which a dividend (other than a Common Stock dividend) is paid to the holders of Common Stock the record date of which falls during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the first date on which all of the Restricted Stock Units have either been forfeited pursuant to Section 5 or paid pursuant to Section 6 (a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), the Company shall pay the Holder an amount of money (“ Dividend Equivalents ”) determined by multiplying (i) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (ii) the dividend per share paid on such Dividend Payment Date. However, if the dividend is paid in property other than cash or Common Stock, the amount of money to be paid to the Holder in respect of such dividend shall be determined by multiplying (A) the number of the Restricted Stock Units (if any) that were neither forfeited nor paid on or before such dividend record date, times (B) the fair market value on such Dividend Payment Date of the property that was paid per share of Common Stock as a dividend on such Dividend Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 is contingent on the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continuing until the record date of such Dividend Equivalents, except that if a dividend record date occurs after the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 and before shares are delivered in payment of such Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 6, the Holder’s entitlement to be paid Dividend Equivalents for such record date pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 2 is contingent on the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continuing until the date on which the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4.

 

3.

RESTRICTIONS ON AWARD. In no event (a) may the Holder sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of the Award or any interest therein, nor (b) shall the Award or any interest therein be subject to anticipation, attachment, garnishment, levy, encumbrance or charge of any nature, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, dispose, anticipate, attach, garnish, levy upon, encumber or charge the Award or any interest therein shall be null and void and the other party to the transaction shall not obtain any rights to or interest in the Award. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall not prevent the Award or any Restricted Stock Unit from being forfeited pursuant to the terms and conditions of this

 

Page 2 of 12


 

Agreement, and shall not prevent the Holder from designating a Beneficiary to receive the Award in the event of his or her death in accordance with Section 2(d) of the Plan. Any such Beneficiary shall receive the Award subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, including but not limited to the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 5.

 

4. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Normal Vesting . Subject to Sections 4(b), (d) and (e) and Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units will become non-forfeitable on the third anniversary of the Grant Date, provided that the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the anniversary in question.

 

  (b) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Death or Disability . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until his death or Disability occurs (and irrespective of whether a “Separation from Service” (as hereafter defined) occurs at the time of such Disability), then any Restricted Stock Units that did not become non-forfeitable in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4 before the date on which his death or Disability occurs shall become non-forfeitable on that date. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i), and (ii) a “ Separation from Service ” shall mean a “separation from service with the service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(2)(i), where the “service recipient” means the Company and all corporations and trades or businesses with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as determined in accordance with the first sentence of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)(3)), and where a “separation from service” is determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(5) (if applicable).

 

  (c) [LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

  (d) Acceleration of Vesting in Event of Change in Control . Notwithstanding Section 4(a) but subject to Section 5, if the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the date, if any, on which a “change in control event” with respect to the Holder (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) & (ii)) occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs, any of the Restricted Stock Units that are not non-forfeitable when such “change in control event” occurs shall immediately become non-forfeitable. Any such “change in control event” that occurs on or after the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs is hereafter referred to as a “ 409A Change in Control Event ”.

 

Page 3 of 12


  (e) Additional Vesting Provisions . Any provision above of this Section 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Restricted Stock Unit shall not become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4 if, prior to the date (if any) on which such Restricted Stock Unit would become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Section 4, such Restricted Stock Unit was forfeited pursuant to Section 5(c). Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the number of Restricted Stock Units that become non-forfeitable pursuant to this Agreement or any provision thereof exceed in the aggregate 100% of the Restricted Stock Units unless the excess is attributable solely to an adjustment referred to in Section 7 of this Agreement or Section 10 of the Plan.

 

5. FORFEITURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Any Restricted Stock Units that have not become non-forfeitable pursuant to Section 4 above on or before the date on which the Holder’s service as a director of the Company terminates shall be forfeited as of that date, and all of the Holder’s rights and interest in and to such forfeited Restricted Stock Units shall thereupon terminate without payment of consideration by the Company. No Award or other amount payable to the Holder shall be reduced by the amount of any dividend equivalents previously paid to the Holder with respect to the forfeited Restricted Stock Units.

 

  (b) [LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

  (c)

If the Holder, at any time before all of the Restricted Stock Units become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, investor or in any other capacity, accepts employment with, renders services to or otherwise assists any other business which competes with the business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, during the Holder’s last two years with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on behalf of any business or enterprise other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or encourages any such employee to leave such employment; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as required by the Holder’s work responsibilities with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or (iv) is convicted of a crime against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of the policies of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, or, at any time, engages in conduct adverse to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; then should any of the foregoing events occur, any Restricted Stock Units that have not theretofore become non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 shall be forfeited unless the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof), in its sole discretion, elects otherwise. The provisions of this Section 5(c) are in

 

Page 4 of 12


 

addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Holder and the Company, and nothing herein is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement.

 

  (d) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder irrevocably consents to any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units required or authorized by this Agreement.

 

6. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. If a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4, a share of Common Stock shall be credited to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent in the name of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, in the name of the Holder’s Beneficiary) in payment of such Restricted Stock Unit on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within thirty (30) days thereafter (which date during that 31 day period shall be determined by the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 on the earliest of (a) the specified date set forth in Section 4(a) above, (b) the date on which the Holder’s death occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, (c) the date on which the Holder’s Disability occurs, as provided in Section 4(b) above, or (d) the date on which a 409A Change in Control Event occurs, as provided in Section 4(d) above; provided, in the case of each of the foregoing, that the Holder’s service as a director of the Company continues until the date in question. In lieu of crediting any such share to a book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent, at the election of the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, of the Holder’s Beneficiary), a stock certificate representing such share shall be delivered to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Holder’s Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after the Company’s receipt of the Holder’s (or Beneficiary’s) election; provided that the share is issued to the Holder (or, in the event of the death of the Holder, to the Beneficiary of the Holder), either by means of a book entry or stock certificate, on the date on which the Restricted Stock Unit becomes non-forfeitable within the meaning of Section 4 or within thirty (30) days thereafter. All shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 6 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Holder is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of a Separation from Service, any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and that is to be paid due to a Separation from Service during the six month period following a Separation from Service (a “ Delayed Payment ”) shall not be paid during that six month period but shall instead be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 14 days after the death of the Holder)(the “ Delayed Payment Date ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall apply to any payment (and only to any payment) pursuant to this Agreement to which Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) (relating to specified employees)

 

Page 5 of 12


applies, and shall not apply to any payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A as a result of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (relating to short-term deferrals) or otherwise. Also for the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Payment shall accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2 until it is paid pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 6, which Dividend Equivalents shall be accumulated and deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units at Fair Market Value on the Dividend Payment Date of such Dividend Equivalents (which additional Restricted Stock Units may also accrue Dividend Equivalents pursuant to the first or second sentence of Section 2) and which shall be paid (in money) on the Delayed Payment Date based on the Fair Market Value of such additional Restricted Stock Units on the Delayed Payment Date. The Holder’s right to any series of payments of Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), including without limitation for purposes of the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

7. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS. In addition to any other adjustments that may be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, (a) if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Restricted Stock Units shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (b) in the case of any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company (by reclassification of its outstanding Common Stock or otherwise), or its consolidation or merger with or into another corporation, or the sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined, or are changed into or become exchangeable for other shares of stock or property, the Holder shall be entitled to earn and receive, in lieu of the shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award and without any payment, the shares of stock or property which the Holder would have received upon such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer, if immediately prior thereto s/he had owned the shares that s/he would otherwise be entitled to earn and receive pursuant to the Award and had exchanged such shares in accordance with the terms of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer. Any provision of this Section 7 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustments may be made pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 10 of the Plan that would prevent the amounts payable hereunder from being “objectively determinable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1).

 

8. TAXES AND WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to deduct from any dividend equivalents payable pursuant to Section 2, and from any shares to be issued pursuant to Section 6, cash and/or shares, valued at Fair Market Value on the date of payment, in an amount necessary to satisfy all Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such dividend equivalents and/or shares, and the Holder may be required to pay to the Company prior to delivery of certificates representing such shares and prior to such shares being credited to a book entry account in the Holder’s name, the amount of any such taxes.

 

Page 6 of 12


9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. However, the Company will not issue any shares or other securities pursuant to this Agreement if their issuance would result in a violation of any such law. If at any time the Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof) shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of this Award or the issue of shares hereunder, no rights under the Award may be exercised and shares of Common Stock may not be issued pursuant to the Award, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the dates of vesting or forfeiture of the Award.

 

10. RELATION TO OTHER BENEFITS. The benefits received by the Holder under this Agreement will not be taken into account in determining any other benefits to which the Holder may be entitled under any benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company.

 

11. AMENDMENTS; INTEGRATED AGREEMENT. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Holder and an officer of the Company duly authorized to do so. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein.

 

12. RELATION TO PLAN; INTERPRETATION. The Award is granted under the Plan, and the Award and this Agreement are each subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. In the event of any inconsistent provisions between this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan control. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted. The titles to Sections of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the title of any Section.

 

13.

NO IMPLIED PROMISES. By accepting the Award and executing this Agreement, the Holder recognizes and agrees that the Company, its stockholders and its Subsidiaries, and each of their officers, directors, agents and employees, including but not limited to the Board of Directors of the Company and the Committee, in their oversight or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or, in the exercise by the Company’s stockholders of their voting rights, may in good faith act or omit to act, or cause

 

Page 7 of 12


 

the Company and/or a Subsidiary to act or omit to act, in a manner that will, directly or indirectly, prevent all or part of the Restricted Stock Units from becoming non-forfeitable. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to impose any liability upon the Company, any stockholder of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any officer, director, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the Board or the Committee, for any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units that may result, directly or indirectly, from any such action or omission, or shall be interpreted or construed to impose any obligation on the part of any such entity or person to refrain from any such action or omission.

 

14. NOTICES. Any notice hereunder by the Holder shall be given to the Committee in writing and such notice by the Holder hereunder shall be deemed duly given or made only upon receipt by the Corporate Secretary at Barnes Group Inc., P. O. Box 489, 123 Main Street, Bristol, Connecticut 06011-0489, U.S.A., or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder. Any notice to the Holder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered to the Holder in person or mailed or otherwise delivered to the Holder at such address as the Holder may have on file with the Company from time to time.

 

15. INTERPRETATION AND DISPUTES. The Committee (other than the Holder, if s/he is a member thereof) shall interpret and construe this Agreement and make all determinations thereunder, and any such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Holder and on any person or entity claiming under or through either of them.

Any claim, demand or controversy arising from such interpretation, construction or determination by the Committee shall be submitted first to a mediator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by submitting a mediation request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of the Committee’s interpretation or construction. The mediation process shall conclude upon the earlier of: (a) the resolution of the dispute; (b) a determination by either the mediator or one or more of the parties that all settlement possibilities have been exhausted and there is no possibility of resolution; or (c) thirty (30) days have passed since the filing of a request to mediate with the AAA. A party who has previously submitted a dispute to mediation, and which dispute has not been resolved, may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the AAA. Any arbitration proceeding for such dispute must be initiated within fourteen (14) days from the date that the mediation process has concluded. The prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in such arbitration proceeding. The Holder and the Company specifically understand and agree that the failure of a party to timely initiate a proceeding hereunder shall bar the party from any relief or other proceeding and any such dispute shall be deemed to have been finally and completely resolved. All mediation and arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Bristol, Connecticut or such other location as the Company may determine and the Holder agrees that no objection shall be made to such jurisdiction or venue, as a forum non conveniens or otherwise. The arbitrator’s authority shall be limited to resolution of the legal

 

Page 8 of 12


disputes between the parties and the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify or amend this Agreement or the Committee’s interpretation or construction thereof, or abridge or enlarge rights available under applicable law. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce any award made hereunder.

 

16. GENERAL.

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Holder any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall limit in any manner the right of the Company, its stockholders or any Subsidiary to terminate the service of the Holder or adjust the compensation of the Holder.

 

  (b) The Holder shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement until the date of issuance to the Holder of a stock certificate for the shares or the date of entry of a credit for the shares in a book entry account in the Holder’s name.

 

  (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company and upon any Beneficiary of the Holder referred to in Section 2(d) of the Plan.

 

  (d) Any waiver by a party of another party’s performance of, or compliance with, a term or condition of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent failure by such other party to perform or comply.

 

  (e) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

17. CODE SECTION 409A. Any dividend equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement are intended to qualify as short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4), or are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, so that none of the dividend equivalents and shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code. The Award and this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed to carry out such intention, and any provision of this Agreement that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded. However, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that any dividend equivalents or shares that may be earned pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Holder as to the tax consequences of the Award or this Agreement.

 

Page 9 of 12


18. CONSENT TO CERTAIN AMENDMENTS.

 

  (a) By executing the RSU Agreement, the Holder hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), on or before December 31, 2008 or such later date(s), if any, to which the December 31, 2008 documentary compliance date set forth in paragraph .01 of section 3 of IRS Notice 2006-79 as modified by section 3.01(B)(1) of IRS Notice 2007-86 is hereafter extended (the “ 409A Documentary Compliance Date ”), to amend the RSU Agreement and any “Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement” as defined in Section 18(b) below, in any respect that the Committee or the Board determines to be necessary or advisable to ensure that none of the compensation that may be earned (or may have been earned) pursuant to the RSU Agreement or the Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement will be includible in the Holder’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code, and (ii) consents in advance to any and all such amendments of the RSU Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement, and (iii) consents in advance to any amendment of the Plan that the Board hereafter adopts on or before the 409A Documentary Compliance Date to ensure that awards granted under the Plan on or before that Date will not be includible in any service provider’s federal gross income pursuant to that Section of the Code, and (iv) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such amendments of the RSU Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and the Plan shall be as effective as if such amendments were fully set forth herein, and (v) waives any right he may have to consent to the amendment in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to any of the aforementioned amendments is not legally effective.

 

  (b)

For purposes of Section 18(a) above, a “ Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement ” means any compensation arrangement between the Company and the Holder that was entered into before the Grant Date (whether or not paid in full before the Grant Date) except to the extent that the compensation payable (or paid) under such arrangement is “grandfathered” from Section 409A of the Code (i.e., is compensation with respect to which Section 409A of the Code is not effective, according to Q&A-16 of IRS Notice 2005-1 or any other published IRS guidance). In no event shall an arrangement that is grandfathered from Section 409A in the absence of this Section 18 be deemed to be a Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement within the meaning of Section 18(a). The Holder recognizes and agrees that Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangements include, but may not be limited to, (i) any stock option or restricted stock unit award that the Company granted to the Holder after December 31, 2004 under the Plan, and (ii) any restricted stock unit award that the Company granted to the Holder before December 31, 2004 (whether under the Plan or otherwise) that was outstanding and unvested on that date, and (iii) any non-qualified deferred

 

Page 10 of 12


 

compensation plan, such as the Company’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan and Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Plan, if and to the extent that the Holder accrued benefits or vested in benefits under such plan after that date.

 

  (c) The Holder agrees that, if at any time during the 12-month period ending on any “specified employee identification date”, which shall be December 31, the Holder is an employee in Salary Grade 20 or above or meets the requirements of Code section 416(i)(1)(A)(ii) or (iii) (applied in accordance with the Treasury Regulations thereunder and disregarding Code section 416(i)(5)), the Holder shall be treated as a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) (or other similar or successor provisions)(“ Specified Employee ”) for purposes of this Agreement and any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any compensation arrangement that may hereafter be adopted by the Company in which the Holder may participate (“ Future Compensation Arrangement ”) for the entire 12-month period beginning on the “specified employee effective date”, which shall be the January 1 that immediately follows such specified employee identification date, unless the Board or Committee hereafter prescribes a different method of identifying service providers who will be subject to the six month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “ Six Month Delay ”)(a “ Different Identification Method ”) or elects a different specified employee identification date or specified employee effective date or makes any other election that may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) and the transition rules and official guidance under Code Section 409A (a “ Different Election ”), in which case whether the Holder shall be treated as a Specified Employee shall be determined in accordance with any such Different Identification Method so prescribed and any such Different Election so made by the Board or Committee. The Holder hereby irrevocably (i) consents to any such Different Identification Method that the Committee or Board may hereafter prescribe and any such Different Election that the Committee or Board may hereafter make in accordance with that Treasury Regulation or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 409A and the transition rules and official guidance thereunder, for purposes of identifying the service providers who will be subject to the Six Month Delay with respect to payments under this Agreement, any Prior Non-Grandfathered Compensation Arrangement and any Future Compensation Arrangement, and (ii) agrees that the Holder’s consent to any such Different Identification Method or Different Election shall be as effective as if such Different Identification Method or Different Election were fully set forth herein, and (iii) waives any right s/he may have to consent to the Different Identification Method or Different Election in question if for any reason the Holder’s consent to such Different Identification Method or Different Election is not legally effective.

 

Page 11 of 12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BARNES GROUP INC.
BY:  

 

  John R. Arrington
  Senior Vice President-Human Resources

 

Page 12 of 12

EXHIBIT 21

 

BARNES GROUP INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

as of December 31, 2008

 

Name


   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation


Associated Spring-Asia Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

Associated Spring do Brasil Ltda.

   Brazil

Associated Spring Mexico, S.A.

   Mexico

Associated Spring Raymond (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

   China

Associated Spring (Tianjin) Company, Ltd.

   China

Associated Spring (U.K.) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

AS Monterrey S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico

Barnes Financing Delaware LLC

   Delaware

Barnes Group Belgium BVBA

   Belgium

Barnes Group (Bermuda) Limited

   Bermuda

Barnes Group Canada Corp.

   Canada

Barnes Group (Delaware) LLC

   Delaware

Barnes Group Denmark APS

   Denmark

Barnes Group France S.A.

   France

Barnes Group Finance Company (Bermuda) Limited

   Bermuda

Barnes Group Finance Company (Delaware)

   Delaware

Barnes Group (Germany) GmbH

   Germany

Barnes Group Holding LLC

   Delaware

Barnes Group Holland B.V.

   Netherlands

Barnes Group Italia S.R.L.

   Italy

Barnes Group KENT S.L.U.

   Spain

Barnes Group Luxembourg (No.1) S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg

Barnes Group Luxembourg (No.2) S.A.R.L.

   Luxembourg

Barnes Group Spain SRL

   Spain

Barnes Group Switzerland GmbH

   Switzerland

Barnes Group (Thailand) Ltd.

   Thailand

Barnes Group Trading Switzerland SARL

   Switzerland

Barnes Group (U.K.) Limited

   United Kingdom

Barnes Korea Ltd.

   Korea

Barnes Sweden Holding Company AB

   Sweden

Heinz Hänggi GmbH, Stanztechnik

   Switzerland

KENT Deutschland GmbH

   Germany

KENT France SAS

   France

KENT International SAS

   France

KENT Sweden AB

   Sweden

Raymond Distribution (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Raymond Distribution-Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

Ressorts SPEC, SARL

   France

Seeger-Orbis GmbH & Co. OHG

   Germany

Stromsholmen AB

   Sweden

The Wallace Barnes Company

   Connecticut

Windsor Airmotive Asia Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

 

The foregoing does not constitute a complete list of all subsidiaries of the registrant. The subsidiaries that have been omitted do not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 002-56437, 333-27339, 333-88518, 333-133597, 333-140922, 333-150741 and 333-154701) of Barnes Group Inc. of our report dated February 24, 2009 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/ S /    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP         

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

February 24, 2009

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Gregory F. Milzcik, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 of Barnes Group Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 24, 2009

 

/s/ G REGORY F. M ILZCIK    


Gregory F. Milzcik

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Christopher J. Stephens, Jr., certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 of Barnes Group Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 24, 2009

 

/s/ C HRISTOPHER J. S TEPHENS , J R .    


Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Barnes Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

 

1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ G REGORY F. M ILZCIK    


     

/s/ C HRISTOPHER J. S TEPHENS , J R .    


Gregory F. Milzcik

President and Chief Executive Officer

February 24, 2009

     

Christopher J. Stephens, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

February 24, 2009